Home

CANDE-2015 Culvert Analysis and Design User Manual and

image

Contents

1. Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Node Node where new NU is a node number from an automated Level NU loads displacements are 2 canned mesh whose boundary condition in 01 05 to be applied terms of loads or displacements is to be 15 revised Note since Level 2 is based on integer symmetry any load applied to the right hand mesh is automatically applied to the mirror side of the mesh Thus when applying a vertical point load on the system centerline the Default none actual load is twice the value of the specified load X Condition Code for x loading IFLAG 1 distinguishes whether the loading IFLAG 1 condition value in the x direction BV 1 next entry is 06 10 0 force specified interpreted as a prescribed force in lbs inch or 15 1 disp specified a prescribed displacement in inches integer Default 0 X Value Value of x loading or x Depending on IFLAG 1 BV 1 is the x force BV 1 displacement that will be applied in load step IA Or BV 1 11 20 is the x displacement that will be specified in F10 0 Default 0 0 load step IA Ib inch or inch Y Condition Code for y loading IFLAG 2 distinguishes whether the loading IFLAG 2 condition value in the y direction BV 2 next entry is 21 25 0 force specified interpreted as a prescribed force in lbs inch or 15 1 disp specified a prescribed displacement in inches integer Default 0 Y V
2. Review log file after Import has completed oh _Coneet_ The formats for the available CANDE import files are in the Appendices 4 13 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 1 3 CANDE Input Wizard Pipe Material This menu defines the pipe materials for this model For levels 1 and 2 only one pipe material is permitted NOTE For Level 3 this menu is repeated for the number of pipe element groups entered on the Control Information screen Parameter Input options Description Pipe material type Aluminum Choosing PTYPE means the selection of the PTYPE Basic pipe material to be analyzed or designed For Concrete level 1 or 2 only one pipe type can be selected Plastic per problem Steel For level 3 the user will select a PTYPE for each pipe group NPGRPS times Input for each PTYPE consists of Line A 2 followed by the set of lines in Part B which defines the pipe type properties Corrugated aluminum cross section with material options for elastic plastic behavior General cross sectional properties with elastic material Reinforced concrete smooth wall section with nonlinear material models for concrete and rebar Smooth wall plastic pipe with linear material properties To be upgraded to profile wall with local buckling Corrugated steel cross section with elastic plastic material behavior Also has option for slotted joint behavior
3. The design goal is to determine the corrugated wall moment of inertia so that the weighted factored plastic penetration due to thrust and bending is less than the factored complete plastic wall penetration Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Service deflection limit Service deflection limit The design goal is to determine the corrugated WLRFD 5 wall moment of inertia so that the weighted 41 50 Default weight 1 service load deflection is less than the F10 0 allowable deflection C Similar to the working stress approach the above design weights give the designer control over the degree of conservatism for the LRFD process By choosing the design weights 1 CANDE will determine the required corrugation size and thickness such that the controlling factored load nearly matches the corresponding factored resistance If however a designer desires a 25 more conservative design solution against global buckling the designer may specify WLRFD 2 1 25 Alternatively a designer may exclude any design criterion that the designer does not want to apply to the problem at hand by setting the corresponding design weight 1 Limiting the plastic penetration in corrugated metal is a newly proposed strength criterion that replaces the ineffectual plastic moment criterion for meta
4. 21 30 F10 0 Resistance factor for seam strength due to thrust stress Default 0 67 Factored seam strength resistance PHI 3 x PSEAM The default value applies to metal structures with longitudinal seams for seamless structures set PHI 3 1 Resistance factor for cross section capacity for plastic penetration PHI 4 31 40 F10 0 Resistance factor for cross section capacity for plastic penetration Default 0 85 Factored cross section capacity resistance PHI 4 x 100 of cross section depth This criterion applies to the percentage of cross section that becomes plastic due to both thrust and bending stresses Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Allowable deflection at Allowable deflection at Allowable deflection is the relative vertical service load service load deflection typically taken as 5 of vertical DISP diameter For long span structures allowable 41 50 Default 5 deflection is 2 total rise The service loading F10 0 criterion is approximated by reducing predicted displacements by the load factors Comment The above resistance factors are used for both the design and analysis modes In the analysis mode CANDE will show the five numerical values of the above factored resistances along with the corresponding f
5. A 1 XMODE ANALYS This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to ANALYS NOTE This input is not valid for DESIGN B 1 Plastic WTYPE This input line is for cases where the Wall Section Type is SMOOTH or either SMOOTH or GENERAL GENERAL Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Total height of wall cross section PT 11 20 F10 0 inches Total height of wall cross section No default For the case of a SMOOTH wall type PT is the wall thickness This completes smooth wall input For the case of the GENERAL wall type PT is the profile height from the inner most fiber to outer most fiber Area of general wall section per unit length Area of general wall section per unit length of For the case of the GENERAL wall type PA is the wall cross sectional area per unit length of of pipe pipe pipe which provides resistance to hoop or PA No default column compression or tension 21 30 PA need not be input for smooth walls F10 0 This input only applies for Wall Type in in B3 Plastic WTYPE GENERAL Moment of inertia of Moment of inertia of For the case of the GENERAL wall type PI is general wall general wall section per the wall moment inertia per unit length of pipe section unit length unit length which provides resistance to ovaling or Pl
6. The design goal is to determine the corrugated wall area so that the weighted factored thrust stress is just less than the factored yield strength of longitudinal seams Cross section failure due to plastic penetration WLRFD 4 31 40 F10 0 amp Cross section failure due to plastic penetration Default weight 1 The design goal is to determine the corrugated wall moment of inertia so that the weighted factored plastic penetration due to thrust and bending is less than the factored complete plastic wall penetration Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Service deflection limit Service deflection limit The design goal is to determine the corrugated WLRFD 5 wall moment of inertia so that the weighted 41 50 Default weight 1 service load deflection is less than or equal to F10 0 the allowable deflection Gs Comment Similar to the working stress approach the above design weights give the designer control over the degree of conservatism for the LRFD process By choosing the design weights 1 CANDE will determine the required corrugation size and thickness such that the controlling factored load nearly matches the corresponding factored resistance If however a designer desires a 25 more conservative design solution against global buckli
7. This item is only input for Level 3 For Level 1 and 2 the number of pipe groups is inherently defined 1 For level 3 however more than one pipe group may be specified if it is desired to model more than one pipe material or more than one sequence of connected pipe elements Specifically a pipe group is defined by a pipe material type STEEL for example and the number of pipe elements in that group 1 or more The pipe elements in any group must be connected in an ordered sequence head to toe tracing a curvilinear path representing the mid depth of the structural segment Pipe groups or structural segments may be connected to one another in any fashion or be disconnected For example one pipe group could represent a concrete box culvert and another group could represent an arch shaped steel culvert that is not directly connected because they share no nodes in common Or two concrete culvert groups could represent the left and right footings connected to a group representing an arch shaped steel culvert Heading for Output Files HED 16 75 A60 character User defined heading of problem Enter any descriptive words that describe the problem to be solved This heading will also be printed with the output Maximum Number of Iterations per Step ITMAX 76 80 15 integer Max number of iterations per step N perform N iterations and stop N perform N iterations and continue
8. 01 10 F10 0 Ib in short term loading Default from table 1 effective elastic stress strain modulus for short term loading If left blank default values from Table 5 4 3 are provided depending on the type of plastic PTYPE See Figure 5 4 5 Ultimate stress limit for short term loading PUSHRT 11 20 F10 0 Ib in Ultimate stress limit for short term loading Default from table 1 The short term ultimate stress is the maximum stress sustainable by the plastic used to evaluate the safety of the stress level If left blank default values from Table 5 4 3 are provided depending on the type of plastic PTYPE See Figure 5 4 5 Young s modulus for long term loading PELONG 21 30 F10 0 Ib in Young s modulus for long term loading Default from table 1 Depending on the type of plastic enter the effective elastic stress strain modulus for long term loading If left blank default values from Table 5 4 3 are provided depending on the type of plastic PTYPE See Figure 5 4 5 Ultimate stress limit for long term loading Ultimate stress limit for long term loading The long term ultimate stress is the maximum stress sustainable by the plastic PULONG used to evaluate the safety of the stress level 31 40 If left blank default values from Table 5 4 3 F10 0 Default from table 1 are provided depending on the type of in in plastic P
9. 4 5 1 Creating Input Files pre processing The GUI interface menu offers two basic modes for creating an input data file as listed below 1 Traditional batch input choose File Open Text Input 2 Menu driven input choose File New Mixing these two input methods is the easiest way to generate an input file that incorporates any of the new capabilities For example suppose you want to create an input file utilizing the CONRIB pipe type The Menu driven input screen does not have a selection choice for the CONRIB pipe type however we can choose the CONCRETE pipe type as a temporary surrogate After the remaining menu driven input data is complete and the entire data file has been saved and stored reopen the data file with Open Text Input For the surrogate pipe data replace the word CONCRETE in line A 2 with the word CONRIB and replace the corresponding set of CONCRETE B lines with the desired set of CONRIB B lines using the input instructions in the Chapter 5 Said another way this second step is a mini batch mode input process only changing a few lines of input Note you do not need line tags for new input lines Rather start the formatted data entry counting from column 1 just like standard batch mode data input As another example consider creating an input file incorporating link elements Using the Menu driven input screens we ascertain from Chapter 5 that link element connectivity is defined just like an interf
10. 41 50 F10 0 Ib in Density of material Default 0 0 Ib in Applies only to Level 2 and 3 This value produces the self weight of the aluminum culvert in the loading schedule PDEN 0 0975 pci Leave blank to ignore self weight deformations 5 13 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Modulus of Upper Portion of Bilinear Model PE2 51 60 F10 0 Ib in Modulus of upper portion of bilinear model Default 0 05 PE This value is only used when NONLIN 2 It is the slope of the stress strain curve after yielding see Figure 5 4 1 For aluminum alloys the default is recommended Linear Material Behavior NONLIN 61 65 15 integer Code to select material behavior linear stress strain 2 bilinear stress strain Default 2 This parameter controls the material law to be used The linear model only uses the modulus PE whereas the bilinear model uses both PE and PE2 Recommend NONLIN 2 Buckling Indicator IBUCK 66 70 I5 integer Code to select large deformation and buckling analysis 0 small deformation 1 large deformation 2 plus buckling IF IBUCK 0 small deformation theory and simplified buckling equations are used If BUCK 1 the pipe elements will include large deformation theory geome
11. 51 60 Default 0 90 R a F10 0 RETE This criterion only comes in to play if the user inputs a non zero value for plastic modulus PZ defined on line B 2 analysis Comment The above resistance factors are used for both the design and analysis modes In the analysis mode CANDE will show the five numerical values of the above factored resistances along with the corresponding factored responses In the design mode the designer is given additional control on line B 2 to design with more or less conservatism or turn off any of the criterion to fit the problem at hand Limiting the plastic penetration in corrugated metal is a newly proposed strength criterion that replaces the ineffectual plastic moment criterion for metal box culverts It is suggested that designers evoke this criterion for all metal culverts Generally the user can ignore this AASHTO criterion as it only applies to special corrugations with corrugation heights gt 5 inches All standard 6x2 inch corrugated plates used in long span structures is exempt as is standard corrugation sizes for steel pipe This completes the current B set input for STEEL Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 5 Conrib Pipe Type 5 4 5 1 B 1 Concrete properties B 1 Conrib Concrete rib and T sections plus fiber reinforced concre
12. Death load step for link elements IX 8 56 60 15 integer Load step number that link element is removed from the system Default 100 Only link elements have the death option Set IX 8 load step number at which the link element is removed Element death means the nodal connecting forces and moments are removed and the nodes are allowed to move independently of each other Naturally X 8 must be greater than IX 6 i e death after birth The default value effectively means no death for most loading schedules where NINC lt 100 Comment 1 Generally the only purpose of numbering the elements is to identify them by their numbered name For beam column elements however the sequence of element numbering is also important because it establishes the local group numbering for the connected path of elements within the group Beam column elements are assigned to a group number by the input variable X 5 The lowest numbered mesh element number assigned to a beam element group becomes element number lof the 5 164 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline group s local numbering system The second lowest mesh element number assigned to the group becomes element number 2 of the group s local numbering system and so on CANDE performs internal checks to make sure the beam column elements that are assigned to a group do indeed form a sequence of elements connected he
13. Poisson s ratio Poisson s ratio of Poisson s ratio is the lateral strain divided by GNU material in zone I vertical strain of a vertically loaded test 11 20 specimen while maintaining no change in F10 0 Default 0 0 lateral pressure on the material specimen amp Comment The isotropic linear elastic stress strain relationship for plane strain is ultimately expressed by Young s modulus E and Poisson s ratio v as follows om M KM 0O le Op KM F 0 E T 0 G y where M E 1 v 1 v 1 2v Confined modulus Ko W1 V cce Lateral Coefficient G E Q 1 Vv 0 eee Shear Modulus And Ox Ox T two dimensional engineering stress vector x Ex Y two dimensional engineering strain vector Return to line D 1 for more material definition if needed Proceed to Part E if LRFD 1 Otherwise this completes the input stream for this problem insert STOP command line A 1 5 181 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 3 D 2 Orthotropic Linear Elastic Elastic Parameters D 2 Orthotropic Orthotropic elastic parameters Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 2 Use only if the Material Model Type is Orthotropic 2 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Elastic parameter at position 1 1 CP 1 1 01
14. 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 8 Use only if the Material Model Type is Mohr Coulomb Plasticity Model ITYP 8 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Young s modulus Young s modulus of Young s modulus is the vertical stress per unit E material in zone I of vertical strain of a vertically loaded test 01 10 specimen while maintaining no change in F10 0 Default 0 0 psi lateral pressure on the material specimen See Ib in Table 5 6 1 for reasonable values Poisson s ratio Poisson s ratio of Poisson s ratio is the lateral strain divided by GNU material in zone I vertical strain of a vertically loaded test 11 20 specimen while maintaining no change in F10 0 Default 0 0 lateral pressure on the material specimen Cohesion intercept Cohesion shear stress Cohesion intercept may be determined by C resistance on Mohr plotting a straight line through two tri axial 21 30 Coulomb failure surface tests at failure plotted as Mohr circles on a F10 0 normal stress versus shear stress axis See Ib in Default 0 0 figure below and Table 5 6 7 Angle internal friction Angle of internal friction Angle of internal friction may be determined PHI defining slope of Mohr by plotting a straight line through two tri axial 31 40 Coulomb failure surface tests at failure plotted as Mohr circles on a F10 0 normal s
15. Contube Proceed to the desired pipe material 5 12 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 1 5 4 1 1 Aluminum Pipe Type B 1 Aluminum Material and Control Parameters B 1 Alum Corrugated aluminum Aluminum Material and Control Parameters Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups are Aluminum ALUMINUM Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Young s Modulus PE 01 10 F10 0 Ib in Elastic Young s Modulus of pipe material Default 10 0x10 psi Linear stress strain modulus for pipe material see Figure 5 4 1 Poisson s Ratio PNU 11 20 F10 0 Poisson s ratio of pipe material Default 0 33 Poisson s ratio is used for plane strain formulation This means that the effective linear modulus is PE PE 1 PNU Yield Stress of Pipe PYIELD Yield Stress material of pipe Stress at end of elastic range same in tension and compression See the bilinear stress strain curve in Figure 5 4 1 21 30 Default 24 000 psi F10 0 Ib in Yield Strength of Pipe Yield strength of pipe Strength of longitudinal seams in corrugations Seam PSEAM seam that are bolted riveted or welded may be less than PYIELD For seamless pipes PSEAM 31 40 Default PYIELD PYIELD F10 0 Ib in Density of Material PDEN
16. Default 30 recommended for new users ITMAX is the maximum number of iterations per load step which controls the convergence of all nonlinear algorithms in CANDE pipe models soil models interface model and large deformations If ITMAX is input positive N gt 0 CANDE will stop at the load step that did not converge and print out diagnostics on models that did not converge If ITMAX is input negative N lt 0 CANDE will continue processing all load steps even if they did not converge as well as print out diagnostics on models that did not converge Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Culvert ID Culvert ID number This value is only used as an identifier for the CULVERTID Default 0 culvert of buried structure if NCHRP Process 12 50 results are desired The value is only used 81 85 in the printing of the 12 50 results If this value 15 is not input the NCHRP Process 12 50 results integer will not be produced The output format for the Process 12 50 results are provided in the appendix of this User Manual Process ID Process ID number This value is only used as a unique identifier for PROCESSID Default 0 this version of CANDE The value is only used in the printing of the 12 50 results The output 86 90 format for the Process 12 50 results are 15 prov
17. Input Area Provides a screen displaying the actual CANDE input document Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 4 5 Input range violations If a user enters a value below the lower range or above the upper range the text is turned to red and a warning message is displayed when the user enters that input field as shown in Figure 4 2 16 below Figure 4 2 16 CANDE input menus range violation Input Commands C temp FromT JM Level2 ANALYS LRFD TREN Pipe CONCRETE dat While the user is warned of range violations CANDE will permit the user to run the analysis For input errors that are not range violations CANDE will NOT permit running the analysis 4 22 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 4 6 Input errors and undefined input In addition to checking upper and lower limit ranges the CANDE menu input system will check for input typos and for new input documents will highlight undefined input that must be provided before a CANDE analysis may be run A sample of an input typo is shown in Figure 4 2 17 where a character is entered where a numeric is expected Figure 4 2 17 Error in CANDE input menus with an invalid character Input Commands C temp FromT3JM Level2 ANALYS LRFD TREN Pipe CONCRETE dat Material Concrete B 3 Reinforcement Steel Placement and Properties F ShowHelp l Show input
18. Material names MATNAM and values for Duncan Selig model IBULK 1 Young s Tangent Modulus Parameters Bulk Parameters Density MATNAM K n C Qo AQ Ry B P a reference psi deg deg lb ft word SW 100 1300 0 90 0 0 54 15 0 65 108 8 0 01 148 SW95 950 0 60 0 0 48 8 0 0 70 74 8 0 02 145 SW90 640 0 43 0 0 42 4 0 0 75 40 8 0 05 140 SW85 450 0 35 0 0 38 2 0 0 80 12 7 0 08 130 SW80 320 0 35 0 0 36 1 0 0 90 6 1 0 11 120 ML95 440 0 40 4 0 34 0 0 0 95 48 3 0 06 135 ML90 200 0 26 3 5 32 0 0 0 89 18 4 0 10 130 ML85 110 0 25 3 0 30 0 0 0 85 9 5 0 14 122 ML80 75 0 25 2 5 28 0 0 0 80 5 1 0 19 115 ML50 16 0 95 0 0 23 0 0 0 55 1 3 0 43 66 CL95 120 0 45 9 0 15 4 0 1 00 21 2 0 13 130 CL90 75 0 54 7 0 17 7 0 0 94 10 2 0 17 125 CL85 50 0 60 6 0 18 8 0 0 90 52 0 21 120 CL80 35 0 66 5 0 19 8 5 0 87 3 5 0 25 112 MATNAM is composed of two letters and a number defined as follows SW Gravelly Sand ML Sandy Silt and CL Silty Clay Number percent relative compaction per AASHTO T 99 Selig s bulk parameters are the original hydrostatic values based directly on test hydrostatic test data These parameter values are more generally accepted than his subsequent set of modified values 5 186 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline which were uniformly changed to provide a stiffer bulk modulus Many investigators believe that the
19. O Steel Number of s connected beam Pipe Material Information elements Enter information on this screen related to the Pipe Material chosen For Level 1 and 2 type models only one pipe material is entered For Level 3 models this screen will be repeated N times where N is the Number of pipe element groups entered on the Control Information screen As you change your input on this screen input will be enabled or disabled depending on the applicability for the material chosen lt lt Prev Next gt gt Press F1 for help Again selection items on the screen are enabled or disabled based on the applicability that is determined from this screen and previous input Also note that for Level 3 this screen is repeated based on the number of pipe groups input on the Control Information screen For more detailed information see the section CANDE Input Wizard Pipe Material 4 4 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Once completed with all of the input screens the final CANDE Input Wizard Menu will be as shown below Figure 4 2 5 CANDE Input Wizard Final Screen EE Input complete DER CANDE 2007 Input Wizard Input Complete Click Finish You have completed your input document with the CANDE input Wizard Click on the Finish button to enter the CANDE input screens Completing your input H _ Solution Level Stat
20. SLOTLR 1 x SLOTL This is useful for correctly defining joints that are on lines of symmetry whose slot length is of standard Ratio of joint standard length 2 SLOTLR 2 05 08 F4 0 Ratio of joint 2 slot length to standard length Default 1 0 This ratio redefines the slot length of joint 2 SLOTLR 2 x SLOTL Ratio of joint standard length NUMJ SLOTLR NUMJ XX XX F4 0 Ratio of joint NUMJ slot length to standard length Default 1 0 This ratio redefines the slot length of joint NUMJ SLOTLR NUMJ x SLOTL The format for column data is up to 15 fields of F4 floating point numbers Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Comment The above slot lengths correspond to the specific element numbers defined for each joint in line B 2c Following the same example defined on the previous page with NUMJ 3 for a Level 2 Pipe mesh with joints that are located near the crown invert and each spring line we would set SLOTLR 1 0 5 representing crown s half joint length SLOTLR 2 1 0 representing the standard length spring line joint and SLOTLR 3 0 5 representing invert half joint length If LRFD 0 input is complete for Steel If LRFD 1 proceed to line B 3 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 4 8 B 3 Steel Resistance Factors for LRFD
21. The log file contains a top level summary of the input choices that identify the problem being run It also contains any error messages that may occur during the solution process as well as guidance for fixing the problem As illustrated below the log file also contains a tabular listing of the solution progress to let the user know the real time status of solving the problem TRACK SOLUTION PROCESS LOAD ST EXIT CODE ITERATION eA aon FP WWNHNN DL EK oO NOrFRWNHRNFBWNE EP The first column lists the current load step being solved The second column is a code number that signals whether or not the solution has converged 1 means the solution has not yet converged so that the load step is repeated again 0 means the load step has converged and we advance to the next load step 1 means solution has converged and all load steps are completed exit program Another exit code 2 which only applies to the design mode means the trial design wall section did not converge When this occurs all load steps are repeated with a new trial design The right hand column keeps track of the number of iterations per load step In the above example we see that the first load step converged in one pass whereas load step two required 4 iterations load step three required 2 iterations and so on In the presence of material nonlinearity interface nonlinearity and large deformation nonlinearity it is not unusual to require up to 30 it
22. format Default See Figure 5 4 7 1 units Cracking strain Concrete strain at tension The tensile strain that causes concrete cracking is a STNMAT 1 cracking positive sensitive parameter Setting STNMAT 1 0 0 is very 01 10 conservative Typical range for standard concrete is F10 0 Default 0 0001 0 00003 to 0 0001 If the concrete is confined higher in in values are possible such as the 0 0003 Dogleg strain Compressive strain at end This strain level marks the end of the linear stress strain STNMAT 2 of elastic range positive relation in compression The default value is usually a 11 20 good estimate F10 0 Default 0 5 PFPC PCE See Figure 5 4 7 1 in in Strain at f Compressive strain at the This strain level marks the end of the yielding range and STNMAT 3 initial strength limit f the beginning of the pure plastic response of concrete in 21 30 positive compression Default value is good for plain concrete it F10 0 may be higher for confined concrete in in Default 0 002 in in See Figure 5 4 7 1 Tensile strain limit STNMAT 4 Concrete tensile strain at complete loss of tensile This strain level marks the end of the ductile tension softening and compete loss of stress For brittle concrete 31 40 strength positive set STNMAT 4 STNMAT 1 to simulate abrupt loss F10 0 of strength However for confined concrete the default in in Default 10 STNMAT 1 value i
23. no change There is little motivation for the user to change the nodal connectivity array of any element Nonetheless the option is provided here for expert users wishing to use this option in special circumstances In general leave this entry blank Node J NP 2 11 15 15 integer Node J of NE s connectivity Default blank no change There is little motivation for the user to change the nodal connectivity array of any element Nonetheless the option is provided here for expert users wishing to use this option in special circumstances In general leave this entry blank Node K NP 3 16 20 15 integer Node K of NE s connectivity Default blank no change There is little motivation for the user to change the nodal connectivity array of any element Nonetheless the option is provided here for expert users wishing to use this option in special circumstances In general leave this entry blank Node L NP 4 21 25 15 integer Node L of NE s connectivity Default blank no change There is little motivation for the user to change the nodal connectivity array of any element Nonetheless the option is provided here for expert users wishing to use this option in special circumstances In general leave this entry blank Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Des
24. tail node which trails behind the head node Set IX 3 IX 4 0 default 4 Interface Input two separate node numbers IX 1 and IX 2 representing two separate bodies on either side of a common interface usually sharing the same x and y coordinates Set X 3 to a node number not associated with any other element node X 3 will contain interface forces Leave IX 4 0 default Lastly set IX 7 1 which is how CANDE distinguishes the interface element from the triangle element since both have three non zero nodal entries Note in Part D the interface element has the option to specify an initial gap distance that must close under the loading schedule before the interface mechanics is triggered 5 Link Input two separate node numbers IX 1 and IX 2 representing two nodes attached to different elements the nodes may or may not reside at the same location Set IX 3 to a node number not associated with any other element node IX 3 will contain constraint forces and moments Leave IX 4 0 and set IX 7 8 for a rigid beam to beam connection 9 for a pinned connection beam to beam beam to soil or soil to soil Only the link has the element death option which is activated by setting IX 8 death load step Note you may effectively simulate the death of other types of elements by surrounding these elements with link elements Node IX 3 for the interface and link elements must be assigned a node number that is larg
25. 2 6 or 7 MATNAM is any user MATNAM characterize the material defined name that will be displayed with 21 40 zone and or selection of material zone number 5A4 model parameters words For ITYP 3 4 and 5 MATNAM is a special Default none See Table 5 6 1 command word used to signal CANDE which set of built in parameters for the soil model are desired or a command that signals user input The special MATNAM names are summarized in Table 5 6 1 and further elaborated in line D 2 Note MATNAM starts in column 21 and is 4 or 5 capital letters and or numbers 5 176 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Number of layers overburden only 41 42 12 integer Number of layers used when Material Model Type overburden is used Note This number is only required by the GUI for overburden dependent type soils Enter the number of layers that will be input for D 2 for overburden soil model type Otherwise no entry is required Proceed to line D 2 5 177 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 6 1 Summary of special material names MATNAM Material ITYP MATNAM Special MATNAMSs to select built Description of special to signal in parameters for various soil types MATNAMS user
26. 5 input line D 2 depends on whether MATMAM is a special name or MATNAM is defined as USER 5 178 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 6 2 ID Material numbers for predefined Level 2 material zones Mesh Type In situ soil Bedding Backfill soil Special zone material zone material zone material zone numbers number number number PIPE NPCAN 1 e Homogenous 1 1 1 Embankment 1 2 3 4 Backpack Trench 1 2 3 4 Overfill BOX NPCAN 2 Embankment 1 2 3 Trench 1 2 3 ARCH NPCAN 3 e Homogenous 1 1 Embankment 1 3 2 Footing Trench 1 3 2 Footing Comments on Material Number ID for Level 2 Soil Zones e CANDE automatically assigns a material number ID to the elements in the Level 2 material zones as identified in the above table e The user is required to enter the ID number Table 5 6 3 Material numbers for predefined Level 2 interface numbers Mesh Type Material Description of interface material numbers Selected in Part C number range PIPE NPCAN 1 The SLIP command inserts 11 interface elements between soil and pipe Interface material 1 starts at the invert and e SLIP 1 to 11 progresses to 11 at the crown each element has a unique normal angle e SLPT l to7 The SLPT command inserts 7 interface elements between the trench wall and backfill soil Interface material 1 starts at the spring line and progress
27. 5 4 2 3 B 3 Concrete Reinforcement Steel Placement and Properties B 3 Concrete Reinforcement steel placement and properties Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups are Concrete CONCRETE Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Reinforcement Shape RSHAPE 01 05 A5 5X word Word defining the shape RSHAPE allows selection of how the and placement of reinforcement will be shaped and placed reinforcing steel cage s relative to the concrete inner and outer wall surfaces STAND Standard placement for two rows of reinforcement cages which parallel the inner and outer wall surfaces The concrete wall thickness is uniform and concrete cover depths and properties are uniform in each individual cage Applicable to levels 1 2 or 3 and design or analysis ELLIP Elliptical placement of a single reinforcement cage sometimes used in circular pipe The cage starts at a specified cover depth from the outer wall surface of the crown transitions to the inner wall surface at the spring line and transitions back to the outer wall at the invert Applicable to levels 1 2 or 3 and design or analysis ARBIT Arbitrary placement of two rows of reinforcement The concrete wall thickness the reinforcements concrete cover depth and reinforcement steel areas may be specified at each node along the pipe group path Applicable
28. Box Mesh 5 5 3 1 C 1 Level 2 Box Mesh Control Commands and Title C 1 L2 Box Control commands and title Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 A 2 NPCAN 2 Box Mesh Use ONLY if the Canned Mesh Code is set to 2 Box Mesh Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Mesh Pattern Name to select mesh Level 2 Box Mesh provides an automatic WORD 01 04 A4 word pattern for soil EMBA embankment TREN trench finite element mesh for a rectangular shaped culvert The type of soil construction is controlled by the choice for WORD For WORD EMBA an embankment mesh is generated as illustrated in Figure 5 5 6 The in situ soil surface is at pipe s invert and backfill soil is placed in lifts along side and above the culvert The fill soil s lateral extent is assumed indefinitely wide For WORD TREN a trench mesh is generated as illustrated in Figure 5 5 7 Any trench depth may be specified measured from the in situ soil surface to the box invert Similarly any trench width may be specified Backfill soil is placed in lifts to fill the trench plus overfill Title TITLE 05 72 17A4 words User description of mesh printed with output TITLE is a descriptive phrase up to 68 characters that will be printed with the output to describe the mesh opt
29. Cancel will reset this Accept Input Cancel menu to the values before any changes were made 4 19 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 4 2 Viewing help for the input menus Input help is provided through several methods in the CANDE Input menu system These consist of combination of tools tips persistent help display and context sensitive help For more information see one of the following sections Persistent help Show Help checkbox Show Input Show Input checkbox Range information Input range violations Error Warning messages Input errors and undefined input Input tree icons Menu input tree icons 4 2 4 3 Show Help checkbox Clicking on the Show Help checkbox will turn on persistent input help at the bottom of the Menu Input screen Persistent help can also be turned on off by clicking on the input description see Figure 4 2 14 below Figure 4 2 14 Activating CANDE input menu persistent help Check to show persistent help at the bottom of the menu screen Clicking on the input description label also Input Compr and temp FromTJM TestProblem04 dat toggles the help on off Level 2 Major Geometry and Loagfig Parameters Pipe Me E Master Conti _ Master Cor Average vertical diameter of f fso in Pipe Definition B FG of KOZICA to Vaca ANa o _ Pipe Definition 1 4 Aluminum Heig
30. DC EB LL Ymax Ymin Dc Ymax Ymin NEB Ymax m NLL Reinforced 1 25 0 9 gt 0 95 1 3 0 9 gt 0 95 1 75 1 0 1 2 50 95 Concrete pipe Reinforced 1 25 0 9 gt 0 95 1 3 0 9 gt 0 95 1 75 1 0 1 2 gt 0 95 Concrete box Reinforced 1 25 0 9 gt 0 95 1 3 0 9 gt 0 95 1 75 1 0 1 2 gt 0 95 Concrete arch Corrugated 1 25 0 9 20 95 1 95 0 9 gt 0 95 1 75 1 0 1 2 20 95 metal pipe or arch Corrugated 1 25 0 9 gt 0 95 1 50 0 9 gt 0 95 1 75 1 0 1 2 gt 0 95 metal box Plastic pipe 1 25 0 9 gt 0 95 1 95 0 9 gt 0 95 1 75 1 0 1 2 gt 0 95 HDPE or PVC Symbols Ymax Maximum standard load factor dependent on load case and culvert type Ymin minimum standard load factor dependent on load case and culvert type Npc composite load modifier for DC load case ductility redundancy importance Nes composite load modifier for EB load case ductility redundancy importance nL composite load modifier for LL load case ductility redundancy importance m multiple presence factor for LL load case IM impact percentage for LL load case 33 1 0 Cover depth in feet 8 0 The AASHTO LRFD specifications identify three load cases that generally pertain to buried structures Dead load of Culvert DC Earth loading from Backfill operations EB and Live Loading of vehicles on the surface LL The user should define the CANDE model such that only one case of
31. Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 3 Part A Control Commands 5 3 1 A 1 Master Control Input Data A 1 Master Control Input Data Use if Comments Always This input starts each new problem Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Design Analysis Parameter XMODE 01 08 A8 character Word defining problem mode ANALYS DESIGN STOP No default Specifying the variable XMODE controls the decision of design or analysis Analysis implies all system and pipe properties are known and the objective is to evaluate pipe performance Design means the pipe wall section properties are unknown and that they will be determined in an iterative analysis process CANDE will continue to execute new problems back to back until XMODE STOP is encountered Solution Level LEVEL 09 10 12 integer Defines Solution Level to be used 1 Elasticity 2 FEM with canned mesh 3 FEM with user mesh No default Level 1 is based on the closed form elasticity solution of Burns and Richards It is applicable to round pipes deeply buried in homogenous soil installations no live loads Level 2 is considered the workhorse of CANDE and provides a finite element solution methodology using an internally developed mesh based on a few physical parameters specified by the user in part C Canned meshes a
32. FRP tube In practice these concrete filled tubes are arch shaped and placed side by side with a uniform spacing to form the backbone of a soil bridge The concrete is modeled as a nonlinear material with tensile cracking but has enhanced tensile ductility due to confinement of the FRP tubes The FRP tube is modeled as a linear elastic material in tension and compression for all levels of stress However specified stress strength limits are used in the CANDE program to assess whether or not the maximum tube stress is beyond safety limits Thus the design criteria include concrete crushing combined concrete and tube shear failure and excessive tube stress The Contube pipe type is not operable in the automated design mode 2 7 Chapter 2 General Overview and Major Options CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 2 6 System Choices CANDE offers a suite of soil models to choose from including the popular hyperbolic forms of Duncan Duncan and Selig and Hardin as well as the standard linear forms for isotropic elastic orthotropic elastic and overburden dependent Predefined model parameters are installed in the program for simulating crushed rock sands silts and clays under a range of compaction conditions In 2015 a classical Mohr Coulomb elastoplastic model was added to the suite of soil model choices Also the Duncan and Duncan Selig soil models were modified to provide the option for plastic like behavior Another system choice is
33. Geo Stiffness On On Off On On On Off Rotation Stretch On On Off Off Off On Off Coordinate Update On On Off Off On Off On Buckling Prediction On Off Off Off Off Off Off This completes the current B set input Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 2 5 4 2 1 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Type B 1 Concrete Concrete Material Properties B 1 Concrete Standard reinforced concrete rectangular cross section with steeel Concrete maierial properties Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups are Concrete CONCRETE Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Compressive strength of concrete f PFPC 01 10 F10 0 Ib in Compressive strength of concrete fe Default 4000 psi Uni axial compressive stress of concrete in standard cylinder compression test or core specimen from pre cast pipe See Figure 5 4 2 Young s modulus of concrete for elastic PCE 11 20 F10 0 Ib in Young s modulus of concrete for elastic Default 33 density f Slope of stress strain curve of concrete in initial compression prior to nonlinear yielding See Figure 5 4 2 Poisson s ratio of concrete material PNU 21 30 F10 0 Poisson s ratio of c
34. ai Vertical Stress deflections using the mesh viewer Scale not available lt Coordinates x 161 62 y 143 01 4 46 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 3 5 Viewing soil stress strain contours Color contour plots for stresses and strains in the soil may be generated for the following stress and strain components e Horizontal stress or strain normal component in positive x direction e Vertical stress or strain normal component in the positive y direction e Shear stress or strain traction component on x face in the positive y direction Contour plots are generated by clicking the response button R on the tool bar and choosing the desired stress or strain component from the associated drop down menu Next select the desired load increment number from the drop down menu and the monitor screen will show the soil mesh topology where each element is colored in accordance with magnitude of stress or strain response at the specified load step The color scale is shown on the right side of the contour plots A sample is shown below Figure 4 4 12 Sample plot of Horizontal Stress GE Mesh Plotting C Documents and Settings Mark Mlynarski My Documents CANDEInputFile MER i Eng HY B MG Ga RY Horizontal Stress z Load step 10 RA O AJRA Md RRR Scale for Horizontal Stress 0 72511 1 42015 3 56540 5 71065 7 85590 10 00115 12 14640 14 29165 16 436
35. compression Typical PFS range is 2 0 to 3 0 Desired safety factor against global buckling PFS 2 11 20 F10 0 C Desired safety factor against global buckling Default 2 0 Safety factor protects against excessive thrust force causing global buckling of the pipe s walls in soil structure system Typical PFS range is 2 0 to 3 0 Desired safety factor against seam failure due to thrust stress PFS 3 21 30 F10 0 Desired safety factor against seam failure due to thrust stress Default 2 0 Safety factor protects against excessive thrust force causing seam failure For seamless pipe this is equal to material yielding PFS 2 0 For structural plate recommend PFS 3 0 Desired safety factor against full plastic hinge penetration PFS 4 31 40 F10 0 Desired safety factor against full plastic hinge penetration Default 4 0 Safety factor protects against excessive plastic hinge penetration from thrust and bending PFS 100 depth allowable depth Thus for 25 allowable penetration PFS 4 0 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Maximum allowable Maximum allowable ADISP is the maximum allowable percentage vertical deflection vertical deflection of vertical deflection with respect to the percentage ADISP percenta
36. embankment TREN trench HOMO homogenous finite element mesh for arch shaped or 3 sided box culverts Shapes are defined with 2 or 3 curved or straight segments defining half of the symmetrical arch or box The type of soil construction is controlled by the choice for WORD For WORD EMBA an embankment mesh is generated as illustrated in Figure 5 5 10 The in situ soil surface is level with arch footing and backfill soil is placed in lifts around and above the arch The fill soil s lateral extent is assumed indefinitely wide For WORD TREN a trench mesh is generated as illustrated in Figure 5 5 11 Any trench depth may be specified measured from the in situ soil surface to the arch footing Similarly any trench width may be specified Backfill soil is placed in lifts to fill the trench plus overfill For WORD HOMO an embankment like mesh is generated similar to the embankment mesh except that all the soil zones footing fill soil etc are all assigned a common material model That is the entire soil system is one homogenous material to be defined by the user 5 130 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Title User description of mesh TITLE is a descriptive phrase up to 68 TITLE to be printed with output characters that will be printed with the output 05 72 to
37. for help CANDE 2007 Input Wizard Welcome to the CANDE input Wizard You will enter some basic information about your model and CANDE will prepare a starter input document that you can customize for your particular model After you complete the input for each screen in the Input Wizard press the Next button until you have reached the end Once completed press the Finish button to enter the CANDE input menus Control Information On the control information screen enter key information regarding the type of madal mathad of analucia ate Note that the selections made on this menu screen and subsequent wizard menus will enable or disable items on the menu If an item is disabled it is not a valid option based on your current input selections After completing the information on the CANDE Input Wizard Control Information menu click on the Next gt gt button to advance to the next wizard input screen You can return to this screen later by clicking on the lt lt Prev button For solution level 3 problems a screen specific to level 3 problems is required to define the parameters for the finite element mesh See Figure 4 2 3 below Figure 4 2 3 CANDE Input Wizard Level 3 Information GE Level 3 input Level 3 Information Select level 3 input option Manual input Import mesh file Level 3 options f 2 Number of pipe element groups Level 3 only Number of nodes Number o
38. inches Spacing between rows of rebar on outer surface Default 2 0 in CANDE uses the SLO parameter only for predicting crack width in the Gergely Lutz formula and the Heger McGrath formula Number of inner cage layers of reinforcement NI 61 65 15 integer Number of layers of reinforcement to form inner cage steel area Default 1 CANDE uses the NI parameter only for predicting crack width using the Heger McGrath formula Note a maximum value of NI 2 is used in formula for n see comment following line B 2 Number of outer cage layers of reinforcement NO 66 70 15 integer Number of layers of reinforcement to form outer cage steel area Default 1 CANDE uses the NO parameter only for predicting crack width using the Heger McGrath formula Note a maximum value of NO 2 is used in formula for n see comment following line B 2 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Type of Reinforcement Code number for type of NC1 reinforcement 1 Smooth wire or 71 75 plain bars 15 2 Welded or integer deformed wire 3 Deformed bars or with stirrups Default 2 CANDE uses the NC1 parameter only for predicting crack width using the Heger McGrath formula The code value NC1 1 2 or 3 corresponds to the Heger McGrath var
39. is set to 2 A 2 NPCAN 2 Box Mesh Use ONLY if the Canned Mesh Code is set to 2 Box Mesh Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Plot control Control for plot files Unit 10 contains all the finite element mesh IPLOT units10 amp 30 data plus all the structural responses for each 01 05 0 No plot files load step it is intended as the data source for 15 1 Create 10 plotting mesh configurations deformed shapes integer 2 Create 30 and contours 3 Create 10 amp 30 Unit 30 contains the detailed pipe responses Note For the GUI RESULT at each node for each load step it this value is ALWAYS set to 3 is intended as the data source for pipe response plots Response data output Control for print of CANDE s output file is the primary source of IWRT response data to the readable output showing the structural 06 10 CANDE output file responses at each load step 15 0 minimal IWRT 0 means only the pipe responses integer RESULT are printed no soil system 1 standard responses IWRT 1 means the pipe responses plus the 2 plus Duncan soil system responses are printed recommended 3 plus interface IWRT 2 means the standard print plus an iteration trace of the Duncan model soil 4 Mohr Coulomb elements IWRT 3 means the standard print plus an iteration trace of the Interface soil elements IWRT 4 means the standard print plus an iteration t
40. parameter is set to DESIGN A 1 LRFD 1 This is command is input for LRFD A 1 LEVEL 1 2 or 3 This option is available for all Solution Levels 1 2 or 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Concrete wall Concrete wall thickness The design wall thickness is uniform around thickness the pipe Specify a non zero value Note the PT Default none CANDE design solution will provide required 01 10 steel reinforcement area s F10 0 inches Steel tension failure Weight for steel tension The design goal is to determine the steel area due to yielding yielding so that the weighted factored tension steel WLRFD 1 stress is just less than factored yield strength 11 20 Default weight 1 resistance F10 0 j Concrete crushing Weight for concrete The design goal is to determine the steel area failure at outer fibers crushing failure or new wall thickness so that the weighted WLRFD 2 factored concrete compressive stress is just 21 30 Default weight 1 less than the factored compressive resistance F10 0 fe 5 47 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Concrete shear failure w o shear steel WLRFD 3 31 40 F10 0 Weight for concrete shear failure without shear steel Default weight 1 Th
41. 1 Conrib in in Tensile strain Concrete tensile strain at This strain level marks the end of the ductile softening limit STNMAT 4 complete loss of tensile of concrete in tension For plain concrete without fibers 31 40 strength positive use the default value to simulate abrupt loss of strength F10 0 Default STNMAT 1 For FRC use in in a multiple value say 5 x STNMAT 1 Crack width Selection of crack width Generally it is recommended to use the Heger McGrath model model model which is required by the AASHTO LRFD code CWMODEL 0 Heger McGrath If there is no tension steel reinforcement such as for 41 50 1 Gergely Lutz plain or fiber reinforced concrete FRC then CANDE F10 0 positive value provides the option to apply the FRC model wherein or inches equal to crack CWMODEL the crack spacing length nominally 10 spacing length for FRC model inches Default Heger McGrath inches See further comments for line B 6 Continue B 2 next page Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline B 2 Continued Parameter Input Options Description columns format Default units Shear factor A multiplying factor to By specifying VFACTOR gt 0 0 e g 2 0 the traditional VFACTOR compute nominal shear method of specifying concrete shear strength is used 51 60 instead of the newer methods offered next For plain F10 0 st
42. 2y 2 80003 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 000000E 00 7 2r 2 80004 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 794825E 00 x K 2i 2 80005 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 899943E 02 F A 2 2 80006 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 466842E 01 r i 2 2 80007 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 102312E 01 7 Zi 2 80008 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 979715E 06 A i 2 2 80009 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 989320E 09 7 2 2 80010 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 800044E 03 Zi 2 80011 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 174847E 02 r i 27 2 80012 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 383193E 01 r j 27 2 80013 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 000000E 00 r i 2i 2 80014 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 267000E 00 7 F 25 2 80015 0 000000E 00 0 823800E 02 0 127000E 00 r r 7 14 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline Table 7 1 2 NCHRP Process 12 50 Report ID table Report Description ID 80003 x displacement inc 80004 y displacement inch 80005 Bending moment positive in fiber tension in lb inch 80006 Thrust Force compression negative Ib inch 80007 Shear Force outward positive 1b inch 80008 Normal Pressure on pipe compression is negative psi 80009 Tangential pressure on pipe positive is clockwise psi Report Aluminum Basic Concrete Plastic Steel ID 80010 Maximum 0 Inner c
43. 48 58 49 59 61 60 110 132 Notes 1 Instead of one node at the pipe soil interface locations three nodes are defined at the same location to from the interface element For every node triplet above a b c a pipe node IX 1 b soil node IX 2 c free node IX 3 2 The eleven interface elements are numbered 97 through 107 beginning at the invert and continuing counterclockwise to the crown 5 119 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 5 3 Level 2 Pipe Node renumbering scheme interface elements along trench wall Basic Trench Wall Slip Basic Trench Wall Slip Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Nodes Node Nodes Nodes 1 1 89 97 2 2 90 98 100 99 91 101 50 50 51 51 53 52 97 107 52 54 98 108 110 109 99 111 61 63 62 64 66 65 105 117 63 67 106 118 120 119 107 121 70 74 108 122 71 75 77 76 109 123 72 78 110 124 81 87 82 88 90 89 83 91 Notes 1 Instead of one node at the trench wall interface three nodes are defined at seven locations on the trench wall to form seven interface elements For every node triplet above a b c a pipe node IX 1 b soil node IX 2 c free node IX 3 2 The seven interface elements are numbered 97 through 103 beginning near the trench bottom and increasing to the trench top 5 120 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 3 Solution Level 2
44. 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline o CPAD CPAD 0 o CP 2 CP 2 2 0 T 0 0 CP 3 3 7 And Ox Ox T two dimensional engineering stress vector x Ex Y two dimensional engineering strain vector Return to line D 1 for more material definition if needed Proceed to Part E if LRFD 1 Otherwise this completes the input stream for this problem insert STOP command 5 183 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 4 D 2 Duncan and Duncan Selig Model Types 5 6 41 D 2 Duncan Fundamental Controls and Modified Option D 2 Duncan Duncan fundamental controls including new Modified Formulation for plastic behavior Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 3 Use only if the Material Model Type is Duncan Selig 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units LRFD stiffness control LRFD control for This control only applies to LRFD 1 NON material stiffness Selecting NON 0 signals the soil model to 01 05 adjust its stiffness based on service load 15 0 service load stresses not the higher factored stresses integer 1 factored load Conversely if NON 1 the factored stresses are used to compute each element soil Default 0 stiffness The default value is recommended recommended Moduli averaging r
45. CAN1 mesh 9004 Input CAN1 Number of load steps exceeds maximum 9005 Input CAN1 Pipe diameter ratio is beyond limit for CAN1 mesh 9006 Input CAN1 FATAL Height of cover must be within allowable limits 9007 Input CAN1 Thickness of backpacking is not within allowable limits 9008 Input CAN1 Trench is too narrow in CAN1 mesh to accommodate backpacking 9009 Input CAN1 Trench is too narrow in CAN1 mesh 9010 Input CAN1 Trench is too wide in CANI mesh 9011 Input CAN1 Trench is too shallow for CAN1 mesh 9012 Input CAN1 Hgt Trench Hgt of cover must be greater than 1 3 Pipe Diameter 9013 Input CANAR1 Incorrect mesh pattern for CANAR1 mesh 9014 Input CANARI Incorrect modify command for CANARI mesh 9015 Input CANAR1 Number of Constuction Increments must be within limits 9016 Input CANAR1 Half span must be a positive number 9017 Input CANARI Side Rise must be non negative 9018 Input CANARI Radius must be non negative 9019 Input CANAR1 Trench width must be within limits 9020 Input CANARI Trench depth must be within limits 9021 Input CANARI Trench slope must be within limits 9022 Input CANARI Outer footing width must be within limits 9023 Input CANARI Outer footing width must be within limits 9024 Input CANARI Inner footing width must be within limits 9025 Input CANAR1 Footing depth must be within limits 9026 Input CANAR1I Number of NTN nodal points must be within limits 9027 Input CANAR1 Number o
46. CANDE s implementation of these commands is documented in this section Table 7 2 1 NASTRAN commands support by CANDE import NASTRAN NASTRAN Description CANDE Use Command GRID Defines the location of a geometric grid point Defines level 3 node numbers of the structural model and its permanent single point constraints CBAR Defines a simple beam element BAR of the Defines a CANDE beam column structural model element CTRIA3 Defines an isoparametric triangular plate Defines a CANDE triangle element element CQUAD4 Defines an isoparametric quadrilateral plate Defines a CANDE quadrilateral element element PSHELL Defines the membrane bending transverse CANDE interprets this as a soil shear and coupling properties of thin shell material Material properties are not elements stored but the PSHELL commands are counted to determine the number of soil materials CANDE defines CGAP Defines a gap or friction element CANDE uses the CGAP command to define interface elements SPC Defines the location of a geometric grid point CANDE uses the SPC command to of the structural model and its permanent define boundary conditions single point constraints FORCE Defines a static load at a grid point by CANDE uses the FORCE command to specifying a vector define boundary conditions as point forces Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 2 1 NASTRAN Inp
47. Control gt lt numNodes gt 789 lt numNodes gt lt numElements gt 850 lt numElements gt lt numSoilMaterials gt 3 lt numSoilMaterials gt lt numInterfaceMaterials gt 0 lt numInterfaceMaterials gt lt inputCheck gt 0 lt inputCheck gt lt numBoundCond gt 55 lt numBoundCond gt lt numConstIncr gt 15 lt numConstiIncr gt lt meshTitle gt MESH lt meshTitle gt lt Control gt lt nodeData gt lt nodeCoord gt lt nodeNumber gt 1 lt nodeNumber gt lt nodeXCoord gt 0 4019E 02 lt nodeXCoord gt lt nodeYCoord gt 0 3741E 02 lt nodeYCoord gt lt nodeCoord gt lt nodeCoord gt lt nodeNumber gt 2 lt nodeNumber gt lt nodeXCoord gt 0 3328E 02 lt nodeXCoord gt lt nodeYCoord gt 0 3741E 02 lt nodeYCoord gt lt nodeCoord gt lt nodeData gt lt elementData gt lt elemConn gt lt elemNumber gt 1 lt elemNumber gt lt elemNodel gt 423 lt elemNodel gt lt elemNode2 gt 454 lt elemNode2 gt lt elemNode3 gt 453 lt elemNode3 gt lt elemNode4 gt 453 lt elemNode4 gt lt elemMatNum gt 2 lt elemMatNum gt lt elemConstrincr gt 12 lt elemConstrincr gt lt elemType gt TRIA lt elemType gt lt elemConn gt lt elemConn gt lt elemNumber gt 2 lt elemNumber gt lt elemNodel gt 423 lt elemNodel gt lt elemNode2 gt 451 lt elemNode2 gt lt elemNode3 gt 454 lt elemNode3 gt lt elemNode4 gt 454 lt elemNode4 gt lt elemMatNum gt 2 lt elemMatNu
48. Description elemNumber Integer Element identifier number elemNodel Integer Node 1 connected to element all elements elemNode2 Integer Node 2 connected to element all elements elemNode2 Integer Node 3 connected to element repeat node 2 for beam elemNode2 Integer Node 4 connected to element repeat node 3 except quad elemMatNum Integer Material Number of the element elemConstrIncr Integer Load step of the element elemT ype String Either QUAD TRIA or BEAM elemSelected String 1 element selected by the user 0 element not selected by the user default from CANDE Boundary Information lt boundaryData gt lt boundary gt 1 to numBoundCond Tag Type Description boundNumber Integer Boundary identifier number boundNode Integer Node identifier of the boundary condition boundConstrIncr Integer Load step when boundary condition is effective boundXCode Integer Either 0 1 2 or 3 0 x force rotation free 1 x disp rotation fix 2 x disp rotation free 3 x force rotation fix boundY Code Integer Either 0 1 2 or 3 0 y force rotation free 1 y disp rotation fix 7 5 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 2 y disp rotation free 3 y force rotation fix boundXForce Double Precision Value of x force or x disp boundY Force Double Precision Value of y force or y disp boundRotAngle Dou
49. GETTING STARTED In order to upgrade to CANDE 2015 program you must first install the CANDE 2007 2011program on your computer which is usually obtained from the TRB website To this end visit the website CandeForCulverts com for download directions and links to the TRB website Note that TRB refers to their latest program as CANDE 2007 with 201 lupgrade In this manual that program is called CANDE 2007 2011 however as seen in the dialogue below the acronym CANDE 2007 is used frequently in the installation instructions to mean CANDE 2007 2011 i e CANDE 2007 with 201 lupgrade This chapter is focused on installing and running the CANDE 2007 2011 executable files as obtained from a TRB download or from some other source and making sure that the program is operative on your stand alone personal computer 3 1 System requirements CANDE 2007 through CANDE 2015 are developed using Microsoft Visual Studio 2005 along with Intel FORTRAN 9 1 compiler CANDE has been tested and may be installed on a personal computer with the following e Microsoft Windows Operating Systems XP with service pack 2 or later Vista or Windows 7 e Microsoft Windows NET Framework 2 0 3 2 Installation guide CANDE 2007 2011 a k a CANDE 2007 with 2011 Upgrade is contained in a file folder that is transmitted to your computer from one of several sources such as a CD disk Internet download a zip folder or perhaps emailed to you from a colleague The insta
50. Guideline st array Continuum Elements Beam elements Interface Elements 3 Quad or Triangle 2 nodes I and J nodes I J and K ST 1 N Horizontal strain at element Thrust force at node I Total normal interface center lb inch force in in Ib inch ST 2 N Vertical strain at element Shear force at node I Total shear interface center Ib inch force in in Ib inch ST 3 N Shear strain at element center Moment resultant at Last increment of in in node I normal interface force in lb inch Ib inch ST 4 N Horizontal stress at element Thrust force at node J Last increment of shear center Ib inch interface force psi Ib inch ST 5 N Vertical stress at element Shear force at node J Relative x displacement center Ib inch inc DU J DU psi inch ST 6 N Shear stress at element center Moment resultant at Relative y displacement psi node J inc DV J DV I in lb inch inch e IFUA EQ NINC END FILE LUPLOT 7 1 5 2 Contents of PLOT2 dat The following records a and b are sequentially written to PLOT2 Record a is written in subroutine SAVED and contains only a few key parameters Record b is written in subroutine RESOUT and contains pipe element group data written during first load step only followed by all pipe element response data for each load step a Records written to PLOT2 from subroutine SAVED global beam element data e WRIT
51. Guidelines and Examples Transportation Research Board Washington DC 2003 Katona M G Influence of Soil Models on Performance of Buried Culverts Paper presented at TRB 2015 annual meeting Session 614 January 13 2015 Paper in TRB online Compendium http AMOnline TRB org Katona M G Modifying Duncan Selig Soil Model for Plastic like behavior Paper presented at TRB 2015 annual meeting Session 614 January 13 2015 Paper is in online Compendium and to be published in TRR 6 2 Companion Documents 1 CANDE 2015 Solution Methods and Formulations contains the mathematical developments that describe the various theoretical formulations and nonlinear models that are contained in original program plus the new capabilities in CANDE 2015 program 2 CANDE 2007 Tutorials for Applications Contains a series of examples for using that demonstrate the use of CANDE 2007 6 1 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 APPENDICIES 7 1 CANDE Output Files CANDE produces a variety of files as it processes the input and runs the CANDE analysis The following table provides a synopsis of those file a long with a brief description A detailed description of the plot files is provided in subsequent sections of this Appendix File name Description lt prefix gt cid The lt prefix gt is provided by the user upon creation of saving of CANDE input document this file stores the CANDE input instruc
52. LRFD or Service A 1 LEVEL 2 This option is NOT available for Solution Levels 1 or 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Nominal concrete wall Nominal concrete wall This value for wall thickness is used as the thickness thickness of box culvert default value for the three slab thicknesses PT defined below 01 10 Default 0 0 F10 0 inches Top slab concrete Top slab concrete Each of the three slab thicknesses top sides thickness thickness and bottom may be defined separately Or if PTT all slab thicknesses are the same the default 11 20 Default PT PT value may be used See Figure 5 4 4 F10 0 inches Side slabs concrete Side slabs concrete Each of the three slab thicknesses top sides thickness thickness and bottom may be defined separately Or if PTS all slab thicknesses are the same the default 21 30 Default PT PT value may be used See Figure 5 4 4 F10 0 inches 5 40 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Bottom slab concrete Bottom slab concrete Each of the three slab thicknesses top sides thickness thickness and bottom may be defined separately Or if PTB all slab thicknesses are the same the default 31 40 Default PT PT value may be used See Figure 5 4 4 F10 0 i
53. Last table entry END end D 2 blank continue to read D 2 lines Line D 2 will continue to be read by the program until the word END is encountered in columns 31 to 33 NOTE The GUI automatically inserts the value based if an L input in the first parameter LIMIT Comment The overburden dependent model is only valid in soil zones that are essentially experiencing one dimensional compression uniaxial strain such as an embankment soil zone that is outside the influence of soil structure interaction The advantage of the overburden dependent model is that iterations are not required to advance the load step because the overburden stress acting on each element is assumed to be statically determinate based the current height of soil cover above each element Accordingly the appropriate incremental elastic properties are interpolated directly from the input table of properties Return to line D 1 for more material definition if needed Proceed to Part E if LRFD 1 Otherwise this completes the input stream for this problem 5 193 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 6 1 Material names MATNAM and values for Overburden Dependent Model Soil Class Granular Mixed Cohesive Compaction Good Fair Good Fair Good Fair MATNAM GGOOD GFAIR MGOOD MFAIR CGOOD CFAIR Overburden Young s Young s Youn
54. Level is set to 2 A 2 NPCAN 3 Arch Mesh Use ONLY if the Canned Mesh Code is set to 3 Arch Mesh Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Total rise of arch structure RISE 01 10 F10 0 inches Total rise of arch structure Default none RISE is the vertical distance in inches from the footing level to the crown location This applies to all arch shapes including 2 and 3 segment arches with curved or straight line segments One half of arch span at footing level One half of arch span at footing level HFSPAN is the horizontal distance in inches from the arch centerline to the arch leg HFSPAN Default none connection at the footing This applies to all 11 20 arch shapes F10 0 inches Vertical rise of side Vertical rise of side A non zero entry means a 3 segment arch will segment segment 3 segment be generated wherein SDRISE vertical SDRISE distance from the footing to the junction point 21 30 Default 0 0 of the side 3 segment with the corner 2 F10 0 2 segments segment inches If SDRISE 0 0 a 2 segment arch will be constructed See Figure 5 5 10 through Figure 5 5 13 Footing depth FTDEP 31 40 F10 0 inches Footing depth thickness Default none The footing depth is the vertical thickness of concrete slab supporting the arch leg In order to control the aspect ratio of the footing e
55. Level 1 Load Factors for LRFD C 3 L1 Load factors for LRFD Repeat line C 3 as needed Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 1 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 1 C 1 L1 NINC This line must be repeated until load factors for all load steps are defined Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Starting load step INCRS Starting load step number to apply the same load INCRS is the load step at which the load factor below will be applied The first C 3 input must 01 05 factor specify INCRS 1 Subsequent C 3 inputs for 15 Default 1 INCRS if needed must specify INCRS integer INCRL previous 1 Ending load step Last load step number to INCRL is the last load step in this sequence of INCRL apply the same load load steps that share the same load factor 06 10 factor specified below When INCRL NINC the 15 Default INCRS input of C 3 data is complete integer LRFD load factor LRFD load factor applied Based on 2004 AASHTO LRFD specifications FACTOR to the load steps INCRS maximum load factors for vertical earth 11 20 through INCRL inclusive pressure on buried pipes are F10 0 Default 1 00 Rigid pipe concrete 1 30 dimensionless Flexible pipe corrugated metal and plastic 1 95 Level 1 is not suited for live load simulation Comment User supplied comments The comment which can be up to 40 COMMENT to explain l
56. MATNAM is defined as USER Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Poisson s ratio for low shear strain XNUMIN 01 10 F10 0 dimensionless Poisson s ratio for low shear strain Default 0 01 XNUMIN is a parameter for the hyperbolic Poisson ratio function representing the minimum value of Poisson s ratio at low shear strain The default value was calibrated for sand Poisson s ratio for high shear strain XNUMAX 11 20 F10 0 dimensionless Poisson s ratio for high shear strain Default 0 49 XNUMAX is a parameter for the hyperbolic Poisson ratio function representing the maximum value of Poisson s ratio at high shear strain The default value was calibrated for sand Shape parameter for Poisson ratio function XQ 21 30 F10 0 dimensionless Shape parameter for Poisson ratio function Default 0 26 XQ is a shape parameter for the hyperbolic Poisson ratio function which increases the rate of the Poisson value between the low and high limits The default value was calibrated for sand Hardin parameter for hyperbolic shear modulus S1 31 40 F10 0 number Hardin parameter for hyperbolic shear modulus Default none S1 is a scalar directly proportional to the magnitude of the secant shear modulus and the reference shear strain Hardin parameter for hyperbolic shear modulus C1 41 50
57. McGrath formula Note a 66 70 outer cage steel area maximum value of NO 2 is used in formula for n see 15 Default 1 comment integer Code number Code number for type of CANDE uses the NC1 parameter only for predicting NC1 reinforcement crack width using the Heger McGrath formula The 71 75 1 Smooth wire or code value NC1 1 2 or 3 corresponds to the Heger 15 plain bars McGrath variable C set to 1 0 1 5 or 1 9 respectively integer 2 Welded or See Heger McGrath crack width equation below deformed wire 3 Deformed bars or any reinforcement with stirrups Default 2 Comment on Steel Areas For a smooth wall no ribs or for the slab portion of a ribbed wall ASI and ASO is the rebar area divided by the corresponding spacing between rebars For reinforcement in the ribbed portion of the wall ASI and ASO refer to the average steel area per unit length of rib that is the total rebar steel area in the rib divided by the rib width at the rebar level Note the CANDE program will automatically adjust the steel areas in the ribs to account for the reduced area due to periodic spacing Comment on Crack widths CANDE uses empirical formulas to predict crack width based on the magnitude of tension steel stress determined from CANDE s reinforced concrete model CANDE output always gives the predicted crack width at service load level regardless of whether LRFD 0 or 1 The Heger McGrath crack wid
58. No default Line D 2 is only required for MATNAM USER For other special MATNAMs no additional input is required See values in Table 5 6 1 Starting with N 1 set H N equal to the overburden pressure associated with the elastic properties entered below Repeat line D 2 to develop a table of X entries with increasing overburden pressure The range is X minimum 2 X maximum 10 Young s modulus E N 11 20 F10 0 Ib in Young s modulus for table entry N No default Moduli values should correspond to secant values obtained from confined compression tests uniaxial strain Secant values are the straight lines connecting the origin to the total stress strain curve at the overburden pressure H N Note the secant s slope is the confined modulus which must be converted to Young s modulus The goal is to develop an input table like those shown in Table 5 6 1 5 192 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Poisson s ratio PGNV N 21 30 F10 0 Poisson s ratio for table entry N No default Usually Poisson s ratio remains relatively constant as overburden pressure increases Typical values e Granular 0 30 to 0 35 e Mixed 0 30 to 0 40 e Cohesive 0 33 to 0 40 Last Table Entry XEND 31 33 A3 word
59. Nodes elements and boundary condition changes Extended Level 2 allows selective modifications to any Level 2 mesh configurations in order to specify changes in nodal coordinates changes in element properties and changes in loading conditions To effectively use this feature the user must refer to the relevant Level 2 mesh configuration which are shown in previous figures to identify nodes elements and or boundary conditions to be changed Data for Extended Level 2 may only be input if the control word MOD was specified on command C 1 Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 C 1 WORD1 MOD All Pipe Box or Arch three mesh options Use ONLY if the Make changes to the basic mesh parameter is set to MOD Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Number of nodes to be changed with new coordinates NEWXY 01 05 15 integer Number of nodes to be changed with new coordinates Default 0 Any number of nodes may be chosen to specify new x and y coordinates Example reasons to change coordinates include modeling variations in the culvert shape perhaps an imperfection changing the dimensions of the bedding or footing elements or altering the location of a live load on the soil surface Nodes to be changed are defined on line CX 2 which is repeated NEWXY times Number of elements to Nu
60. Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 3 7 B 3 Plastic Design Weights for LRFD B 3 Plastic D LRFD Design weights for LRFD Smooth wall The specification of the WLRFD design weights has the following consequences e WLRED 1 0 Standard LRFD factored resistance factored loads e WLRED gt 1 0 More conservative factored resistance gt factored loads e WLRED lt 1 0 Less conservative factored resistance lt factored loads e WLRFD 1 0 Exclude the corresponding design criterion Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE PLASTIC One or more pipe groups is Plastic A 1 XMODE DESIGN This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to DESIGN B 1 Plastic WTYPE SMOOTH This input line is for cases where the Wall Section Type is SMOOTH A 1 LRFD 1 This is command is input for LRFD design Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Wall area failure due to maximum thrust WLRFD 1 01 10 F10 0 Wall area failure due to maximum thrust stress Default weight 1 Controls the factored thrust stress loading to be less than the factored material strength resistance times this weight Typically this weight is always 1 for plastic structures Se
61. Pipe structure in situ soil and bedding loading 2 Fill soil to pipe spring line 3 Fill soil to pipe crown Default 0 No load steps 4 Fill soil to PDIA 4 above crown applied 5 Fill soil to 2 PDIA above crown 6 N steps of overburden pressure Plot control Control for plot files Unit 10 contains all the finite element mesh IPLOT units10 amp 30 data plus all the structural responses for each 05 10 0 No plot files load step it is intended as the data source for 15 1 Create 10 plotting mesh configurations deformed shapes integer 2 Create 30 and contours 3 Create 10 amp 30 Unit 30 contains the detailed pipe responses Note For the GUI RESULT at each node for each load step it this value is ALWAYS set to 3 is intended as the data source for pipe response plots 5 111 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Response data output Control for print of CANDE s output file is the primary source of IWRT response data to the readable output showing the structural 11 15 CANDE output file responses at each load step 15 IWRT 0 means only the pipe responses integer 0 minimal RESULT are printed no soil system responses 1 standard IWRT 1 means the pipe responses plus the soil system responses are printed normally 2 plus Duncan recommended IWRT 2
62. Software Validation Guidelines and Examples This file is only produced if the value for CULVERTID on the A 1 command see section 5 3 1 A 1 Master Control Input Data is greater than zero PLOT 1 dat CANDE Pilot file This contains finite element mesh data followed by finite element response data records for each load step This file is automatically created in the same folder that the input file is stored with the extension PLOT 1 dat This is a legacy file that dates to CANDE 89 and has been updated for CANDE 2007 PLOT2 dat CANDE Pilot2 file This contains pipe element mesh data followed by detailed pipe element nodal response data records for each load step This file is automatically created in the same folder that the input file is stored with the name PLOT2 dat This is a legacy file that dates to CANDE 89 and has been updated for CANDE 2007 7 2 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 1 1 XML Mesh Geometry Format The following is the XML mesh geometry format that is used by CANDE for plotting and graphing purposes This file is automatically generated by CANDE for Levels 2 and 3 It is also used for importing external meshes into CANDE during the creation of new CANDE input documents using the CANDE input wizard The definition of the XML tags are provided in tables at the end of this section lt xml version 1 0 encoding UTF 8 gt lt CANDEMeshGeom gt lt
63. Solution Level is set to 2 A 2 NPCAN 1 Pipe Mesh Use ONLY if the Canned Mesh Code is set to 1 Pipe Mesh Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Mesh pattern Name to select mesh Level 2 Pipe Mesh provides an automatic WORD 01 04 A4 word pattern for soil EMBA embankment TREN trench HOMO homogenous finite element mesh for a circular or elliptical shaped pipe The type of soil construction is controlled by the choice for WORD For WORD EMBA an embankment mesh is generated as illustrated in Figure C Level 2 1 The in situ soil surface is at pipe s invert and backfill soil is placed in lifts around and above the pipe The fill soil s lateral extent is assumed indefinitely wide For WORD TREN a trench mesh is generated as illustrated in Figure C Level 2 2 Any trench depth may be specified measured from the in situ soil surface to the pipe invert Similarly any trench width may be specified Backfill soil is placed in lifts to fill the trench plus overfill For WORD HOMO an embankment like mesh is generated similar to Figure C Level 2 1 except that all the soil zones bedding in situ soil fill soil etc are all assigned a common material model That is the entire soil system is one homogenous material to be defined by the user This produces an idealized system similar to Level 1 Title TITLE 0
64. Steel Corrugation Sizes Corrugation thickness inches A 0 040 0 052 0 064 0 079 0 109 0 138 0 168 PA in in enh inf in PS in in PA in in a in in PS in in PA in in Pl in in PS in in PA in in Pl in in PS in in corrugation thickness inches PA in in PI inf in 0 10800 0 12691 0 14616 PS in in 0 09872 0 11444 0 12998 Nomenclature Thickness Specified thickness of metal gage in inches Corrugation size nominal height x pitch measured in inches Nominal height Inside valley to corrugation crest i e actual height minus thickness Actual height nominal height plus thickness PA Cross sectional area per unit inch PI Moment of Inertia per unit inch PS Section modulus per unit inch PI divided by one half of actual height Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 4 3 B 2 Steel Design Safety Factors for Working Stress B 2 Steel D WSD Design safety factors for working stress design standard size corrugations only Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE STEEL One or more pipe groups are Sieel A 1 XMODE DESIGN This command is ONLY applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to DESIGN A 1 LRFD 0 This command is only applicable for working stress design Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Safe
65. This feature overrides the standard incrementing parameter NINC To use MODEG 5 first specify the previous node NNP as always Then repeatedly insert C 1 lines with MODEG 5 and NNP the desired node numbers until all interior nodes are identified For the last node in the sequence use MOGEG 2 or 3 and define the generation variables desired X coordinate Reference node XCOORD 11 20 F10 0 inches or node X coordinate for NNP or reference node number for NNP Default none Usually XCOORD the x coordinate value in inches of node NNP specified on this C 3 line For advanced generation if KRELAD or 3 then XCOORD node number of a previously defined node with the same x coordinate value 5 160 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Y coordinate Reference node Y coordinate for NNP or reference node Usually YCOORD the y coordinate value in inches of node NNP specified on this C 3 line YCOORD number for NNP 21 30 Default none For advanced generation if KRELAD 1 or 3 F10 0 then YCOORD node number of a previously inches defined node with the same y coordinate value or node Increment Increment added to When using MODEG 2 or 3 NPINC is the NPINC generated nodes between increment added to each generated node
66. This text will be placed in the heading of the characters long CANDE output file LEVEL 2 Specific The following input is only applicable for the Level 2 type Solution Level 4 9 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input options Description Canned Mesh Type Pipe mesh NPCAN Box mesh Under level 2 NPCAN allows the user to Arch mesh select the type of canned mesh to be used in this problem For level 1 the NPCAN variable is not used and for level 3 this variable is renamed NPMATX and defined differently as discussed subsequently The Pipe mesh creates a circular or elliptical culvert cross section assuming vertical centerline symmetry Options for trench and embankment installations interface elements and incremental construction a k a CAN1 mesh The Box mesh creates a rectangular closed cell culvert cross section assuming vertical centerline symmetry Options for trench and embankment installations bedding depth and incremental construction a k a CANBOX mesh The Arch mesh creates a two or three segment arch resting on footings assuming vertical centerline symmetry Options for trench and embankment installations with built in interface elements a k a CANARI mesh Soil Mesh Pattern Embankment The values available are dependent on the Trench Canned Mesh Type NPCAN entered Homogeneous Pipe Emba
67. an estimate of integer 0 small deformation the remaining buckling capacity will be computed 1 large deformation 2 plus buckling at each load step Typically large deformations and buckling is not a concern for reinforced concrete structures but may be useful in some special cases like wall stability Comment The CONRIB pipe type differs from the CONCRETE pipe type in that it is does not operate in the automated Design mode However CONRIB has the capability to model concrete walls with ribs and more significantly CONRIB has an enhanced and more accurate constitutive model that permits modeling fiber reinforced concrete FRC in addition to standard steel bar reinforcement 5 84 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 6 1 Concrete stress strain model and parameters Stress Compression zone f j i STNMAT 4 STNMAT 1 STNMAT 2 STNMAT 3 Strain Comment The CONRIB model has an additional parameter STNMAT 4 as compared to the stress strain model in the CONCRETE pipe type This new parameter is the ultimate tensile rupture strain which allows the modeling of tensile softening ductility an observed characteristic of fiber reinforced concrete Depending on the percentage of fiber reinforcement the value of STNMAT 4 may be 4 to 100 times the value STNMAT 1 the initial tensile cracking strain If it is desire
68. and Guideline e Red means a non zero force boundary condition specified in either x or y direction Element numbering Turn on off the element numbering for the four primary CANDE elements interface beam triangular or quadrilateral This option is used in tandem with the Element On off button Node numbering Turn on off the node numbering for the four primary CANDE elements interface beam triangular or quadrilateral This option is used in tandem with the Node On off button Materials and Load steps By default the materials and load steps are delineated by color These options permit the user to view them by number Ignore Deflections By default deflections and other results are plotted as the total accumulated values from the first load increment to the current load increment number If this button is checked the response values associated with the load step number entered in the next item Load Increment are subtracted from the current load increment Thus the observed displacements are relative to the specified load increment number Load Step Load step to start ignoring deflections 4 4 3 4 Viewing element information Element information node coordinates element number element type and current results information can be viewed in the mesh viewer by selecting the Refresh Plot button and clicking on an element of interest The example shown below happens to be for a beam element number 801 Figure 4 4 1
69. are compacted along the sides of the culvert which often creates moments in the culvert that are opposite in sign to those of the DC load step and also opposite in sign to the moments that will be added into the culvert when subsequent EB load steps of soil are placed on top of the culvert Thus in the spirit of seeking the worst case LFRD loading scenario it may be reasonable to use Ymin for the standard load factor for those EB load steps placed along the sides of the culvert so that FACTOR Ymin Nes Accordingly for the EB load steps representing soil layers being placed over the top of the culvert it is reasonable to use Ymax for the standard load factor so that FACTOR Ymax Nes Similar to the DC load case the combined load modifier ngg is a product of three factors related to ductility redundancy and operational importance Typically the factors associated with ductility and operational importances are assumed to be unity whereas the LRFD specification says that redundancy factor should be 1 05 for buried structures under earth loads Thus a typical value for ngg is 1 05 which is the product of 1 00 1 05 1 00 LL Load Case Live loads which are typically represented by surface pressures related to the design truck tires are usually the last load steps to be applied for shallow burial installations The first step is to compute the service live load which is the static wheel pressure multiplied by m 1 00 IM 100 where m is the mu
70. at the end of this section lt CANDEBeamResults gt lt Control gt lt numConstIncr gt 13 lt numConstIncr gt lt numPipeElements gt 19 lt numPipeElements gt lt numPipeNodes gt 20 lt numPipeNodes gt lt Level gt 3 lt Level gt lt Heading gt 217 Corr Steel Pipe lt Heading gt lt meshTitle gt Imported from C Documents and Settings bpstrohman Desktop Tutoria lt meshTitle gt lt Control gt lt beamData gt lt numBeamGroups gt 1 lt numBeamGroups gt lt beamGroup gt lt 1 Steel 2 Aluminum 3 Concrete 4 Plastic 5 Basic 6 Special Routine added by the user gt lt pipeCode gt 1 lt pipeCode gt lt Number of beam elem in this group gt lt numBeamElem gt 19 lt numBeamElem gt lt startBeamElem gt 1 lt startBeamElem gt lt endBeamElem gt 19 lt endBeamElem gt lt startNode gt 1 lt startNode gt lt endNode gt 20 lt endNode gt lt beamGroup gt lt beamData gt lt beamResults gt lt constIncrement gt 1 lt constIncrement gt lt resultsData gt lt resultId gt 1 lt resultId gt lt nodeNumber gt 1 lt nodeNumber gt lt elem to right of node 99999 if end gt lt elementNumber gt 1 lt elementNumber gt lt beamGroupNumber gt 1 lt beamGroupNumber gt lt pipeType gt 1 lt pipeType gt lt xCoord gt 0 000000H 00 lt xCoord gt lt yCoord gt 0 823800E 02 lt yCoord gt lt xDisp gt 0 000000E 00 lt xDisp gt lt yDisp gt 0 794825E 00 lt yDisp gt lt
71. bendingMoment gt 0 899943E 02 lt bendingMoment gt lt thrustForce gt 0 466842E 01 lt thrustForce gt lt shearForce gt 0 102312E 01 lt shearForce gt lt normalPressure gt 0 979715E 06 lt normalPressure gt lt tangPressure gt 0 989320H 09 lt tangPressure gt lt Results 10 20 dependent on pipe type gt lt resultl10 gt 0 800044E 03 lt result10 gt lt resultl1 gt 0 174847E 02 lt result11 gt lt resultl12 gt 0 383193E 01 lt result12 gt lt result13 gt 0 000000H 00 lt result13 gt lt resultl4 gt 0 267000EH 001 lt result14 gt lt result15 gt 0 127000H 00 lt result15 gt Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline lt resultl gt 0 110435E 014 resultl16 gt lt resultl7 gt 0 000000H 00 lt result17 gt lt result18 gt 0 242438E 01 lt result18 gt lt momentIncrement gt 0 240075E 04 lt momentIncrement gt lt thrustIncrement gt 0 251048E 04 lt thrustIncrement gt lt resultsData gt lt resultsData gt lt resultsData gt lt beamResults gt lt beamResults gt lt constiIncrement gt 2 lt constIncrement gt lt beamResults gt lt CANDEBeamResults gt Master control lt CANDEBeamResults gt lt Control gt Tag Type Description numConstIncr Integer Number of construction increments numPipeElements Integer Total number of pipe elements numPipeNodes Integer Total number of pipe nodes Le
72. e Special diagnostics depending on pipe material stains cracking local buckling etc e Assessment summary of pipe safety safety factors or demand to capacity ratios The assessment summary is the most important result of the entire output report because it succinctly quantifies the safety of the pipe group in terms of relevant design criteria This bottom line data is located at the end of the output report 4 4 2 CANDE log file The log file that is displayed to the screen when the CANDE analysis is being run may be viewed in the GUI by selecting the View gt CANDE Log File from the main menu see below Figure 4 4 4 Viewing the CANDE log file C Documents and Settings Mark Mlynarski M Input Menus Output Report CANDE Mesh Plot Graphs Results Generator Once selected the file is displayed as shown below Figure 4 4 5 Viewing the CANDE log file T Log Results C temp FromTJM TestProblem04 B a Find Find Next Output T able of Contents WELCOME TO CANDE New Version 2007 PROBLEM NUMBER 1 Problem title Problem 4 Corrugated Aluminum Pipe Working Stress EXECUTION MODE ssssesssssenos SOLUTION LEVEL 1 seeseeeeenes METHODOLOGY LRFD OR SERVICE SERVICE NUMBER OF PIPE ELEMENT GROUPS 1 MAXIMUM ITERATIONS PER STEP CULVERT PIPE TYPE seeeeeeeeee 4 39 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline
73. eee eave aed SEA a ao i S a She 2 1 23 Evaluation methodology ss sc ccs suisse nense oode e na E a o e isan esna asrih oaas sior 2 3 24 gt Solution leve lSrcnn nanoen nar anid aea e Baila Bane Aaa EOE 2 3 2 4 1 Level 1 Elasticity Solution eee eeeeeceeeceseeeecesecaecsaecsaecsaecseseseseeeeseeeeeeseenseenaes 2 4 2 4 2 Level 2 Automated FEM Solution eeeecesscesecesecsaecssecseecseseseseeeeseeseeerenseenaes 2 4 24 3 TWevel 3 User Defined FEM veiren noo e ereed ea oen EEE e EE EVE EEEO 2 4 2 5 Pipe Broups and pipe types vsresi onions eneses inra eo ironie cheeks nba S an E co EEE roek E os iot 2 5 2 5 1 Corrugated aluminum Aluminum pipe type ssesssesssseseseeesssreesssesrtesesresresreerssereresesreereset 2 5 2 5 2 Reinforced concrete Concrete pipe type ee eeeecesecesecssecseeceecseeeseeeeeeseeeeeeseenseenaes 2 6 2 5 3 Thermoplastic pipe Plastic pipe type eeeseeessessesssrssessrsrrerssresrsstsrrssesrenresreersserrreresrreresrt 2 6 2 5 4 Corrugated steel Steel pipe type eesssesssseesssrsesssrssessesresrrsrerrssesrenresrenresreersserernresrenresrt 2 6 DID Basic Pipe Ly Pe sensnm aren e E E R A E A E R 2 7 23 0 C nnb pipe tY pesnssrrai s A R E E E A 2 7 25 7 Contube pipetyPesssernai kn Ail ae ire eee 2 7 2 03 Syste CHOICES Sai naois ea as eta eaubewstiee ted bu eh oun kg E E aentiaks Hiab reauree steed si debieuneptes 2 8 3 GETTING STARTED ront iets tel ea ne Ral ee G te e
74. factors This completes the current B set input Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 6 5 4 6 1 Contube Pipe Type B 1 Concrete size and strength properties B 1 CONTUBE Concrete filled tubes Concrete strength properties and large deformation controls Use if Comments Input lines B 1 through B 4 A 2 PTYPE e One or more of the declared pipe groups is CONTUBE CONTUBE e Operates in the analysis mode for Levels 1 2 and 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Default Diameter of Diameter of concrete core The concrete core is a solid cylinder whose concrete CONDIA geometry is completely defined by the diameter 01 10 Default 11 6 inches F10 0 inches Compressive strength f PFPC 11 20 F10 0 Ib in Compressive concrete f strength of Default 6000 psi Uniaxial compressive strength of concrete in axial direction of arch Confinement by the tube may enhance the concrete strength as compared to a standard unconfined cylinder compression test or core specimen from the cured structure See Figure 5 4 7 1 Young s modulus PCE 21 30 F10 0 Ib in Young s modulus of concrete in elastic range Default 33 density qe Slope of stress strain curve of concrete in initial compre
75. feet The trench depth specified in feet is the distance from the pipe invert to the trench surface The trench depth is automatically scaled up to the nearest quarter diameter depth Thus the actual mesh trench depths are 0 25 0 50 0 75 1 00 1 25 times the diameter For trench depths above 1 25 diameters the additional trench fill soil material zone 4 is modeled as equivalent overburden pressure applied to the truncated mesh 5 113 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Trench width Trench width The trench width is specified in feet from TRNWID 31 40 F10 0 feet This entry only applies to the trench mesh WORD TREN Default none trench wall to trench wall The minimum allowable width is1 25 times horizontal diameter and the maximum is 1 50 times the horizontal diameter If WORD2 MOD Proceed to Level 2 Extended CX lines Otherwise go to Part D for soil material definitions 5 114 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 2 Level 2 Pipe Embankment Homogeneous mesh with load steps and materials P Trucated soil over iia es diii burden pressure NINC 5 3R Max HTCOVR 5 5 5 Variable gg Backpacking number defined by user EEN bee ie ic ieem pene tt
76. graphical plotting options Improved analysis capabilities and architecture The new architecture installed in CANDE 2007 allows the use of multiple pipe groups thereby allowing an analysis of several culverts placed side by side pipe or a retrofit design say a plastic pipe inserted inside a corrugated steel pipe Also an updated Lagrange formulation has been incorporated into CANDE 2007 that provides an accurate and robust algorithm for predicting large deformations along with a methodology for predicting buckling capacity at the end of each load step Also the architecture was expanded to include an automated bandwidth minimizer Improved design criteria for all culvert types including LRFD methodology A complete and AASHTO compatible set of design criteria applicable to both working stress and LRFD methodologies was identified for common culvert materials corrugated metal reinforced concrete and thermoplastic pipe These design criteria are used to evaluate the structural responses of each pipe type used in CANDE 2007 program More importantly the user now has Chapter 1 Introduction CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline the option to choose either service load working stress evaluation of the design criteria or factored loading with factored resistance LRFD evaluation of the design criteria CANDE 2011 During the summer of 2011 TRB funded the NCHRP 15 28 project team to modify the CANDE 2007 program so that it would be co
77. input of and compaction levels model parameters ITYP 3 CA105 CA95 CA90 CA Coarse aggregates eDuncan 1980 USER SM100 SM90 SM85 SM Silty sands SC100 SC90 SC85 SC Silty clayey sand CL100 CL90 CL85 CL Silty clay Number compaction T 99 ITYP 3 SW100 SW95 SW90 SW85 SW80 SW Gravelly sand eDuncan Selig USER ML95 ML90 ML85 ML80 ML50 ML Sandy silt Original or CL95 CL90 CL85 CL80 CL Silty clay Modified Number compaction T 99 ITYP 4 GGOOD GFAIR G Granular soil eOverburden USER MGOOD MFAIR M Mixed soil dependent CGOOD CFAIR C Cohesive soil ITYP 5 GRAN Granular soil eExtended Hardin USER MIXED Mixed soil COHE Cohesive soil ITYP 1 2 or8 No canned models data must be input Comments on MATNAM 1 Detailed information on the built in soil model parameters are provided in the D 2 section associated with each model type and material name MATNAM 2 For ITYP 3 the user distinguishes the Duncan 1980 model names from the Duncan Selig model names by the parameter IBULK defined in line D2 There is no distinction in MATNAM between the original formulations and the modified formulations because no new model parameters are required in the modified formulation to achieve plastic like behavior for unload reload conditions 3 For ITYP 4 input line D 2 is not required unless the user selected MATNAM USER The built in parameters for the special MATNAMS are shown in Table 5 6 1 4 For ITYP
78. level of structural distress at discrete points around the periphery including the effective bending and hoop stiffness The current stiffness values around the pipe are averaged to provide effective uniform stiffness properties to be used in the next load step The method works reasonably well as long as the structural distress is not too localized Overall Level 1 is useful as a learning tool on the comparative behavior of culvert types and soil stiffness 2 4 2 Level 2 Automated FEM Solution Known as the automatic finite element option Level 2 relieves the user from the burden of generating and debugging a finite element mesh i e defining node numbers and coordinates and element connectivity arrays Rather Level 2 automatically constructs the finite element mesh based on a few physical input parameters Level 2 offers three fundamental choices for culvert shape referred to as pipe mesh box mesh and arch mesh options The pipe mesh option is for round or elliptical shaped culverts the box mesh option is for rectangular shaped culverts and the arch mesh option is for two or three segmented arches including straight leg segments Each of these canned mesh shapes are specialized by a set of physical input parameters such as the culvert dimensions the installation type embankment or trench bedding dimensions height of cover and the number of incremental construction layers A special feature called Level 2 extended allows
79. loading DC EB or LL is applied to a particular load step In this way the incremental responses from each load step can be attributed to the appropriate loading case DC Load Case The culvert s dead load is often applied in the first load step if the existing in situ soil is assumed elastic with zero body weight or DC may be applied in the second load step if the first load step is used to characterize the deformation of the in situ soil under its own body weight In either event the net input value for the DC load case would generally be computed as FACTOR Ymax Npc Here the maximum value of the load factor is used because it is anticipated the DC load case will add to the overall culvert distress resulting from the net contribution of the remaining load steps The combined load modifier npc is a product of three factors related to ductility redundancy and operational importance Typically the factors associated with ductility and operational importances are assumed to be unity whereas the LRFD specification says that redundancy factor should be 1 05 for buried structures under dead loads Thus a typical net value for a DC load step is FACTOR 1 25 1 00 1 05 1 00 1 31 5 206 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline EB Load Case Earth backfill loads are usually applied in ten or so incremental load steps after the DC load step Typically the first few EB load steps are layers of soil that
80. lt soilData gt lt soil gt lt matID gt 1 lt matID gt lt i TYP 1 lt iTYP gt lt density gt 0 6944444E 01 lt density gt lt matName gt in situ lt matName gt lt 7S01 gt lt soilData gt lt interfaceData gt lt interface gt lt matID gt 1 lt matID gt lt matName gt Inter 1 lt matName gt lt angle gt 0 9000000E 02 lt angle gt lt coeffFriction gt 0 3000000E 00 lt coeffFriction gt lt tensileForce gt 0 1000000E 02 lt tensileForce gt lt interface gt lt interfaceData gt lt CANDEMeshGeom gt Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline Description of Tags Master control lt Control gt Tag Type Description numNodes Integer Number of nodes numElements Integer Number of elements numSoilMaterials Integer Number of soil materials numInterfaceMaterials Integer Number of interface materials inputCheck Integer Input check numBoundCond Integer Number of boundary conditions numConstIncr Integer Number of load steps meshTitle String Character string title Node Information lt nodeData gt lt nodeCoord gt 1 to numNodes Tag Type Description nodeNumber Integer Node identifier number X Double Precision X coordinate of nodeNumber Y Double Precision Y coordinate of nodeNumber Element Information lt elementData gt lt elemConn gt 1 to numElements Tag Type
81. material properties we would set ISEQ1 1 and ISEQ2 Number of elements in the group After all B 1 subsequences are defined Proceed to Line B 2 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 1 7 B 2 Basic Large Deformation Control B 2 Basic Large deformation control Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE BASIC One or more pipe groups are Basic A 1 XMODE ANALYS This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to ANALYS NOTE This input is not valid for DESIGN Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Analysis mode IBUCK Code to select large If IBUCK is greater than zero the element deformation and buckling group will include large deformation theory 01 05 analysis geometric stiffness In addition if IBUCK 15 0 small deformation 2 an estimate of the remaining buckling integer 1 large deformation capacity will be computed for each load step 2 plus buckling See Note 3 for extended IBUCK codes Note 3 For academic purposes the variable IBUCK is further defined in the table below to provide control on the three components of large deformation theory 1 geometric stiffness matrix 2 rotational stretch vector and 3 coordinate update Large Deformation IBUCK Code Value Component 2 1 0 1 2 3 4
82. menu Click Open Text Input or Open from File Menu Use file browser to locate existing input file cid extension Click Run CANDE 2007 on toolbar Observe message Normal Exit from CANDE Click View tab to see data and plots of output Chapter 4 describes the GUI input and output options and Chapter 5 provides detailed input instructions As a preview to the output options discussed in Chapter 4 click on the View tab and look at the CANDE Output Report 3 3 3 Example problems and tutorial The CANDE documentation includes a stand alone tutorial manual containing many example problems The tutorial defines each problem to be solved followed by a step by step illustration of using the GUI to develop the input and view output It is highly recommended that the user examine the tutorial prior to undertaking the development of a new input data file The tutorial can be accessed from the Help tab on the CANDE 2007 tool bar see Figure 3 3 7 Figure 3 3 7 Accessing the CANDE tutorials Search Contents Index CANDE User Manual About CANDE Tutorials gt 3 4 Updating to CANDE 2015 Once CANDE 2007 2011 is installed on your computer it is a straight forward process to upgrade to the CANDE 2015 program by going to CandeForCulverts com website and following download instructions Alternatively you may initiate the two step process as stated below 1 Email M G Katona at mgkatona comcast net r
83. minimum of 1 5 PULT PE or 21 30 Default 2 0 5 F10 Typical PFS range is 1 5 to 2 5 Allowable percent Allowable percent Allowable deflection is measured as percent of deflection deflection the average vertical diameter typically taken ADISP as 5 For automated design the allowable 31 40 Default 5 displacement is used as a performance limit F10 0 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Allowable maximum Allowable maximum Allowable maximum tensile strain is intended tensile strain TSTRN 41 50 F10 0 in in tensile strain Default 0 05 in in to limit crazing or cracking Currently AASHTO specifies the allowable long term strain as 0 05 for HDPE For automated design the allowable tensile strain is used as a performance limit Comment CANDE s working stress automated design methodology will determine the required smooth wall thickness such that the controlling desired safety factor nearly matches the corresponding actual safety factor The remaining actual safety factors will be equal to or greater than the corresponding desired safety factors Also the selected wall thickness will limit the maximum displacement and tensile strain to be less than or equal to the allowable limits If XMODE DESIGN and LRFD 0 Part B is now complete Go to
84. name Concrete for both groups With the above understanding the new pipe types link elements and soil models have full access to the GUI plotting capabilities If there is more than one pipe group the user identifies the pipe type by its unique group number Similarly the user identifies link elements versus interface elements by the unique element number and soil element models by their unique material number 4 57 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 5 2 3 Graphs The GUI graph plotting option is dedicated to viewing structural responses of any pipe type group wherein the plot data is obtained from another XML plot file developed for the GUI Using the same alias names noted above each CONRIB and CONTUBE pipe type group number is labeled as a CONCRETE Therefore using the CONCRETE label with unique pipe group numbers the CONRIB and CONTUBE structural responses may be plotted just like any other pipe type Until the time comes when the GUI is fully updated the above workaround instructions and tricks are needed to exercise the new capabilities The main point to remember is to use open text input to run CANDE 2015 for your modified input file Chapter 5 If you use the open command your modified input file is overwritten by the GUI in accordance with the older 2007 11 version of CANDE and the new options will not work 4 58 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CA
85. no increase in stress as compressive strain increases Reinforcing steel behavior is characterized by an elastic plastic stress strain model which becomes perfectly plastic when the steel yield stress is reached in tension or compression Design criteria for reinforced concrete culverts include strength limits for yielding of steel reinforcement crushing of concrete in compression diagonal cracking due to shear failure and radial cracking due to curved tension steel also called bowstringing Finally a performance limit on the allowable flexure crack width typically taken as 0 01 inches completes the set of design criteria 2 5 3 Thermoplastic pipe Plastic pipe type CANDE 2007 provides three options to characterize the wall sections for thermoplastic pipe smooth profile or general Smooth refers to a uniform wall gun barrel whose cross section properties are completely defined by the wall thickness Profile refers to the majority of manufactured plastic pipe whose wall section properties may be characterized by the geometry of sub elements such as web valley crest liner and links General refers to an arbitrary properties described generically by the wall s area and moment of inertia per unit length The profile option allows the user to change geometry of wall section within the pipe group Material properties are assumed linear elastic with default values provided for high density polyethylene polyvinyl chloride and polyprop
86. of the orientation vector REAL CID Element coordinate system INTEGER CANDE Implementation For each CGAP command detected CANDE will place an interface element and will use the following rules to determine the interface angle 1 The first node in a Gap element should be attached to the beam and the second is attached to the soil It will be up to the user to make sure the mesh is generated in this way or there will be translation problems If the user wants this translator to get interface element angles from the mesh they must slightly move the soil element node away from the beam node by about 0 1 inch 2 The CANDE importer will obtain the X and Y coordinates of the two nodes defining the Gap element X1 and Y1 for the first node and X2 and Y2 for the second node 3 Compute DX1 X1 X2 DY1 Y1 Y2 4 IF ABS DX1 lt 1 E 5 and ABS DY1 lt 1 E 5 then the nodes will be considered coincident The user will need to set the interface angle in CANDE The user will be notified because the MATNAM in CANDE will be set to User must set angle If the two nodes are not coincident Theta atan2 DY1 DX1 Make the two nodes coincident i e X2 X1 and Y2 Y1 7 Ifa total of N nodes have been read in generate a new node numberN 1 with the same X and Y coordinates as the first and second nodes For example if 10 gaps elements are read in there will be 10 additional nodes in the mesh nm Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual an
87. on off ae results to display Select the load lement an i or Increment to display Node numbering Model Features CDOT Jeem Load step 1 A Turn on off the material or Construction Increment coloring Vertical Stress Horizontal Stress Shear Stress 4 41 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 3 1 Using window area to zoom in on mesh Zooming in a part of the mesh can be accomplished by using the Window Area icon in the CANDE Mesh Viewer see Figure 4 2 7 below Figure 4 4 7 Zooming in on a mesh using Window Area Mesh Plotting C temp FromTJM Example T JM down the left mouse button and drag to make a view window al Coordinates x 20 02 y 20 35 4 42 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 3 2 Increasing Decreasing the element node font size The font size shown for the elements and nodes can be increased or decreased simply by clicking on the Font Increment or Font decrement buttons on the mesh viewer This is often convenient when the image is zoomed in or out Each click on the icons increases or decreases the font size by one point See below Figure 4 4 8 Increasing Decreasing font size in Mesh Plot viewer Mesh Plotting C temp FromTJM Example T 3M a e Ma Ga B ponn tows ARM CAA k A PA ts vA lt x as gt Click on the up arrow to increas
88. options parameter is set to MOD Pipe Box or Arch Repeat this command for each node that is to be changed GRAMENAN gt 0 with new coordinates Skip if NEWXY 0 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Node number Node whose coordinates NP is a node number in one of the automated NP are to be changed Level 2 canned meshes that is to be redefined 01 05 here with new coordinates The user should 15 5X identify NP by referring to the figures and integer Default none charts associated with particular Level 2 mesh configuration that is being revised X Coordinate X coordinate location of XCOORD is the x coordinate value for the XCOORD node NP node number NP new or old position Note 11 20 that the automatic mesh checking routines in F10 0 CANDE are by passed in extended level 2 inches operations Therefore the user must exercise Default none diligence in assigning new coordinates to avoid producing elements that are badly shaped or inside out Y Coordinate Y coordinate location of YCOORD is the y coordinate value for the YCOORD node NP node number NP new or old position Note 21 30 that the automatic mesh checking routines in F10 0 CANDE are by passed in extended level 2 inches operations Therefore the user must exercise Default none diligence in assigning new coordinates to avoid producing elements that are badly sh
89. options is provided in Table i on the first page of this manual 5 1 Input flow charts As illustrated in the following charts the input data is structured into the five parts A B C D and E as listed below Part A Master control selections Part B Pipe type material properties and options Part C System input data Solution Level 1 2 or 3 Part D Soil model material properties Levels 2 and 3 Part E Load factors for LRFD analysis design Levels 2 and 3 5 1 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 1 1 CANDE level 1 input flowchart Level 1 Input Data Flow Chart Part A Master Control Line A 1 Level 1 Mode Heading Line A 2 Pipe Type Part B Pipe Type One Choice Conrib and Contube included Aluminum Basic Concrete Plastic Steel B 1 to B 3 B 1 B 1 to B 4 B 1 to B 3 B 1 to B 3 Part C Solution Level 1 System Parameters Line C 1 Diameter Density increments amp slipping Line C 2 Soil stiffness properties versus fill height Line C 3 LRFD load factors if desired END DATA 5 2 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 1 2 CANDE level 2 input flowchart Level 2 Input Data Flow Chart Line A 1 Mode Heading Line A 2 Pipe Type Mesh Type Part B Pipe Type One Choice Conrib and Contube included Plastic Steel B 1 to B 3 B 1 to B 3 Part C Mesh Type for Level 2 Cu
90. or fields to place data The input tags are also used when running CANDE to perform a consistency check on the input file If the tags are not placed CANDE will still run but will not perform the consistency check In order to place the proper command without typos an Insert command button is available in the text editor To insert anew CANDE input command tag do the following e Go to the beginning of a new line e Select the appropriate CANDE input command tag from the pull down list see Figure 4 2 19 e Click on the Insert Command button see Figure 4 2 19 For more information on input consistency checks that CANDE makes using the input command tags see section checking of this manual 4 26 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 6 Create a CANDE input document using the CANDE input text editor If desired an input file CANDE input document may be developed externally using other software or by hand typing line by line the formatted input data as prescribed by the input instructions in Chapter 5 The only prerequisite is that data input files must have a cid extension along with any prefix name you choose After the data file is created and saved launch the CANDE 2007 program click on the File tab and select Open Text Input Using the file browser locate the CANDE input document to be executed and click on Run CANDE 2007 CANDE uses the name you choose as a pr
91. results The last major heading contains the complete solution and analysis of the culvert soil system that was analyzed or designed The contents depend on the whether the solution is closed form Level 1 or finite element Solution Level 2 and 3 The output subheadings for the finite element solutions are shown below the Level 1 subheadings are similar Finite Element Output for Load Step 1 Finite Element Output for Load Step 2 Finite Element Output for Load Step last Within each load step the finite element solution contains the following 3 level subheadings Finite Element Output for Load Step n e All nodal displacements for soil and structure All beam element internal forces All continuum element stresses and strains All interface element internal forces and movement Pipe type evaluation for pipe group 1 Pipe type evaluation for pipe group 2 o o o o 4 38 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline e Pipe type evaluation for pipe group last 3 tree level The pipe type evaluation summary for each pipe group contains an assessment of the pipe s structural performance which is dependent on the pipe material Shown below is an illustration of the assessment contents for a generic pipe group x for load step n Pipe type evaluation for pipe group x load step n e Primary structural responses around pipe moment thrust shear etc
92. rotation free 1 y disp input rotation fix 2 y disp input rotation free 3 y force input rotation fix Default 0 Set IIFLG 0 to specify an applied force in the y direction rotational degree of freedom is free Set IIFLG 1 to specify a displacement in the y direction rotational degree of freedom is fixed Set IIFLG 2 to specify a displacement in the y direction rotational degree of freedom is free Set IIFLG 3 to specify an applied force in the y direction rotational degree of freedom is fixed See Table 5 5 7 for further understanding and summary of boundary condition codes 5 171 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Y Value Value of specified If IIFLG 2 0 or 3 set BIVD 2 equal to the BIVD 2 y force or value of prescribed force in the y direction 26 35 y displacement where the default is 0 0 lbs inch F10 0 If IIFLG 2 1 or 2 set BIVD 2 equal to the b in or inch Default 0 0 value of displacement in the y direction where the default is 0 0 inches fixed against y motion Angle of Rotation Angle of rotated IF THETA 0 0 the boundary conditions THETA coordinates to define specified above refer to the global X Y system 36 45 boundary condition If THETA is specified nonzero the above F10 0 directions boundary cond
93. safety factors The AASHTO LRFD specifications include restrictions on service loading performance in addition to the factored strength limit states discussed above Typical examples for service load performance criteria are maximum allowable deflection for flexible culverts and maximum allowable crack width for concrete culverts One way to satisfy the AASHTO specifications is to run a given problem twice once with LRFD methodology to assess the strength design criteria and once with working stress methodology to assess the service load performance criteria However the LRFD methodology programmed into CANDE also provides an estimate of the service load responses associated with the performance criteria This is achieved by dividing the incremental response from the factored load step by the current load factor and maintaining a running total of the response This approach provides the exact service load response if the system is entirely linear However since the system is generally nonlinear at factored load levels the predicted response is approximate but conservative Thus if the service load performance criteria are safe a separate working stress solution is not necessary 2 4 Solution levels The selection of a Solution Level 1 2 or 3 provides a choice that corresponds to successively increased levels of analytical sophistication The solution level concept permits the user to choose a degree of rigor and modeling fidelity commensura
94. slip along the vertical during the backfilling loading schedule The user must subsequently input interface material properties for each of the eleven interface elements as described in Part D Make changes to the basic mesh WORD2 77 80 A4 word A command word to subsequently make changes to basic mesh MOD mesh will be modified Default blank No modification For WORD2 MOD the user will have the opportunity to change the basic mesh in terms of nodal locations element properties and prescribed loads This is accomplished by supplying additional data in lines CxX 1 through CX 4 after the basic C 1 through C 4 data is complete Motivations for changing the basic mesh include add a live load s simulate voids or rocks in the soil system and to change shapes such as the bedding The default case no modifications applies to many basic problems without the need for modifications Comment The Level 2 Pipe Mesh generates a half mesh symmetric about the vertical centerline implying that all geometry and loading is mirror symmetric on both sides of the centerline The node numbering and element connectivity remains the same for all choices of soil mesh type WORD The distinction between soil mesh types EMBA TREN or HOMO is accomplished internally by assigning different material numbers and load step numbers to the soil elements See Figure 5 5 2 through Figure 5 5 5 for views of all m
95. solution output provides an evaluation of the culvert in terms of its safety for all potential modes of failure associated with the structural material and shape of the culvert The evaluation of the culvert s safety is reported either in terms of safety factors or in ratios of factored demand to factored capacity depending on the user s choice of the Evaluation Methodology The analysis mode is generally the most useful and commonly used choice for the execution mode The alternative execution mode called design implies that the culvert shape materials and loading conditions are defined exactly like the analysis case However the culvert s cross sectional properties are not defined but rather the desired safety factors or the desired LRFD design weights are specified CANDE achieves a design solution through an iterative series of analysis solutions That is an initial trial cross section is devised by the program and successively modified after each analysis until the design criteria are satisfied in an optimum manner The design output lists the required cross sectional properties of the culvert which of course depend on the culvert type For example design solutions for corrugated metal culverts are given in the required corrugation size and gage thickness while reinforced concrete is given in the required area of reinforcement steel for one or two cages Automated design solutions are limited to certain classes of standard soil culvert s
96. surfaces The concrete wall thickness is uniform and concrete cover depths and properties are uniform in each individual cage Applicable to levels 1 2 or 3 and design or analysis Elliptical placement of a single reinforcement cage sometimes used in circular pipe The cage starts at a specified cover depth from the outer wall surface of the crown transitions to the inner wall surface at the spring line and transitions back to the outer wall at the invert Applicable to levels 1 2 or 3 and design or analysis Arbitrary placement of two rows of reinforcement The concrete wall thickness the reinforcements concrete cover depth and reinforcement steel areas may be specified at each node along the pipe group path Applicable to levels 2 or 3 for analysis only Boxes Special placement of two rows of reinforcement conforming to ASTM box culvert specifications Intended to be used in conjunction with level 2 Box mesh for analysis only Plastic specific input The following input only applies for plastic pipe materials Wall section type Smooth design and SMOOTH refers to uniform smooth wall gun analysis barrel whose only independent cross section General analysis property is the wall thickness Applies to only design amp analysis Profile analysis only GENERAL refers to arbitrary cross section properties for area and moment of inertia without local buckling consideration Applies only to analysis
97. the NPCAN variable is not used and for level 3 this variable is renamed NPMATX and defined differently as discussed subsequently The Pipe mesh creates a circular or elliptical culvert cross section assuming vertical centerline symmetry Options for trench and embankment installations interface elements and incremental construction a k a CAN mesh The Box mesh creates a rectangular closed cell culvert cross section assuming vertical centerline symmetry Options for trench and embankment installations bedding depth and incremental construction a k a CANBOX mesh The Arch mesh creates a two or three segment arch or box resting on footings assuming vertical centerline symmetry Options for trench and embankment installations with built in interface elements a k a CANARI mesh For Level 1 or 2 Part A is Proceed to Part B For Level 3 see next page complete 5 10 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Number of Connected Beam Elements NPMATX Level 3 only 11 15 15 integer Number of connected beam elements in this group for level 3 only No Default value Maximum 999 The number quantity of beam elements in any group may range from to 999 It is to be understood that elements in any group form a continuous sequence con
98. to 4 15 Deeply corrugated steel structures Updated steel pipe type to accommodate the recently adopted AASHTO requirement for a combined moment thrust design criterion that applies to deeply corrugated steel structures as well a new AASHTO equation to predict the global buckling resistance These new design criteria may be activated at the user s discretion 5 5 4 1 B 1 and 5 5 42 B 2 2 2 2 Plastic pipe type variable profile properties The plastic pipe subroutine has been revised to allow variable profile geometries around the structure This applies to all types of plastic including HDPE PVC and PP Useful for analyzing storm water chambers 5 4 3 4 B 3 B3b 2 4 3 Mohr Coulomb plasticity model The classical Mohr Coulomb elastic perfectly plastic model is now included in the suite of available constitutive models that may be assigned to continuum elements to describe soil behavior Four material parameters are required to define the model 5 6 9 D 2 3 7 3 8 Modified Duncan Selig soil model The new modified Duncan Selig model produces permanent deformations upon unloading similar to advanced plasticity models No new material parameters are introduced into the new formulation thus the large existing data base of Duncan Selig parameters remains valid for the modified formulation 5 6 4 1 D 2 3 58 to 3 59 3 8 The Graphical User Interface GUD is not fully operation
99. to elastic steel modulus When the joint thrust stress reaches yield the joint typically behaves perfectly plastic so that RPEP 0 0 is recommended RPEF Default 0 0 See Figure 5 4 8 41 50 F10 0 Slot travel length Slot travel length This is the net distance the two plates can slip SLOTL relative to each other prior to slot closure For 51 60 standard keyhole slots a travel length of 1 0 F10 0 Default 1 0 in inch is recommended inches Number of joints in this Total number of joints in This is the actual number of joints pipe group this pipe group Max longitudinal seams in the pipe group model NUMJ 15 The model for Level 1 is the whole circular 61 65 pipe whereas Level 2 is modeled using a 15 Default 1 symmetric half shape For Level 1 NUMJ is integer the number of joints around the full circumference See comment for Level 2 Vary joint travel length JSLTLR 66 70 a5 integer Option to vary joint travel length around the pipe periphery 0 same lengths different lengths This option applies to solution levels 2 amp 3 One main utility of this option is to model half joints This occurs in level 2 meshes when the axis of symmetry cuts through a joint at the crown or invert which produces a half joint with the same properties as a full joint except the slot length is one half its full value If Level 1 and LRFD 0 B inp
100. units Limit Signal to indicate the If LIMIT is a blank entry then the program LIMIT last material data input expects to read another line of D 1 material 01 01 L more D 1 input Al li If LIMIT L it signals the program that this t letter E is the last D set of material data to be L this is last D 1 line processed Material ID number I 02 05 14 integer Material Zone identification number I No Default Set I material zone number to be characterized in this set of D lines In Part C the continuum elements quadrilaterals and triangles have been assigned a material zone number ranging 1 up to 100 and interface elements have assigned a material number ranging from 1 999 For Level 2 material zone numbers automatically assigned and are summarized in Table 5 6 2 and Table 5 6 3 5 175 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Model Type Select material model to Material zones composed of continuum ITYP be associated with elements may be assigned any of the material 06 10 material zone I models ITYP 1 2 3 4 5 or 8 Material 15 numbers associated with interface elements integer must be assigned ITYP 6 For composite link materials set ITYP 7 1 linear elastic The elastic soil model is characterized by isotropic Young s mo
101. vector Format and Example ae a ee el PORE Sp eNO ea aan se aie Se ees Field Contents SID Load set identification number INTEGER G Grid point identification number where load is applied INTEGER CID Coordinate system identification number INTEGER F Scale factor Real N1 X component of the force REAL N2 Y component of the force REAL N3 Z component of the force REAL CANDE Implementation For each FORCE command detected CANDE will place a boundary condition at the specified Grid Point ID G The boundary conditions will be placed as follows CANDE CANDE X y Construction HFLG 1 IIFLG 2 Value Value Increment X Code Y Code 0 0 F N1 F N2 1 7 29 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline End This page intentionally left blank 7 30
102. wherein design life for soil weight is on the order of 50 years The table below shows the range of short term and long term properties for three common types of plastics used as culverts and storm chambers Default values are in parenthesis Sometimes it is wise to run the same problem twice once with short term and once with long term properties Proceed to B 3 Analysis or B 3 Design Table 5 4 3 Plastic Typical range of plastic properties from AASHTO LRFD Specification Type of plastic Effective Young s Modulus Ultimate strength PE PU see see Figure 5 4 5 Figure 5 4 5 Short term Long term Short term Long term ksi ksi ksi ksi HDPE High Density 80 0 112 0 22 0 3 00 0 85 1 44 Polyethylene 110 0 22 0 3 00 0 90 PVC Polyvinyl 400 0 135 0 158 0 6 00 7 00 2 60 3 70 Chloride 400 0 140 0 6 00 2 60 PP Polypropylene 125 0 145 0 31 0 3 10 0 95 1 05 135 0 31 0 3 10 1 00 Figure 5 4 5 Plastic Elastic stress strain model in tension and compression all durations Stress Strain Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 3 3 B 3 Plastic Cross Sectional Properties for Smooth or General B 3 Plastic A Smooth Cross sectional properties of plastic wall for smooth or general Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE PLASTIC One or more pipe groups are Plastic
103. which is NUMJ SLOTL For Level 1 NUMJ is the number of joints around the full circumference If half joints are to be modeled JSLTLR 1 complete line B 2d Otherwise input is complete unless LRFD 1 wherein you proceed to line B 3 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 4 7 B 2d Steel Joint Locations and Properties 2 B 2d Steel Joint locations and properties 2 Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE STEEL One or more pipe groups are Steel B 1 Steel JOINT gt 0 Only enter this command if the value for Joint Slip JOINT entered on the B 1 command Is greater than 0 B 2b Steel JSLTLR different lengths 1 Only enter this command if the Vary joint travel length parameter is equal to different lengths 1 A 1 XMODE DESIGN or ANALYS This command is applicable parameter is set to DESIGN or ANALYS if the Design Analysis A 1 LRFD 0 or 1 design This command is applicable for both Service and LRFD A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 This command is applicable ONLY for solution levels 2 and 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Ratio of joint standard length 1 SLOTLR 1 01 04 F4 0 amp Ratio of joint 1 slot length to standard length Default 1 0 This ratio redefines the slot length of joint 1
104. x 2 1 2 Corrugation thickness inches PAin7 in 0 14583 0 20408 0 26242 PI inf in 0 10400 0 14590 0 18820 PS in in l0 0 07924 0 10908 0 13813 Thickness Specified thickness of metal gage in inches Corrugation size nominal height x pitch measured in inches Nominal height Inside valley to corrugation crest i e actual height minus thickness Actual height nominal height plus thickness PA Cross sectional area per unit inch PI Moment of Inertia per unit inch PS Section modulus per unit inch PI divided by one half of actual height 5 17 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 1 3 B 2 Aluminum Design Safety Factors and Deflection Control B 2 Alum D WSD Aluminum Material and Control Parameters Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups are Aluminum ALUMINUM A 1 LRFD 0 This instruction is only applicable for Service Load design A 1 XMODE DESIGN This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to DESIGN Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Desired safety factor Desired safety factor Safety factor protects against excessive thrust against thrust yielding PFS 1 01 10 F10 0 i against thrust yielding Default 3 0 force causing aluminum material yielding of the entire cross section tension or
105. 0 Resistance factor for Resistance factor for Factored radial tension resistance radial concrete tension PHI 4 31 40 F10 0 radial concrete tension Default 0 9 PHI 4 x concrete tension stress limit as proposed by Heger McGrath ACI 1983 5 49 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Allowable crack width for service load Allowable crack width for service load Allowable crack width for service limit loading CANDE approximates the crack width ACW at service loading by dividing steel stress in 41 50 Default 0 01inch crack width formulas by load factors F10 0 inches Comment The above resistance factors are used for both the design and analysis modes In the analysis mode CANDE will show the five numerical values of the above factored resistances along with the corresponding factored demands In the design mode the designer is given additional control on the previous page to design with more or less conservatism and to permit turning on or off any of the criterion to fit the problem at hand This completes the current B set input Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 3 5 4 3 1 Plastic Pipe Types
106. 0 Displaying element information in the mesh viewer lick Refresh button and the click on an element lt a HE Mesh Plotting C temp FromTJM Example TJM Element Information Element Number 801 Deflections Element Type BEAM 788 x y 789 x y 0 005 789 x y 0 005 789 x y 0 005 Comstruction increment added 2 Material ID 1 Ki Coordinates x 14 42 y 6 48 4 45 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 3 4 Viewing Deformed Shapes Viewing a deformed shape in the mesh viewer is achieved by clicking the response button R on the tool bar and choosing the response Deflections from the associated drop down menu Next select the desired load increment number from the drop down menu and the monitor screen will show the undeformed mesh topology overlain with the deformed mesh due to accumulated deflections at the specified load step Recall that the deflection magnification factor is specified by the user in the Option Dialogue Box which is accessed through the O button on the tool bar A sample deflection plot is shown below Figure 4 4 11 Plotting E Mesh Plotting C Documents and Settings Mark Mlynarski My Documents CANDEInputFile Ce Em NB My Gi G3 Deflections o Load step 8 ne gg Deflections Horizontal Strain Vertical Strain Scale for Deflections f shear strain Horizontal Stress
107. 0 0 Desired safety factor against concrete shear failure Default 2 0 This safety factor which depends on the selected shear strength model may need to be satisfied with the use of stirrups and or increased wall thickness which is the responsibility of the designer 5 45 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Radial tension failure Desired safety factor The radial tension stress and the corresponding safety factor against concrete radial strength of concrete subjected to inner wall PFS 4 41 50 F10 0 G tension failure Default 2 0 steel tension is adapted from Heger McGrath ACI 1983 Satisfying this safety factor may require the designer to use traverse steel Allowable maximum crack width ALCW 51 60 F10 0 inches Allowable crack width maximum Default 0 01 in The allowable crack width is a performance criterion not a failure criterion The design process will allow cracking up to ALCW that is safety factor 1 Concrete cover to c l of steel rebar cage TBI 61 70 F10 0 inches Concrete cover to centerline of steel rebar cage s Default 1 25 in If RSHAPE STAND TBI is uniform concrete cover for both inner and outer cages If RSHAPE ELLIP TBI is minimum cover of the cage at crown spring line and in
108. 0 0 0 35 1 1 de 95 STOP 3 3 2 Test run an existing example problem From the File menu click Open Text Input or Open and use the browser to locate the data file to be executed see Figure 3 3 4 and click the file Figure 3 3 4 Opening a CANDE input file ST CANDE 2007 My Recent Documents C Desktop My Documents My Computer Fie rame a My Network Files of type CANDE Input Files cid x 3 3 Chapter 3 Getting Started CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline If you chose Open text input you will see the actual formatted input file that you may directly edit batch mode Alternatively if you chose open you will see a screen similar to Figure 3 3 5 which is the GUI interface to the input file oJ File Edit Run View Tools Window DEt 00ER A C Show Help C Show input Master Control A 1 Type of analysis E T Master Control A A val __ Master Control 1 _ Master Control 2 Pipe Definition B Method of analysis Pipe Definition 1 AFL Aluminum Aluminum Design Safety Facto Ser B O Solution Level Statements C _ Control Parameters Level 2 Pipe Solution level l Major Geometry and Loading Parar J Control Variables Level 2 Pipe _ Backpacking for Embankment Mes a O Material Definition Statements D _ Material Definition 1 in situ Material Control Parameters Me Isotropic Linear Elastic Parame L Mat
109. 1 C 1 Level 3 Prep word and Title ssis eee cee cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeneenseenaes 5 153 5 5 6 2 C 2 Level 3 Key Control Variables eee ceeeceeecseeereeeeeeeeeeeseeseenseenseenaes 5 154 5 5 6 3 C3 Level 3 Node INput irie iire esaeren eneit i rE a irisi ese 5 157 5 5 6 4 C 4 Level 3 Element Input e e E e E E EER T 5 162 5 5 6 5 C 5 Level 3 Boundary Condition Input essseeeseeeseeeseserereseeerrsrrrrsserrreresreness 5 170 5 6 Part D Soil and or Interface Property Input 00 0 eee cee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceseceaecaecsaecnaesneeeas 5 174 5 6 1 D 1 Material Control Parameters for All Models 000 0 eee eeceeeeeeceseceecesecnseeeeeneeene 5 175 5 6 2 D 2 Isotropic Linear Elastic Elastic Parameters 000 000 eee ceecceescesecesecesecneeeseeeneeens 5 181 5 6 3 D 2 Orthotropic Linear Elastic Elastic Parameters 0 ee ceeeeceseceseceeceseeeeeneeene 5 182 5 6 4 D 2 Duncan and Duncan Selig Model Types 0 0 eeeeeceesceeecesecesecesecenecnaessaesaeeens 5 184 5 6 4 1 D 2 Duncan Fundamental Controls and Modified Option eee 5 184 5 6 4 2 D 4 Duncan Duncan Selig Parameters for Tangent Bulk Modulus 5 190 5 6 5 D 2 Overburden Dependent User Defined Elastic Prop vs Overburden Pressure 5 192 5 6 6 D 2 Extended Hardin Soil Modelo ee cee eseeneeeeeeeeceeeceeeeeseceseceaesaecaessaesaeeeas 5 195 5 6 6 1 D 2 Hardin Soil Model Input for Special MAT
110. 10 F10 0 Ib in Elastic parameter at matrix position 1 1 Default 0 0 psi Confined modulus in x direction lateral See constitutive relationship in matrix below Elastic parameter at position 1 2 CP 1 2 11 20 F10 0 Ib in Elastic parameter at matrix position 1 2 Default 0 0 psi Orthogonal x y stiffness modulus See constitutive relationship in matrix below Elastic parameter at position 2 2 CP 2 2 21 30 F10 0 Ib in Elastic parameter at matrix position 2 2 Default 0 0 psi Confined modulus in y direction vertical See constitutive relationship in matrix below Elastic parameter at position 3 3 CP 3 3 CP 3 3 31 40 F10 0 Ib in Elastic parameter at matrix position 3 3 Default 0 0 psi Shear modulus See constitutive relationship in matrix below Angle of material axis THETA 41 50 F10 0 Ib in Angle of material axis Default 0 0 deg Theta the angle that material axis makes with the global x y axis Typically the material axis is aligned the global axis so that the default value is appropriate Comment Orthotropic elastic properties are useful when the stiffness in the vertical direction differs from the stiffness is the lateral direction such as when reinforced earth is used to stiffen the soil in the lateral direction The matrix is symmetric 5 182 Chapter
111. 10 7 158 160 159 17 103 105 104 8 138 140 139 18 97 99 98 9 136 141 137 19 91 93 92 10 134 142 135 20 2 Notes 1 Three nodes define the pipe soil interface at each pipe node around the arch For every node triplet above a b c a pipe node IX 1 b soil node IX 2 c free node IX 3 2 Note that position 20 the arch connection into the footing is not assigned an interface element because it is assumed it cannot slip 5 145 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 5 6 Level 2 Arch Identification of interface element numbers versus cover height Interface Element Numbers See Table 5 5 4 for KCOVER definition Number of Nodes from Crown KCOVER 0 KCOVER 1 KCOVER 2 KCOVER 3 1 191 211 231 251 2 192 212 232 252 3 193 213 233 253 4 194 214 234 254 5 195 215 235 255 6 196 216 236 256 7 197 217 237 257 8 198 218 238 258 9 199 219 239 259 10 200 220 240 260 11 201 221 241 261 12 202 222 242 262 13 203 223 243 263 14 204 224 244 264 15 205 225 245 265 16 206 226 246 266 17 207 227 247 267 18 208 228 248 268 19 209 229 249 269 20 Note KCOVER is an integer code representing certain ranges of fill height as defined in Table 5 5 4 5 146 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 5 Extended Level 2 5 5 5 1 CX 1 Level 2 Extended Nodes Elements and Boundary Condition Changes CX 1
112. 179 Table 5 6 4 Material names MATNAM and values for Duncan model IBULK 0 c eee 5 186 Table 5 6 5 Material names MATNAM and values for Duncan Selig model IBULK 1 0 5 186 Table 5 6 6 Material names MATNAM and values for Overburden Dependent Model 5 194 Table 5 7 1 Guidance on selecting the net load factor FACTOR cee eeeeeeseeceseeeeececeeeeeeeeeceseennees 5 206 Table 7 1 1 NCHRP Tag formatsioon aiee ea EE ETE EEE SE E ES aeea E cpedtecbesseaebecds 7 14 Table 7 1 2 NCHRP Process 12 50 Report ID table esssseeseeeseeesesseessseessssrrersrsreerssrenreseerrnserrenesreeess 7 15 Table 7 2 1 NASTRAN commands support by CANDE iMportt sssessseeessereeresrsreerrsreeresrerresesrrererreeees 7 21 Table of Figures Figure 2 2 1 Major options to define the top level input data for CANDE 2007 eee eee eee ereeeee 2 2 Figure 3 3 1 Starting CANDE neriie reoi a rs ear s EErEE EEPE r EEE E TESTES EEST EE asos 3 1 Figure 3 3 2 CANDE 2007 Startup WindoW eessssesssseesssreesesesresrrsresresreersseeressesresrestentrsrerrnserrrnresrreresrt 3 2 Figure 3 3 3 Sample Level 1 CANDE input file ssnessseesseeeeseseseeesesreeeseeersserrestsrentestestesrerrsserrrsresrreresee 3 3 Figure 3 3 4 Opening a CANDE input file eee eee cee cse esse cee cneecaeseaeeeeeeeeeeseeeseessecaecsaessaessaeeaeeeea 3 3 Figure 3 3 5 CANDE input file using open Optio
113. 195709 lt elemDisp gt lt displacementData gt lt displacementData gt lt displacementData gt 2 lt elemDispNumber gt EAM lt elemDispType gt E 03 lt st1 gt E 02 lt st2 gt E 04 lt st3 gt E 03 lt st4 gt E 02 lt st5 gt E 04 lt st6 gt Master control lt CANDEMeshResults gt lt Control gt Tag Type Description numNodes Integer Number of nodes numElements Integer Number of elements numConstIncr Integer Number of construction increments LevelNum Integer CANDE model level Heading string user input title Element output descriptions CANDEMeshResults elemOutputDesc Defines the definitions of ST1 ST6 Defined inelemDispData elemDisp gt based on the element type lt elemDispType gt Tag Type Description st1IBEAM String Description of beam ST1 st2BEAM String Description of beam ST2 st3 BEAM String Description of beam ST3 st4BEAM String Description of beam ST4 sthBEAM String Description of beam ST5 st6BEAM String Description of beam ST6 stI TRIA String Description of TRIA ST1 st2TRIA String Description of TRIA ST2 st3TRIA String Description of TRIA ST3 st4TRIA String Description of TRIA ST4 7 8 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline Tag Type Description stSTRIA String Description of TRIA ST5 st6TRIA String Description of TRIA ST6 stIQU
114. 2 A 2 NPCAN 1 Pipe Mesh Use ONLY if the Canned Mesh Code is set to 1 Pipe Mesh Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Number of backpacking elements NUMPEL 01 05 15 5X integer Number of backpacking elements N choose up to 10 elements N 1 to 10 This feature only applies for the embankment mesh WORD EMBA Default 0 Backpacking is a soft material like polystyrene foam placed over the pipe s periphery starting at the crown to induce positive soil arching If N 1 then first soil element immediately above the crown an 18 degree segment on either side of crown will be assigned to backpacking material instead of fill soil Similarly if N 2 then two sequential elements will be assigned backpacking properties and so on until N 10 which means a complete backpacking ring surrounds the pipe Default implies no backpacking will be used Thickness of backpacking TPAC 11 20 F10 0 inches Thickness of backpacking This feature only applies for the embankment mesh WORD EMBA and NUMPEL gt 0 Default PDIA 12 inches All NUMPEL backpacking elements will be assigned the same thickness Minimum thickness is TPAC PDIA 16 and maximum thickness is TPAC 3 PDIA 16 Trench depth TRNDEP 21 30 F10 0 feet Trench depth This entry only applies to the trench mesh WORD TREN Default PDIA 4
115. 2015 download documents It includes the new Mohr Coulomb elastoplastic soil model as well as the modified Duncan Selig model for plastic like behavior 1X Table i CANDE 2015 Reference Documentation for New Capabilities since CANDE 2007 11 Description of new capability in CANDE 2015 User Manual input Chapter 5 Section number and line tag Solution and Formulation Manual Section number CONRIB pipe type CONRIB has been added to CANDE s pipe type library that provides the capability of modeling rib shaped reinforced concrete cross sections as well as standard rectangular cross sections Moreover the concrete constitutive model has been extended to include the simulation of fiber reinforced concrete 5 3 2 A 2 and 5 4 5 B 1 to B 6 2 6 CONTUBE pipe type This special pipe type provides the capability of modeling circular shaped concrete cross sections encased in fiber reinforced plastic FRP tubes spaced at uniform distances 5 3 2 A 2 and 5 4 6 B 1 to B 6 2 7 Link elements with death option Two simple options are 1 connect any two nodes with a pinned connection or 2 connect two beam nodes with a fixed moment connection The link element death option is an extremely useful capability allowing the removal of any link element and its forces at any specified load step Also a special composite joining option for beam groups 5 5 6 4 C 4 and if composite 5 6 8 D 2 4 11
116. 21 222 223 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 88 i189 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 480 484 La 182 86 1601611 6263464465 se 147148 ey 46 Ta L 143 7s 5 142 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 16 Level 2 Arch Nodal numbering scheme for soil nodes remote from arch 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 NOTE For node numbers for 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 this section see the next figure i216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 bs i N 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 Figure 5 5 17 Level 2 Arch Nodal numbering scheme for soil nodes close to arch 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 5 143 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 5 4 Level 2 Arch Values for basic arch pa
117. 31 35 NNP and NNP between NNP and NNP Thus the number of 15 5X positive generated nodes NNP NNP NPINC and integer the last node is always numbered NNP as input Incrementing will go in the negative Default 1 direction if NNP is greater than NNP however NPINC must always be input as a positive integer Spacing Spacing ratio for When using MODEG 2 or 3 the spacing SPACNG generated node lengths ratio controls the distance between successive 41 50 nodes F10 0 If SPACNG 1 all nodes generated between ratio NNP and NNP will be evenly spaced If Default 1 0 SPACNG gt 1 or lt 1 the successive distance between generated nodes will grow or shrink by the spacing ratio respectively Radius Path for node generation When using MODEG 2 or 3 RADIUS RADIUS between NNP and NNP controls the path along which the nodes are 51 60 0 0 straight line generated F10 0 0 0 radius of If RADIUS 0 0 the path is straight line inches circular arc between NNP and NNP Default 0 0 If RADIUS is positive then the path is a circular arc whose radius RADIUS with convexity on the right in traveling from NNP to NNP Opposite curvature is obtained if RADIUS negative value Proceed to line C 4 5 161 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 6 4 C 4 Level 3 Element Input C 4 L3 Level 3 element input Repeat C 4 l
118. 4 1 3 B 2 Aluminum Design Safety Factors and Deflection Control 5 18 5 4 1 4 B 2 Aluminum Design Weights for LRFD 00 0 0 eee eceeceeeceeecnsecnseteeeneeees 5 20 5 4 1 5 B 3 Aluminum Resistance Factors for LRFD 0 0 eee eceeeeseeeeceecnseeneeteeeens 5 22 5 4 1 6 B 1 Basic Sequence Intervals and Properties 00 0 0 cece eceeeeeeceseceecnseeneeeneeene 5 24 5 4 1 7 B 2 Basic Large Deformation Control 0 0 0 cece eeeeeeeeeceeseeseeesecesecnaeensesneeens 5 26 34 2 Reinforced Concrete Pipe Type sisisiescscss cesssecsetcpetsessdsvacoestssesscesseesuctestenscotaensceosousecodsenseess 5 27 5 4 2 1 B 1 Concrete Concrete Material Properties 0 0 0 0 cece cee cseeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeens 5 27 5 4 2 2 B 2 Concrete Concrete Material Properties 2 0 0 eee cece eseeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeees 5 30 5 4 2 3 B 3 Concrete Reinforcement Steel Placement and Properties 0 0 0 eee 5 32 5 4 2 4 B 4 Concrete Case 1 Wall Thickness and Reinforcement Properties 5 35 5 4 2 5 B 4 Concrete Case 2 Arbitrary Specified Wall Thickness 00 0 eee 5 38 5 4 2 6 B 4 Concrete Case 3 ASTM Box Wall Thicknesses and Haunches 5 40 5 4 2 7 B 4b Concrete Case 3 ASTM Steel Placement for Boxes eee eee 5 42 5 4 2 8 B 4 Concrete Case 4 Specified Wall Thickness and Working Stress SF 5 45 5 4 2 9 B 4 Concrete Case 5 Specifi
119. 5 72 17A4 words User description of mesh to be printed with output TITLE is a descriptive phrase up to 68 characters that will be printed with the output to describe the mesh options selected by the user 5 107 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Interface elements A command word toadd WORD1 provides options for including WORD1 73 76 A4 word frictional interface elements to basic mesh SLIP pipe soil interface SLPT trench insitu interface Default blank Interface element not added frictional interfaces between pipe and soil or between trench soil and in situ soil Default blank means no interface elements are added For WORD1 SLIP the mesh is automatically altered to include eleven interface elements at the common nodes between the pipe and soil This feature allows for frictional slippage separation and re bonding of the pipe soil interface during the loading schedule The user must subsequently input interface material properties for each of the eleven interface elements as described in Part D For WORD SLPT the trench mesh option is automatically altered to include seven interface elements at the common nodes between the trench wall and in situ soil starting from the spring line to the top of the trench This feature allows the trench soil to
120. 90 18 58215 20 72740 22 87265 25 01790 lt Coordinates x 284 77 y 23 85 4 47 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 3 6 Coincidental boundary conditions When more than one boundary condition occurs at a single node CANDE will offset the boundary conditions when displaying them in the mesh viewer An example is shown in Figure 4 4 13 below where 3 boundary conditions exist at node 1436 The purpose of the offset is to display the boundary conditions in a way that the user may click on each one individually to obtain information Note the offset of the boundary conditions is in the mesh viewer only The analysis places the boundary condition at its proper location Figure 4 4 13 Coincidental boundary conditions offset in mesh viewer RE Mesh Plotting C Proj NCHRP 15 28 CANDE Task 7 Testing Beta NASTRANIMport exe Eg HL Be MG Ga Load step 1 F ZJARA SJAA 436 1435 1434 143 i Boundary Condition Boundary condition 32 Node number 1436 x code 0 X Force 2 code 0 Y Force 4 Rot Angle 0 H Coordinates x 49 85 y 63 84 4 48 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 4 CANDE Graphs for beam elements The beam element responses that are generated by the CANDE analysis may be viewed in the GUI by selecting the View gt Graphs from the main menu This tool allows the u
121. AD String Description of QUAD ST1 st2QUAD String Description of QUAD ST2 st3QUAD String Description of QUAD ST3 st4QUAD String Description of QUAD ST4 stiQUAD String Description of QUAD ST5 st6QUAD String Description of QUAD ST6 stlINTF String Description of INTF ST1 st2INTF String Description of INTF ST2 st3INTF String Description of INTF ST3 st4INTF String Description of INTF ST4 stSINTF String Description of INTF ST5 st6INTF String Description of INTF ST6 Element Node results data A set of this data is lt CANDEMeshResults gt lt displacementData gt produced for each construction increment i e CANDEMeshResults Control numConstIncr sets of this data Construction increment lt dispConstIncr gt _1 lt dispConstIncr gt Tag Type Description dispConstIncr Integer Construction increment Node results data lt CANDEMeshResults gt lt displacementData gt lt nodeDispData gt lt nodeDisp gt One result for each node CANDEMeshResults Control numNodes Tag Type Description nodeDispNumber Integer Node identifier number nodeXDisp Double Precision X Displacement of the node coordinate for this construction increment NodeYDisp Double Precision Y Displacement of the node coordinate for this construction increment Element results data lt CANDEMeshResults gt lt displacementData gt lt elemDispData gt lt elemDisp gt One result for each node CANDEMeshResults Control numE
122. AL COOPERATIVE HIGHWAY RESEARCH PROGRAM NCHRP gt gt o 4 56 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 5 Using GUI with New Capabilities in CANDE 2015 The graphical user interface GUI works with CANDE 2015 in exactly the same manner as it works with the original CANDE 2007 2011 program except for utilizing the new capabilities developed after 2007 When dealing with any of the following new capabilities CONRIB Pipe Type CONTUBE Pipe Type Link elements Deep corrugation design criteria for Steel Pipe Type Variable Profile geometry for Plastic Pipe Type Mohr Coulomb elastoplastic soil model Modified Duncan amp Duncan Selig soil model It must be understood that the GUI is unaware of these options so that special procedures must be employed as described below Simply said you must activate these capabilities by direct batch mode input That is from the File menu on CANDE screen select Open text input and refer directly to the input instructions in Chapter 5 to enter the required data for the new capability The GUI has two facets pre processing and post processing Pre processing is concerned with creating input data files and post processing deals with viewing the output files and graphically plotting the finite element mesh and structural responses Both facets are discussed in turn with regard to how they interact with the new capabilities listed above
123. B 1 Plastic Plastic Load Controls B 1 Plastic Smooth general or profile thermoplastic cross section Plastic load controls Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE PLASTIC One or more pipe groups are Plastic Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Wall section type WTYPE 01 10 A7 3X word A word selecting the type of wall section SMOOTH GENERAL PROFILE Now with variable geometry option Default GENERAL SMOOTH refers to uniform smooth wall gun barrel whose only independent cross section property is the wall thickness Applies to design amp analysis GENERAL refers to arbitrary cross section properties for area and moment of inertia without local buckling consideration Applies only to analysis PROFILE refers to a spectrum of profile shapes such as corrugated with or without liners ribbed walls etc Profile shapes require additional geometry input and include local buckling analysis Applies only to analysis Type of plastic PTYPE 11 20 A5 5X word A word selecting the type of plastic HDPE PVC PP OTHER Default HDPE PTYPE is used to provide default material properties for HDPE high density polyethylene PVC Polyvinyl Chloride or PP Polypropylene as shown in Table B Plastic 1 Setting PTYPE OTHER means all material properties will be defined by the user Load du
124. B 3 Steel AD LRFD Resistance factors for LRFD Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE STEEL One or more pipe groups are Sieel A 1 XMODE DESIGN or ANALYS This command is applicable parameter is set to DESIGN or ANALYS if the Design Analysis A 1 LRFD 1 This command is ONLY applicable for LRFD design A 1 LEVEL 1 2 or 3 This command is applicable for ALL solution levels Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Resistance factor for thrust stress yielding PHI 1 01 10 F10 0 Resistance factor for wall area yielding due to thrust stress Default 1 0 Factored thrust stress resistance PHI 1 x PYIELD Choosing PFS 1 1 is generally recommended Resistance factor for global buckling PHI 2 11 20 F10 0 Resistance factor for global buckling due to thrust stress Default 1 0 Factored global buckling resistance PHI 2 x Buckling Capacity Buckling capacity is determined by large deformation theory in CANDE if IBUCK 2 Otherwise simplified buckling equations are used Resistance factor for seam strength due to thrust stress PHI 3 21 30 F10 0 Resistance factor for Seam strength due to thrust stress Default 1 0 Factored seam strength resistance PHI 3 x PSEAM For metal structures with longitudinal seems se
125. B Menu with L es Demean 1 Method of analysis undefined oncrete Material an AFD value s Concrete M inforcing Steel Proper C crete Wall Thickness and Reir ncrete Resistance Factors forL Solution level ution Level Statements C Control Parameters Level 3 Node Input Level 3 FEM aute mesh Level 2 XX Element Input Level 3 FEM user mesh Level 3 L Boundary Condition Input Level A Material Definition Statements D _ Material Definition 1 New Input file Heading for output Material Control Parameters Materi X Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters fi Number of culvert element groups aterial Definition 2 Material Control Parameters Materi jao Maximum number of iterations step Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters aterial Definition 3 Material Control Parameters M ateri X Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters Accept Input_ __Carcel__ FD Definitions E LRFD Load Factors Service Elasticity Level1 Menu Selected Master Control 1 Note the red X items on the left side In general these CANDE input screens contain undefined input information This input is required but does not have a CANDE default value supplied All of these menus must be resolved before CANDE will permit the running of the CANDE analysis engine A sample of a menu with undefined input is shown below 4 6 Chapter 4 Graphical user interf
126. C 4 Level 2 Pipe Mesh Embankment Trench Mesh Dimensions 5 113 5 5 37 Solution Level 2 Box Mesh ssccsce secusscsssis sousdegusedets siese cavess gedsug cosbasea dhcsdacesvebssnenecespnnsec 5 121 5 5 3 1 C 1 Level 2 Box Mesh Control Commands and Title eee eee 5 121 5 5 3 2 C 2 Level 2 Box Mesh Control Variables Installation Dimensions 5 123 5 5 4 Solution vel 2 Arch Meshicss cscccsccicsssssesscudcstesegeshec cath tavasstusavesisssivedscedaseaveesseesseesaeesec 5 130 5 5 4 1 C 1 Level 2 Arch Mesh Control Commands and Title oes 5 130 5 5 4 2 C 2 Level 2 Arch Mesh Plot and Print Control ee ee eeeeceeeceseeeteeees 5 132 5 5 4 3 C 3 Level 2 Arch Mesh Arch and Footing Dimensions 0 eee 5 135 5 5 4 4 C 4 Level 2 Arch Mesh Arch and Footing Dimensions ee eee eee 5 137 iii 5 5 5 Extended Level Zren Aa eo EE aa Ae nang annette 5 147 5 5 5 1 CX 1 Level 2 Extended Nodes Elements and Boundary Condition Changes 5 147 5 5 5 2 CX 2 Level 2 Extended Nodal Point Number and Changed Coordinates 5 148 5 5 5 3 CX 3 Level 2 Extended Element Number and Property Array eee 5 149 5 5 5 4 CX 4 Level 2 Extended Nodal Loads and or Displacements to be applied 5 151 5 5 6 Solution Level 3 serisi sh ube deka seis chek ETE ot ase EEE EE EE EER Ee TTS Easo 5 153 5 5 6
127. C L of R2 Pipe y ON R2 Pipe 3R2 5 115 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 3 Level 2 Pipe Trench mesh with load steps and material zones P Trucated soil over H g T burden pressure NINC 5 HTCOVR Variable TRNDEP Variable 5 116 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 4 Element numbering scheme for Level 2 pipe mesh CAN1 N oa os os oso so 5 117 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 5 Nodal numbering scheme for Level 2 Pipe Mesh embankment and trench 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 95 96 97 38 99 100 101 102 87 88 89 91 92 93 94 82 83 84 85 86 mo 7 173 74 175 62 63 64 65 66 51 52 83 54 55 4445 46 47 48 33 34 35 36 37 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 45 16 17 18 19 20 21 e l9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 s 2 7 5 118 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 5 2 Level 2 Pipe Node renumbering scheme for pipe soil interface elements Basic Pipe amp Soil Basic Pipe amp Soil Scheme Scheme Scheme Scheme Nodes Node Nodes Nodes 1 1 50 62 2 2 51 63 37 37 55 67 38 38 40 39 56 68 70 69 39 41 43 42 57 71 73 72 40 44 46 45 58 74 76 75 41 47 49 49 59 77 79 78 42 50 52 51 60 80 82 81 43 53 61 83 44 54 62 84
128. CANDE 2015 Culvert Analysis and Design User Manual and Guideline Developed under National Cooperative Highway Research Project NCHRP 15 28 Updated MGK version with new capabilities January 2015 CANDE 2015 Culvert Analysis and Design User Manual and Guideline Developed under National Cooperative Highway Research Project NCHRP 15 28 Update Release 7 31 2011 Version 1 0 0 7 plus MGK additions January 2015 Michael G Katona Consultant Gig Harbor WA Table of Contents Cover Pages n A EA Rois ie Ge olan Balas Soe Sees Re tte Sear in Blea hehe eat i Table of Contents sar an Baile AS eats eae E eee Gio RAG eth Me gprs Ro he ss i CANDE 2015 User Manual Updates 20 0 eee ceeceeccesecssecesecsseceeecaeecseeeaeseeeeseeeeesseenseesaecsaecsaecsaecaaeeaeeeneeegs viii 1 INTRODUCTION sie sei foie el pects a BG etl EE E E E et es 1 1 TI Purpose of CANDE 828253 aie eal tg cbt Serle hel VG et ba cee eA Ne ih ae et Sees 1 1 1 2 History of CANDE sh058 rain ced eesti eel AGI Gel ee ae ints Re ees 1 1 t3 Why Use CANDE 3 35 Soi eos pa ete ele el VG let ba i ee ei Sp ibe ee et Ses 1 3 1 4 How to use this manual oe ec eceecceeceseceseceseceseceaecaeecseeeseseaeseesesseeseceseesecsaecsaecsaecsaecsaeeaeseneeegs 1 3 2 GENERAL OVERVIEW AND OPTIONS o oo cece cee cseeeseeeeeeeeeeseeesecesecsecsecsaecnaecsaecaaecaeseneeeas 2 1 2l Scope and Architecture niione n e se ces ed E Kr a EE E E eben abge EE T 2 1 2 27 Execution Mode niieoe o ase ad aoe Sh Mas
129. CONTUBE has an enhanced and more accurate concrete constitutive model that permits modeling enhanced ductility in tension due to modest confinement Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 7 1 Concrete stress strain model and parameters Stress Compression zone H H STNMAT 4 STNMAT 1 STNMAT 2 STNMAT 3 Strain Tension zone Comment The CONTUBE model has an additional parameter STNMAT 4 as compared to the stress strain model in the CONCRETE pipe type This new parameter is the ultimate tensile rupture strain which allows the modeling of tensile softening ductility an observed characteristic of confined concrete If it is desired to model plain concrete without confinement set STNMAT 4 STNMAT 1 which simulates abrupt loss of all tensile stress once the cracking strain is reached However for confined concrete the default value STNMAT 4 10 STNMAT 1 appears very reasonable Proceed to Line B 2 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 6 2 B 2 Concrete strain parameters and models B 2 CONTUBE Concrete strain parameters and modeling selections Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE e One or more of the declared pipe groups is CONTUBE CONTUBE e Operates in the analysis mode for Levels 1 2 and 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns
130. E 30 6010 TITLE K K 1 17 6010 FORMAT 17A4 title character strings of user title from the PREP input line string e WRITE 30 6030 NINC NPMAT NPPT 6030 FORMAT I5 2 15 ninc total number of construction increments integer npmat total number pipe beam elements integer nppt total number of pipe beam nodes integer b Records written to PLOT1 from subroutine RESOUT On first load step the pipe element group data is written once and for all For the first and subsequent load steps all beam element responses are recorded from the global RESULT array which contains all pipe element groups e IF IA EQ 1 WRITE 30 1100 NPGRPS NT YPEX N NPMATX N NPMATI N NPMAT2 N NPPTI N NPPT2 N N I NPGRPS written only on first increment 1100 FORMAT I5 6 15 npgrps Number of pipe element groups a group is connected integer ntypex n Pipe type code number 1 2 3 4 5 or 6 for group n integer 7 18 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline npmatx n Number of beam elements in group local count integer npmat1 n Starting element sequence number in group global count integer npmat2 n Ending element sequence number in group global count integer npptl n Starting node sequence number in group global count integer nppt2 n Ending node sequence number in group global count integer npmat Total number o
131. E Implementation Field Description Notes 2 Retrieves element number CANDE cannot skip number elements If the NASTRAN elements are skip numbered CANDE will renumber them sequentially 3 Saves material number as place holder For Beam materials CANDE requires that the Beam material numbering be sequential starting with 1 CANDE saves the material number but requires the user to define the material later If multiple beam material numbers are present the import will mark them and renumber them starting with 1 For example if beam material ID s 4 and 7 are present in the NASTRAN file CANDE will convert the 4 to a and the 7 toa2 4 Start element location Node I 5 End element location Node J 7 23 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 2 3 NASTRAN Input Data Card CTRIA3 Triangular Plate Element Description Defines an isoparametric triangular plate element Format and Example a ee ae a a a ee Fe ee PE CTRIAS BUD i PiDs G G2 1 ef Fa a oe e ee ee Field Contents EID Unique element identification number INTEGER PID Identification number of a PSHELL property card INTEGER G1 G1 G3 Grid point identification numbers of connection points INTEGER CANDE Implementation Field Description Notes 2 Retrieves element number CANDE cannot skip number elements If the NASTRAN elements are skip numbered CANDE will renumber them sequentially 3 S
132. F10 0 number Hardin parameter for hyperbolic shear modulus Default none Cl is a parameter proportional to the magnitude of hyperbolic shear strain which deceases the secant shear modulus 5 197 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Hardin parameter for Hardin parameter for A is parameter associated with the increase of hyperbolic shear hyperbolic shear hyperbolic shear strain which deceases the modulus modulus secant shear modulus A Default none 51 60 F10 0 dimensionless Nonlinear iteration control NON 61 65 15 integer Print control parameter Default 0 Currently not operative Use default Comment This form of the Extended HARDIN soil model is intended be used in conjunction with tri axial soil test data MATNAM USER See CANDE 2015 Formulations and Solution Methods for curve fitting procedures for Hardin parameters Return to line D 1 for more material definition if needed Proceed to Part E if LRFD 1 Otherwise this completes the input stream for this problem 5 198 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 7 D 2 Interface Element Angle Friction Tensile Force and Gap Distance D 2 Interface Interface angle friction and tensile breaking force and gap distanc
133. Figure 5 4 2 Concrete Stress Strain model and parameters ec eceecceeceeecesecesecsseceeceesseeeeseeeeeeens 5 29 vi Figure 5 4 3 Cross sections for RSHAPE STAND or ELLIP ou eee eeeeeeeeceeeceseceeeeseenseenaes 5 37 Figure 5 4 4 ASTM geometry and steel placement for box culverts with 2 ft cover or more 5 44 Figure 5 4 5 Plastic Elastic stress strain model in tension and compression all durations 5 53 Figure 5 4 6 Example Profile Shapes that can be constructed in CANDE 00 eee eeceeceseceseceeenseeneee 5 57 Figure 5 4 7 Steel 1 Bilinear stress strain parameter 00 0 0 eee eee cee cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceseceseeseenseesaes 5 68 Figure 5 4 8 Steel 2 Pseudo stress strain model for slotted joints ee eee eee ceeeceseceseceseenseenaee 5 77 Figure 5 5 1 Level 1 Illustration of Level 1 boundary value problem ee ee eee esse cee ceeeereeeee 5 103 Figure 5 5 2 Level 2 Pipe Embankment Homogeneous mesh with load steps and materials 5 115 Figure 5 5 3 Level 2 Pipe Trench mesh with load steps and material zones 0 eeeeeceseeese cee eeeeee 5 116 Figure 5 5 4 Element numbering scheme for Level 2 pipe mesh CAN1 0 ee ee cece eeseceeeneeeeeeee 5 117 Figure 5 5 5 Nodal numbering scheme for Level 2 Pipe Mesh embankment and trench 5 118 Figure 5 5 6 Level 2 Box Embankment mesh with load steps and material
134. HAPE ELLIP SRATIO is not used Proceed to line B 5 LRFD 1 5 48 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 2 10 B 5 Concrete Resistance Factors for LRFD B 5 Concrete Resistance factors for LRFD limit states Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups is Concrete CONCRETE A 1 XMODE DESIGN or ANALYS This command is applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to DESIGN or ANALYS A 1 LRFD 1 This command is input for LRFD A 1 LEVEL 1 2 or 3 This option is available for all Solution Levels 1 2 or 3 Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Resistance factor for steel rebar yielding due to tension stress PHI 1 01 10 F10 0 Resistance factor for steel rebar yielding due to tension stress Default 0 9 Factored steel stress resistance PHI 1 x PFSY fy Resistance factor for concrete crushing Resistance factor for concrete crushing due to Factored concrete crushing stress resistance PHI 2 x PFPC fe PHI 2 thrust and moment 11 20 Default 0 75 F10 0 Resistance factor for Resistance factor for Factored shear strength resistance concrete shear failure concrete shear failure PHI 3 x Selected shear strength option PHI 3 21 30 Default 0 9 F10
135. Height of soil cover HTCOVR 21 30 F10 0 feet Height of soil cover as measured from 1 Spring line for embankment mesh or 2 From top of trench for trench mesh HTCOVR is defined differently for the embankment mesh WORDI EMBA or HOMO than it is for the trench mesh WORD TREN For the embankment mesh HTCOVR is the total fill height above the spring line level of the pipe in which the default minimum is HTCOVR 0 5 PDIA 3 0 TPAC The default minimum coincides with the mesh s minimum uniform surface height At the other extreme if HTCOVR gt 2 0 PDIA the mesh surface will be truncated at the surface height of 2 0 PDIA and the remaining soil weight will be automatically applied as increments of overburden pressure for the remaining load steps For the trench mesh HTCOVR is the additional height of over fill soil above the top of the trench In this case the default minimum 0 0 ft On the other hand if the combined trench height plus over fill height is gt 2 0 PDIA the mesh surface will be truncated at the surface height of 2 0 PDIA and the remaining soil weight will be applied as increments of overburden pressure for the remaining load steps Density of soil above truncated mesh DENSTY 31 40 F10 0 Ib ft DENSTY of soil above truncated mesh Default 0 0 pcf When the mesh is truncated at 2 PDIA above the spring line the subsequent soil loading is simulate
136. Master Corral A _ Master Control 1 _ Master Cortot 2 1 __ Pipe Defintion B _ Pipe Definition 1 Concrete Material and Strength Proper Concrete Material Properties 2 X Concrete Reinforcing Steel Properties X Concrete Wall Thickness and Remforc Concsete Ressstance Factors for LRFO _ Solution Level Statements C Control Parameters Level 2 Pipe Mape Geometry and Loading Parameters l Control Variables Level 2 Pipe Reinforcement shape C Standard C Ei C Abery c Yield stress of reinforcing seel e0000 psi Young s modulus of reinforcing steel Poisson s ratio 03 X Backpacking for Embankment Mesh T rers s 2 _ Material Definition Statements D oe oo _ Material Definition 1 in stu Outer surface spacing between rows of rebar f n Lend Material Control Paraeneters Material 1 _X Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters _ Material Definition 2 bedding Material Control Paraeneters Materal 2 Number of inner cage layers of reinforcement fi z Number of outer cage layers of reinforcement fi aj x Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters Type of reinforcement _ Material Definition 3 backfil c hee Material Control Paraeneters M terial 3 z es Welded ce deformed wire Deformed bars oe with stirrups x Isotropic Linea Elastic Parameters Material Definition 4 overfill Material Control Parameters Material 4 _ Isotopic Li
137. NAM 1 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeseeees 5 195 5 6 6 2 D 3 Hardin Soil Model Input for MATNAM USER 1 eee eeeeeeeeeteeeees 5 197 5 6 7 D 2 Interface Element Angle Friction Tensile Force and Gap Distance 5 199 5 6 8 D 2 Composite Link Element Beam groups and composite fraction 5 202 5 6 9 D 2 Mohr Coulomb Plasticity Model Elastic Parameters and Failure Surface 5 203 5 7 Part E Net LRFD Load Factors eee ee ceeecesecesecscecaeecneesaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecesecsecsaecsaessaesaaeeas 5 205 5 7 1 E 1 LRFD Net Load Factor per Load step eee eee eeceeeceseceecesecenecnaeeseeeneeeas 5 205 LIS TOF REFERENCES orenetes eese re See te oE EEEE EE EA EEEE haptelebeesaveespessensaeevecd 6 1 6 1 Background Documents esseen rres eer Ea ree ESEAS ETE nai 6 1 6 2 gt Companion Dociimentsc siessen roren enn nsn eres EErEE E aE EE ESETE N e a iSS 6 1 APPENDICIES oerein ea E E EEEE EE EE E E Aa Ss 7 1 TAL CANDE Output Filesi aese ioeie aerea E E AEE EE EE EENE EERS 7 1 TAD XML Mesh Geometry Formats eesse inoia ineeiieo isp espe eiis 7 3 TL2 Meshiresults format ssc ccs sostssesee dev sencessctunes secvspeosacsapes feesvpuvtcesdpssgevecs sosevedpst deseeesentdnnd peeesee 7 7 TAB Beam results formats irnn eea p r Eip e pe ae oe 7 11 TAA NCHRP Process 12 50 Results sss irssi eosi eike oir p oiie fevscbeontentesdeevedhs 7 14 7 1 5 CANDE 2007 Output Files for Plotting eseesseeeseeessesseseeresre
138. NDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 DETAILED CANDE INPUT CANDE s Graphical User Interface GUI offers two methods for generating input data for CANDE 2007 One method is the batch mode which means the user prepares a data file or CANDE input document in accordance with the formatted input instructions in this chapter using a text editor such as the CANDE input text editor or Notepad A CANDE input document is simply a data file or text file that contains the entire formatted input stream line by line as prescribed in the detailed input instructions The user may assign any descriptive name to the data file followed by the file extension cid for example My problem cid The other method of input is called the Input menu mode see Chapter 4 which leads the user through the input options and choices one step at a time An advantage of the screen mode is that each input step monitor screen image is tailor made to conform to the user s previous input choices Said another way the user does not need to navigate through the user manual to determine which commands are needed just follow the screen input instructions The two input methods are identical when it comes to executing the program that is exactly the same formatted input file is created whether by batch mode or by screen mode The formatted input file which is read by the CANDE Engine consists of lines of input data wherein each line may contain severa
139. NDE interface will be hidden and the CANDE analysis log file will appear see Figure 4 3 2 below No other operations in CANDE can be performed while the analysis is running The first line of the log file as well as the output report prints out the CANDE version that is being run so that you can check if you are running the CANDE 2015 program or some earlier version Figure 4 3 2 View of CANDE Analysis while running CULVERT PIPE TYPE CANNED MESH CODE NUMBER OF BEAM ELEMENTS TRACK SOLUTION PROCESS LOAD STEP EXIT CODE ITERATION 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 o 1 H N OOOO 00000 PREP PHPBB Pee When the analysis is completed the Close button will be activated Click the Close to return to the CANDE interface NOTE The information that CANDE prints to the screen is available back in the CANDE interface by selecting the View gt CANDE Log File option from the menu 4 28 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 3 1 Successful execution The successful execution of any CANDE run is observed by the appearance of the last output line on the monitor screen and the CANDE Log File saying EE NORMAL EXIT FROM CANDE This message means that all the input data has been read without input errors and that all the specified load steps have been processed without execution errors However it does not guarantee the input data is correctly defined only the user ca
140. No default bending deformation 31 40 PI need not be input for smooth walls F10 0 This input only applies for Wall Type in in B3 Plastic WTYPE GENERAL Distance to general wall centroid from inner wall PC 41 50 F10 0 inches Distance to general wall centroid from inner wall Default PT 2 For the case of the GENERAL wall type PC measures the distance from the inner fiber to the geometric centroid of the general wall The value is used to compute maximum fiber stresses PC not needed for smooth walls This input only applies for Wall Type B3 Plastic WTYPE GENERAL For LRFD 0 Part B is complete for Analysis of SMOOTH or GENERAL walls For LRFD 1 Proceed to line B 4 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 3 4 B 3 Plastic Profile Wall Cross Sectional Properties 1 B 3 Plastic A Profile Cross sectional properties for Profile wall type New with variable geometry options Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE PLASTIC One or more pipe groups are Plastic A 1 XMODE ANALYS This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to ANALYS NOTE This input is not valid for DESIGN B 1 Plastic WTYPE This input line is for cases where the Wall Section Type is PROFILE PROFILE Parameter Input Opt
141. Number of connected Number of connected The number quantity of beam elements in beam elements beam elements in this any group may range from 1 to 999 It is to be group for level 3 understood that elements in any group form a only continuous sequence connected head to toe Maximum 999 tracing the centerline path of the structure or a segment of the structure The group number identifier 1 to NPGRPS is automatically assigned in the sequential order of input That is the first data set Line A2 plus set B becomes group 1 the second data set becomes group 2 and so on until all NPGRPS groups are input The linkage between the group numbers established here and the finite element mesh established in input set C is by means of the element s material identification number called IX 5 In data set C the user must assign the appropriate group number to each beam element s material identification number 4 14 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input options Description Concrete specific input The following input only applies for concrete pipe materials Reinforcement shape Standard RSHAPE allows selection of how the RSHAPE Elliptical reinforcement will be shaped and placed Arbitrary relative to the concrete inner and outer wall Boxes surfaces Standard placement for two rows of reinforcement cages which parallel the inner and outer wall
142. Otherwise if LRFD 0 set B is complete after all B 3 and B3 b lines are complete Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 6 Example Profile Shapes that can be constructed in CANDE PLASTIC PROFILE ILLUSTRATIONS l Period a y l l Box like Profile E7 NHEL 4 Height z ma Valley 1 Liner 2 Valley 1 l l l Lined Corrugation m fF E T NHEL 3 Web eb l Height mal Valley 1 Liner 2 Valley 1 l Un Lined Corrugation E E7 NHEL 2 S Web eb 4 T l Height Valley 1 Valley 1 Ribbed Profile NHEL 2 Web Web Valley 1 Liner 2 Valley 1 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 3 5 B 3b Plastic Profile Wall Cross Sectional Properties 2 B 3b Plastic A Profile Additional cross sectional properties of plastic wall for wall type Profile Note This command is only required if the Number of Horizontal Elements NHEL is greater than zero Repeat line B 3b for each horizontal element NHEL times Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE PLASTIC One or more pipe groups are Plastic A 1 XMODE ANALYS This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to ANALYS NOTE This input is not valid for DESIGN B 1 Plastic WTYPE PROFILE PROFILE This input l
143. PROFILE refers to a spectrum of profile shapes such as corrugated with or without liners ribbed walls etc Profile shapes require additional geometry input and include local buckling analysis Applies only to analysis Steel specific input The following input only applies for steel pipe materials 4 15 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input options Description Joint slip No This option allows the representation of Yes slipping joint behavior like the so called key Yes show trace hole slot wherein joint slippage is intended to reduce thrust stress Further input is required Vary joint travel length Same lengths This option applies to solution levels 2 amp 3 Different lengths One main utility of this option is to model half joints This occurs in level 2 meshes when the axis of symmetry cuts through a joint at the crown or invert which produces a half joint with the same properties as a full joint except the slot length is one half its full value Number of joints Enter the number of This is the actual number of joints joints if Joint Slip longitudinal seams in the pipe group model has been entered as The model for Level 1 is the whole circular Yes pipe whereas Level 2 is modeled using a Maximum 15 symmetric half shape 4 16 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Man
144. Pl JT Strain Interior wall P Distance I Distance to N A eet d Crack width I Strain exterior wall Ws Crack depth I Print steel beam info VM Print plastic beam info M Steel 0 elements Plastic 0 elements The output on this table is also controlled by the Load Increment information input on the General Element Output tab Distar Maximum combined strain str bo Strain ratio mag yie IM Maximum fiber stress IM karimun fiber stress Vv Vv Vs MV Sh tress Vv of wall yielded M Fraction of wall yielded IV Modified area PA M Modified area PA Note odified area RA odified area PA Vy i M Modified MoH PI Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Vv Percent of remaining area Generate Preview Gk Cancel In general the items shown grouped together will appear in the same table in the output If an item is unchecked the next checked item in the list will slide to the left in the table If an item is disabled or grayed out it is not available for display in the output report After all of the items have been selected click on the Generate Preview button This will generate and display the output file on the Report Preview tab see below 4 55 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 4 4 22 CANDE results generator Report Preview tab HM Results Generato
145. RFACE NODE WB B Row col 8568 3 Find Find Next l Output Table of Contents review system input data solution output results H E finite element output for load s m finite element output for load s E tin all nodal displacements fd continuum Aent output concrete service G finite element output for load w finite element output for load w finite element output for load s G finite element output for load s finite element output for load s gt CR T finite element output for load s w OORD J D D AAR CONSTRAINT FORCES directly to the report 4 36 Click on a node in the tree browser and go COORD 0 3741E 02 0 3741E 02 0 3241E 02 0 3741E 02 0 3241E 02 0 2741E 02 0 3741E 02 0 3241E 02 0 2741E 02 0 2241E 02 0 3741E 02 0 3241E 02 0 2741E 02 0 2241E 02 0 1674E 02 mag LE 02 1 K bs in X DISP 0 0000E 00 0 0000E 00 0 0000E 00 0 0000E 00 0 8004E 03 0 0000E 00 0 0000E 00 0 1560E 02 0 1265E 02 0 0000E 00 0 0000E 00 0 2041E 02 0 2470E 02 0 1480E 02 0 0000E 00 0 0000E 00 0 2206E 02 0 3300E 02 0 xi I geeoogoeeeeeoeooo o9o FAIOWNFOMWONeKFWDWOKFWOWOS amp as Wi Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 1 1 Master control and pipe type data The master control heading contains the high level input choices defining the pr
146. Section 4 4 3 Mesh Plot for information on the plotting icons Figure 4 4 17 CANDE Graphs window with local node numbering mesh FE Beam Results C temp FromTIM TIM Example 1 JM 5 x Pr iiss lfeon ow Gees F Benno nomenten O Bending moment b in in Bending moment ib inin Load step 4 Bending moment b in in Graph window controls work the same as the CANDE mesh viewer I is J 2i Coordinates x 5 75 y 3 90 Status 4 51 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 4 3 Graph Options Three options are to customize the graphs are e Choice of horizontal axis coordinates e Capability to plot single or multiple load steps e Choice of units To activate the Graphs Options select the button as shown in Figure 4 4 18 below Figure 4 4 18 Beam graph options Graphs options button 3 Be um Results C temp FromTJM TestProblem04 10 xj Pr Load step 1 z Beam group 142himicn a aiaa inin SA CET o Bending momen M Show node numbers on X axis IV Show single load step p Select load steps q C Load step 1 a C Load step 2 C Load step 3 C Load step 4 C Load step 5 C Load step 6 C Load step 7 C Load step 8 C Load step 3 Beam Node N LJ Load step 10 C Load step 11 O Load step 12 x 8 9 4 5 0 0 4 5 8 9 Bending moment lb in in Show node numbers on horizonta
147. Service A 1 LEVEL 2 This option is NOT available for Solution Levels 1 or 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Steel area for outer Steel area for outer See Figure 5 4 4 for placement of AS1 rebar sidewalls and connecting slabs AS1 01 10 F10 0 in in sidewalls and connecting slabs Default 0 0 in in As always steel area is input as area per unit length of pipe Steel area for inner wall of top slab AS2 11 20 F10 0 in in Steel area for inner wall of top slab Default 0 0 in in See Figure 5 4 4 for placement of AS2 rebar As always steel area is input as area per unit length of pipe Steel area for inner wall of bottom slab AS3 21 30 F10 0 in in Steel area for inner wall of bottom slab Default 0 0 in in See Figure 5 4 4 for placement of AS3 rebar As always steel area is input as area per unit length of pipe Steel area for inner wall of side slabs AS4 31 40 F10 0 in in Steel area for inner wall of side slabs Default 0 0 in in See Figure 5 4 4 for placement of AS4 rebar As always steel area is input as area per unit length of pipe 5 42 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Ratio of length of AS1 Ratio of length of AS1
148. TIC One or more pipe groups is Plastic A 1 XMODE DESIGN This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to DESIGN B 1 Plastic WTYPE SMOOTH This input line is for cases where the Wall Section Type is SMOOTH A 1 LRFD 0 This is command is input for service design WSD Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Safety factor Desired safety factor Maximum thrust stress is the average stress maximum thrust stress against maximum thrust over the cross section not extreme fiber PFS 1 stress PULT stress This safety factor guards against 01 10 material failure of entire cross section The F10 Default 2 0 default safety factor is typically used amp Safety factor global Desired safety factor This safety factor guards against the thrust buckling against global buckling stress exceeding global buckling capacity PFS 2 If IBUCK 2 Buckling capacity is determined 11 20 by large deformation theory in CANDE F10 Default 3 0 Otherwise buckling capacity is determined by the simplified AASHTO equation Safety factor Desired safety factor This safety factor protects against excessive excessive outer fiber against excessive outer straining in outer fibers tension or straining fiber straining compression wherein excessive strain is PFS 3 defined as the
149. TYPE See Figure 5 4 5 Poisson s ratio PNU Poisson s ratio for short Poisson s ratio is used for plane strain 41 50 and long term loading formulation wherein effective modulus is PE F10 0 Default 0 3 PE 1 PNU Poisson s ratio is taken the same for short and long term loading Density of plastic Density of plastic Applies only to Level 2 and 3 This value material used for body material used for body produces the self weight of the plastic structure weight PDEN weight in the loading schedule Leave blank to ignore 51 60 F10 0 Ib in Default 0 0 Ib in self weight deformations Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Comment Although the CANDE solution for structural responses is based on either short term or long term properties depending on choice of LOADT both short term and long term properties must be input or defaulted for each problem This is because the both the short term and long term properties are used in the evaluation of the plastic pipe performance in terms of design criteria Although most plastics exhibit significant time dependent stress strain response it is customary to treat them as elastic materials with a modulus dependent on load duration Short term properties are appropriate for shallow burial situations wherein live loads dominate Long term properties are suitable to deep burial conditions
150. The input beam element group number 9068 Input SLPJNT Number of input joints gt maximum joints allowed 9069 Input SLPJNT Joint number NJ is assigned joint location I3 which exceeds bounds Input SLPJNT Joint parameter PFAIL must be larger than the stress level at the 9070 end of slipping 9071 Input STEEL Some pipe sections are zero 9072 Input X ANGLE Cannot compute interface angle 9073 Input READM Material zone number is out of bounds in section D input 9074 Input READM Material model number is out of bounds in section E input Input READM Overburden dependent data points are out of bounds in Section D 9075 input 9076 Input READM Interface number is out of bounds in Section D input 9077 Input READM Not enough soil materials were input 9078 Input READM Not enough interface materials were input 4 33 CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 Output data and viewing options To view any output data that has been created from a previously run input file click File on the CANDE tool bar and choose either Open text input or Open from the drop down menu A browser window is displayed from which the user selects the name of the input file whose output is to be viewed and plotted Next click on View from the CANDE tool bar the drop down menu offers five viewing choices for output consisting of three text files and two i
151. UTCK only or run CANDE performs many checks on the validity 11 15 0 run solution of the input data Some errors may be fatal 15 1 data check such as an inside out element other errors may integer only and stop just be a warning such as skinny elements If Default 0 the user desires to check the validity of the mesh without running the solution set NPUTCK 1 Plot file control IPLOT 16 20 15 integer Control for plot files units10 amp 30 0 No plot files 1 Create 10 2 Create 30 3 Create 10 amp 30 Note For the GuUI this value is ALWAYS set to 3 Unit 10 contains all the finite element mesh data plus all the structural responses for each load step it is intended as the data source for plotting mesh configurations deformed shapes and contours Unit 30 contains the detailed pipe responses RESULT at each node for each load step it is intended as the data source for pipe response plots 5 154 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Response data output IWRT 21 25 15 integer Control for print of response data to the CANDE output file 0 minimal 1 standard 2 plus Duncan 3 plus interface 4 plus Mohr Coulomb CANDE s output file is the primary source of readable output showing the structural respons
152. ace GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 4 2 8 CANDE menu with undefined input iC temp Level3 ANALYS LRFD CONCRETE Input Commands C temp Level3 ANALYS LRFD CONCRETE dat lol xj oJ File Edit Run View Tools Help Window A Xx Oe amp e I ShowHelp J Show input Up dow Material Concrete B 4 Wall Thickness and Reinforcement Properties Master Control A o Master Control 1 Master Control 2 Concrete wall thickniks E _ Pipe Definition B E _ Pipe Definition 1 Concrete Material and Strength Pr Steel area in cage 2 0 in 2 in Concrete Material Properties 2 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Proper Steel areaincage1 TS n 2 in Concrete cover to c l ofcage1 in Bt Concrete Wall Thickness and Rei Concrete Resistance Factors for L i Solution Level Statements C Control Parameters Level 3 L Node Input Level 3 X Element Input Level 3 3 T Boundary Condition Input Leve undefined 5j O Material Definition Statements D val ue s must be L Material Definition 1 z Material Control Parameters resolved X Concrete cover to c l of cage 2 1 4 in Isotropic Linear Elastic Parai L Material Definition 2 Material Control Parameters Materi X Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters Accept Input Cancel Material Definition 3 A Material Control Parameters M ateri X Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters FD Definitions E __ LRFD Load Fac
153. ace thickness TBI centerline of inner cage slab or rib to the center of gravity of the reinforcement 21 30 area F10 0 Default 0 0 in inches Outer cover Concrete cover to Concrete cover thickness from the outer wall surface thickness TBO centerline of outer cage slab or rib to the center of gravity of the reinforcement 31 40 area F10 0 Default 0 0 in inches Inner row Spacing between rows of CANDE uses the SLI parameter only for predicting spacing SLI rebar on inner surface crack width in the Gergely Lutz formula and the Heger 41 50 McGrath formula F10 0 Default 2 0 in inches Outer row Spacing between rows of CANDE uses the SLO parameter only for predicting spacing SLO rebar on outer surface crack width in the Gergely Lutz formula and the Heger 51 60 McGrath formula F10 0 Default 2 0 in inches Inner layers of steel NI 61 65 15 integer Number of layers of reinforcement to form inner cage steel area Default 1 CANDE uses the NI parameter only for predicting crack width using the Heger McGrath formula Note a maximum value of NI 2 is used in formula for n see comment Continue B 6 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Continue B 6 Outer layers of Number of layers of CANDE uses the NO parameter only for predicting steel NO reinforcement to form crack width using the Heger
154. ace element in the Menu driven screens except that input parameter IX 7 is assigned a different code number depending on the desired link connection On the other hand the link element death option can only be activated through the mini batch mode process because the GUI screen does not have a data entry for element death 4 56 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline In summary this two step process of generating menu driven input data followed by a mini batch mode correction is a very effective way of creating input files for all the new capabilities 4 5 2 Viewing Output Files post processing After a successful CANDE run the View tab on the GUI tool bar includes the viewing options listed below e Output Report CANDE e Mesh Plot e Graphs As discussed next these viewing options have different implications with regard to displaying the output from the new capabilities 4 5 2 1 Output report CANDE The Output Report which is the most important document is a complete print file generated by CANDE 2015 program and is navigable by means of an interactive table of contents Since the table of contents and the printed output is generated directly from the CANDE 2015 Engine there is no loss of data or ambiguity with regard to the new capabilities For example the table of contents identifies these capabilities by name such as CONRIB CONTUBE and Link just as it does
155. ackfill material Average density of soil placed over the pipe A typical range of soil density is 100 to 140 pcf SDEN CANDE uses soil density to assign increments 11 20 No default of overburden pressure to the pipe soil system F10 0 Ib ft Number of load steps Number of soil lifts NINC permits the placement of up to 10 NINC load steps intermediate layers of soil up to the final soil 21 25 cover height above the crown This in turn 15 will permit the change of soil stiffness integer Default 1 properties as a function of the current fill height in line C 2 Pipe soil interface ISLIP 26 30 a5 integer Code to specify the pipe soil interface bonding 0 fully bonded no slip 1 frictionless full slip Default 0 Level 1 based on the Burns and Richard elasticity solutions permits the selection of two pipe soil interface conditions For ISLIP 0 the interface is fully bonded so that both normal and shear forces are transmitted across the interface For ISLIP 1 the interface is frictionless so that only normal forces are transmitted across the interface It is generally recommended to use ISLIP 0 to be conservative in assessing pipe distress 5 102 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Comment Level 1 is based on the Burns and Richard elasticity solution for a deeply buried circular pipe in an ideal homogenous soi
156. actored responses In the design mode the designer is given additional control on the previous page to design with more or less conservatism and to permit turning on or off any of the criterion to fit the problem at hand Limiting the plastic penetration in corrugated metal is a newly proposed strength criterion that replaces the ineffectual plastic moment criterion for metal box culverts We suggest that designers evoke this criterion for all metal culverts This completes the current B set input Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Basic Pipe Type 5 4 1 6 B 1 Basic Sequence Intervals and Properties B 1 Basic Sequence intervals and properties Repeat line B 1 to define all sequences of pipe properties in this group Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE BASIC One or more pipe groups are Basic A 1 XMODE ANALYS This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to ANALYS NOTE This input is not valid for DESIGN Parameter columns format units Input Options Description First pipe element number in this sequence ISEQ1 01 05 15 integer First pipe element number in this sequence No Default ISEQ1 is the beginning local element sequence numbers within this pipe group that shares the s
157. acturers and suppliers and university investigators State DOT designers and their consultants use CANDE when they are confronted with designing large or specialized installations and to choose among alternative designs such as a reinforced concrete arch versus a corrugated metal long span Culvert suppliers and manufacturers use CANDE to design their products for both routine and specialized installations as well as for investigating new innovations and product improvements University researchers use CANDE as an analytical tool to interpret experimental tests as well as to test out new modeling theories within the program CANDE 2015 is intended to meet all of these users needs 1 2 History of CANDE CANDE 1976 The first version of CANDE was released in 1976 References 1 amp 2 under the sponsorship of Federal Highway Administration FHWA The development work a three year research program was conducted at the Naval Civil Engineering Laboratory in Port Hueneme California The original release of the CANDE program contained the following options and features to be described more fully in later chapters e Execution mode choice Analysis or Design Chapter 1 Introduction CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline e Solution level choice Level 1 2 or 3 Level lis a modified elasticity solution Level 2 is a finite element solutions with an automated mesh for circular culverts and Level 3 is a finite element solution with a user define
158. ad to tail along some curvilinear path If this is not the case the user is notified of the input error The local numbering system for each group of beam column elements is used to output data in sequential order for each group so that the user can plot spatially connected structural responses such as moment thrust and shear diagrams Comment 2 There are five element types available in the CANDE program the quadrilateral and triangle elements for representing soil plane strain solids beam column elements for representing culvert or structure interface elements for simulating sliding friction interfaces between structure and soil and link elements to form various types of connections Figure 5 5 18 illustrates these elements and the nodal connectivity convention As listed below the nodal data in the so called element connectivity array IX 1 IX 2 IX 3 and IX 4 are used to define each element type and distinguish one element type from another 1 Quadrilateral Input the four node numbers IX 1 X 2 X 3 and X 4 connected to element NE in counterclockwise order 2 Triangle Input the three node numbers IX 1 X 2 and IX 3 connected to element NE in counterclockwise order Set IX 4 0 default 3 Beam column Input the two node numbers IX 1 and IX 2 connected to the ends of beam element NE such that X 1 is the head node advancing along the path of the connected beam column elements and X 2 is the
159. additional control on the previous page to design with more or less conservatism and to permit turning on or off any of the criterion to fit the problem at hand This completes the current B set input for PLASTIC Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Steel Pipe Type 5 4 4 1 B 1 Steel Material Properties and Control B 1 Steel Corrugated steel with options for slipping joints Material properties and control Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE STEEL One or more pipe groups are Sieel A 1 XMODE DESIGN ANALYS or This command is applicable parameter is set to either DESIGN or ANALYS if the Design Analysis Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Young s modulus for steel Elastic Young s modulus of steel pipe material Linear stress strain modulus for pipe material see Figure 5 4 7 PE Default 29x 10 psi 01 10 F10 0 Ib in Poisson s ratio Poisson s ratio of pipe Poisson s ratio is used for plane strain PNU material formulation This means that the effective 11 20 linear modulus is PE PE 1 PNU F10 0 Default 0 3 Yield stress of pipe Yield Stress of pipe Stress at end of elastic range same in tension PYIELD material and c
160. advantage of the Short cut method for entering input D 2 Interface Elements The input wizard will generate a beginning and ending set of D 1 D 2 commands to define the interface elements 4 8 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input options Description Number of pipe element number of groups For Level 1 and 2 the number of pipe groups is groups level 3 only Maximum 30 inherently defined 1 For level 3 however more than one pipe group may be specified if it is desired to model more than one pipe material or more than one sequence of connected pipe elements Specifically a pipe group is defined by a pipe material type STEEL for example and the number of pipe elements in that group 1 or more The pipe elements in any group must be connected in an ordered sequence head to toe tracing a curvilinear path representing the mid depth of the structural segment Pipe groups or structural segments may be connected to one another in any fashion or be disconnected For example one pipe group could represent a concrete box culvert and another group could represent an arch shaped steel culvert that is not directly connected because they share no nodes in common Or two concrete culvert groups could represent the left and right footings connected to a group representing an arch shaped steel culvert Heading for output text up to 60
161. aeeeeeeneees 4 28 Figure 4 4 1 CANDE output view Options eee cescese cece cseeceeeeeeeseeeseeesecesecesecsaecsaecsaecaeeeseseaeeeeseeees 4 34 Figure 4 4 2 Viewing the CANDE output report 00 ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceecesecuecsaecsaecaeeeseseneeeeeeeees 4 35 Fig re 4 4 3 CANDE Output V 16 Wer nres sote oe rao iie es aeea po EEEa ar SOENE IES RNET SpE i eis 4 36 Figure 4 4 4 Viewing the CANDE log fe severo eie re e oea o esmee tienpo eree b Ee SEN E PES pE EEEE p i iS 4 39 Figure 4 4 5 Viewing the CANDE log filens vesno cee cseeeeeeeeeeeeeseensceesecsaeceaecsaecsaecaeeeseseaeseneeeees 4 39 Figure 4 4 6 CANDE mesh plot Options isesi cece ceeceseceecseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecesecsecsaecsaecsaecaeeeaeseeeeeneeeees 4 41 Figure 4 4 7 Zooming in on a mesh using Window Area ssssessesesssessresseessrsereserrserrserssressressresseseees 4 42 Figure 4 4 8 Increasing Decreasing font size in Mesh Plot Viewer c ee cescesecsecseecseeseeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 43 Figure 4 4 9 Mesh viewer Options e ee osese di povecscos stags ce pet ess coat anes Vieske ar npero oSCo VEe SERS ENDES Nes 4 44 Figure 4 4 10 Displaying element information in the mesh viewer sssessesseseerssrerrsrreresrerersesreeresrenees 4 45 Figure 4 4 11 Plotting deflections using the mesh Viewer 0 0 0 eee eecceeecesecesecesecsecsaecaeesseeeaeeeeeeeees 4 46 Figure 4 4 12 Sample plot of Horizontal Stress eee ceeeseeeeeeeceseeeseeeseceseceaecsa
162. aeseeeeeeeeereeeeens 4 45 4 4 3 4 Viewing Deformed Shapes c cee ceecescesecesecsseceeeaeeeaeseeeeeeeseseeseessecaecaessaeeaeeens 4 46 4 4 3 5 Viewing soil stress strain COMtOULS ce eee cee cece ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseesecsaecsaecsaeeaeeees 4 47 4 4 3 6 Coincidental boundary CONItIONS 000 ee eee cee ceeeereeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeseesecsaecsaeesaeeaeeees 4 48 44 4 CANDE Graphs for beam element eee eeceeeesecesecneeceecaeecseeeaeeeeeeeeeeeseeeenseenseenaes 4 49 44 4 1 Over view of CANDE Graph Selections eee eeeeeeeeeceeseesecesecnsecsaeeneeeaeeees 4 50 44 4 2 View of pipe group shape and properties eee cece eee eeeceeecesecesecnsecaeceeeaeeees 4 51 4 4 4 3 Graph Optlons s i c5e65 Astelacd ese ienes schon te EE EERE E E AEE O EE TE e OESS 4 52 AAS Results gener tor neee eesse oaee te n aged EE E EE EET EE aE ROS 4 54 4 5 Using GUI with New Capabilities in CANDE 2015 sesesssseessseerssesrrssrrresresreerssrerrnserrreresreeees 4 56 4 5 1 Creating Input Files pre processing eeesseesssreesesrserssrsrreresrerrsstrrrsesteeresrenrssesrrnresrreresre 4 56 4 5 2 Viewing Output Files post processing eee cescesecsecssecsseceecseeeseseeeeseeeeeeeeseeseenseenaes 4 57 4 5 2 1 Output report CANDE icross evers scent cetecseasvbonsebeteeenenenbencobechensensabvasetecennneonvnsesses 4 57 4 5 2 2 Mesh plots pisoi o dives letassande veupshecteess edvecovs osectapas desc ebscsseatp aiveveds cogent dose Wu pexeonsorthede
163. age steel Max Bending Maximum fiber fiber stress stress stress stress psi psi psi psi 80011 Thrust Stress 0 Outer cage Thrust Stress Thrust Stress psi steel stress psi psi psi 80012 Shear Stress 0 Max concrete Shear Stress Shear Stress psi compression psi psi psi 80013 Fraction of 0 Effective shear Maximum Fraction of wall wall yielded stress tensile strain yielded ratio psi in in ratio 80014 Modified area 0 Effective Area Effective Area Modified area PA PA PA PA in in in in in in in in 80015 Modified 0 Effective Effective Modified M of I PI M of I PI M of I PI M of I PI in in in in in in in in 80016 Distance to N 0 Distance to N Distance to N Distance to N A y A y bar A y bar A y bar bar in in in in 80017 Bend stress 0 Crack Width Maximum Bend stress above above yield inch combined yield psi strain psi in in 80018 Strain ratio 0 Crack Depth Percent of Strain ratio max yield inch remaining area max yield ratio ratio Report Description ID 80019 Moment increment current inner strain during iteration in Ib inch 80020 Thrust increment current outer strain during iteration 1b inch 7 15 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 1 5 CANDE 2007 Output Files for Plotting This appendix defines two output files generated by CANDE 2007 that the user may access to p
164. al NSEQ2 1 where NSEQ2 is the ending node of the previous set Second node in set of common properties NSEQ2 66 70 15 integer 2 Node number in a sequence of nodes sharing the same geometric properties Default NPMAT 1 The total number of nodes in a group is the number of beam elements plus 1 i e NPMAT 1 You must continue to supply data for lines B 3 and B 3b until you terminate with NSEQ2 NPMAT 1 e NSEQI1 and NSEQ2 allow the user to change the profile s geometric properties within the group The default values NSEQ1 1 and NSEQ2 NPMAT 1 means the entire group is assigned the same geometrical properties At the other extreme the user may supply lines B 3 and B 3b for each individual node in the group by specifying NSEQ1 and NSEQ2 as 1 1 2 2 3 3 NPMAT 1 NPMAT 1 wherein each node may be assigned individual geometric properties on lines B 3 and B 3b As another example if a group of twelve elements is composed of two sets of geometric properties divided in equal halves then we supply data on lines B3 and B3 b for NSEQ1 1 and NSEQ2 7 representing the first half followed by another set of data on lines B3 and B3 b for NSEQ1 8 and NSEQ2 13 representing the second half If NHEL gt 0 Proceed to Line B 3b to define all horizontal elements If NHEL 0 and NSEQ2 lt NPMAT 1 Repeat line B 3 If LRFD 1 Proceed to Line B 4 after all B 3 and B3 b lines are complete
165. al with all the new capabilities Chapter 4 Section 4 5 provides some work around solutions for the GUI It is generally recommended to use the batch input mode when exercising the new capabilities Chapter 1 Introduction CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 1 INTRODUCTION This user manual is for the CANDE 2015 computer program which is the most recent in the series of CANDE programs This user manual contains all the input instructions that are found in the standard CANDE 2007 2011 user manuals plus more The additional information includes input instructions for special modeling capabilities that were recently developed under sponsorship of various industries and the author See previous page for a synopsis of these special capabilities as well as the CANDE history below Unlike the CANDE 2007 2011 program the CANDE 2015 program and manuals are not currently available through the TRB website However executable copies of the program and manuals may be obtained by visiting CandeForCulverts com or contacting Dr Michael G Katona mgkatona comcast net 1 1 Purpose of CANDE CANDE 2015 is a computer program developed for the structural design and analysis of buried culverts hence the acronym CANDE stands for Culvert ANalysis and DEsign CANDE s finite element methodology is based on a two dimensional slice of the culvert installation so that both the culvert structure and soil mass are modeled as a combined soil structure s
166. alue Value of y loading or y Depending on IFLAG 2 BV 2 is the y force BV 2 displacement that will be applied in load step IA Or BV 2 26 35 is the y displacement that will be specified in F10 0 Default 0 0 load step IA Note that positive values are in Ib inch or inch the upward direction 5 151 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Angle for skewed Angle for skewed The x and y boundary conditions specified boundary input boundary input above are re interpreted to a rotated coordinate BV 3 system x and y BV 3 is the counter 36 45 Default 0 0 deg clockwise angle from the x axis to the x axis F10 0 degrees Load step Load step number for Force loading conditions are applied only in IA above loading load step number IA Displacement loading 46 50 conditions are applied in load step number IA 15 Default 1 and remain in effect for all subsequent integer increments Comment The new boundary conditions are recorded in the CANDE output report under the heading Level 2 Extended after the original canned mesh boundary conditions are printed Proceed to Part D 5 152 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 6 Solution Level 3 Level 3 is the traditional method of defining mesh data for input i
167. ame material properties up to and including ISEQ2 This feature allows changing the material properties within the pipe group See example in Note 2 Last pipe element number in this sequence ISEQ2 06 10 15 integer Last pipe element number in this sequence Default ISEQ1 ISEQ2 is the ending local element sequence number within this pipe group that shares the same material properties with all elements in the sequence ISEQ1 to ISEQ2 See example in Note 2 Young s modulus for this sequence of pipe material PE 11 20 F10 0 Ib in Young s modulus for this sequence of pipe material No Default The BASIC element is not associated with any particular material hence no default values or design option A linear stress strain model is the only option characterized by PE Poisson s ratio for this sequence of pipe material PNU 21 30 F10 0 Poisson s ratio for this sequence of pipe material No Default Poisson s ratio is used for plane strain formulation This means that the effective modulus is PE PE 1 PNU Area of pipe wall section per unit length for sequence PA 31 40 F10 0 in in Area of pipe wall section per unit length for sequence No Default This is the pipe s wall cross sectional area per unit length of pipe which provides resistance to hoop or column compression or tension Cha
168. and other similar system error messages Very often these types of errors can be traced back to incorrect input data as opposed to a bug in the CANDE program In such cases the user should carefully review the input data as listed in the CANDE Output Report not the input data file The CANDE Output Report lists all the input data as interpreted and or generated by CANDE in an easy to understand format As a last resort the user may contact the CANDE program developers to help determine the source of the error 4 3 3 CANDE input consistency checking CANDE input documents that are generated by the input menus contain input tags at the beginning of each input line These tags serve several purposes e They provide a quick description of the input line if a user is reviewing a CANDE input document in a text editor e Inthe CANDE input text editor they facilitate the use of the smart help used by the CANDE text editor by providing help as the user moves to a new input column e When the CANDE analysis engine is running a consistency check is performed as the input document is read that checks the expected input line and compares it with the actual input line If the two don t match a warning is provided to the user CANDE will continue to read the input file but messages will be provided to guide the user if an input line is missing or out of place This consistency check can be particularly useful if the user is generating a CANDE i
169. anding element with only one edge F10 0 Default 4 0 supported the k value is 0 43 See comments dimensionless below Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Comment on Section Properties CANDE uses the web and horizontal element input data to calculate the cross sectional area per inch the moment of inertia per inch and the distance to the neutral axis measured from the inner fiber The computed properties are displayed in the CANDE output report Comment on Local Buckling CANDE uses AASHTO Equations 12 12 3 5 3c to determine if the thrust strain induces local buckling in the web and or horizontal profile elements If so the cross sectional properties are appropriately reduced which results in increased stresses due to loss of effective area Subsequent load steps utilize the reduced section properties which in turn can lead to an increased rate of local buckling Every element of the pipe group is examined to determine its individual state of local buckling If NSEQ2 lt NPMAT 1 Return to line B 2 for another set of profile geometry If LRFD 1 Proceed to Line 4B Otherwise Set B is complete Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 3 6 B 3 Plastic Safety Factors for Working Stress Design B 3 Plastic D WSD Working Stress safety factors and performance requirements Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE PLAS
170. apability See Figure 4 4 23 Because the report is dynamic a user can customize a report at any time to include as much or as little information from the CANDE plot files as needed Figure 4 4 23 CANDE output results browser AE Generated Outpu 0j NCHRP 1 5 28 CANDE dev Working Task_9_ Tutorials Example06 Tutorial6L2CONC ANALYS LRED TREN Gem outi amp Row Col 23 16 HREKAARAAAAAAARAAA TREE AA ERRATA AREER ERATE RARER ERE EEEE EEEE EEEE Find Program Title CANDE 2007 Version 1 0 0 0 beta Find Next lI Last Updated 05 11 2007 License No XXXXXX Output Table of Contents A 5 NOTE This a Beta Version of CANDE 2007 s title 237 in conc rein arch 2 ft cover HRKAAARAAA AAA AERA ATA EEAAA RRA TRAE REET R ERATE EERE RRR ARERR RRA T H mesh information general mesh information displacer TITLE 237 in Conc Rein Arch 2 ft Cover E general mesh information beam eler LEVEL 2 i mesh beam elements load step USER mmlynarski DATE mesh beam elements load step mesh beam elements load step mesh beam elements load step mesh beam elements load step mesh beam elements load step mesh beam elements load step E mash hasn alamants land oa b RKKEKAAAEKAAAEERERAEEEERAEEREEREEEEREREEEERERERER EEE REREEERERERERERERERERERE COPYRIGHT C 2007 NATION
171. aped or inside out Comment The altered node coordinates are recorded in the CANDE output report under the heading Level 2 Extended after the unaltered canned mesh nodes are printed Proceed to line CX 3 5 148 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 5 3 CX 3 Level 2 Extended Element Number and Property Array CX 3 Element number and property array Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 C 1 WORD1 MOD All three mesh options Pipe Box or Arch Use ONLY if the Make changes to the basic mesh parameter is set to MOD CX 1 NEWEL gt 0 Repeat this command for each element that is to be changed with new properties Skip if NEWEL 0 Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Modified element NE 01 05 15 integer Element whose properties are to be changed Default none NE is an element number from an automated Level 2 canned mesh whose property array integer codes is to be redefined Of the six property array integers the first four are the nodal connectivity which are rarely revised The last two property array integers the material ID number and the load step number are well suited for revision Node NP 1 06 10 15 integer Node I of NE s connectivity Default blank
172. ar LRFD Level 1 2 or 3 5 34 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 2 4 B 4 Concrete Case 1 Wall Thickness and Reinforcement Properties B 4 Concrete Case1_ 2 Wall thickness and reinforcement properties Case 1 Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups is Concrete CONCRETE B 3 RSHAPE STAND or ELLIP This command is only applicable if the Reinforcement Shape set on the previous command is set to Standard or Elliptical A 1 XMODE ANALYS This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to ANALYS NOTE This input is not valid for DESIGN Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Concrete wall Concrete wall thickness This specified thickness is constant for all thickness elements in this group Enter a non zero value PT Default none 01 10 F10 0 inches Steel area in cage 1 Steel area in cage 1 a If RSHAPE STAND ASI cage 1 is the ASI smeared average per unit rebar paralleling the inner wall 11 20 length of pipe If RSHAPE ELLIP ASI cage 1 is the F10 0 Default 0 0 in in only line of rebar in the wall and transitions in in from inner wall to outer wall as described See Figure 5 4 3 Steel area in cage 2 ASO 21 30 F10 0 in in St
173. art of the sequence to the end of the sequence see comment 1 below Node Node I for element NE IX 1 is the first node in the element IX 1 connectivity array All element types require a 06 10 Default none nonzero entry See Figure 5 5 18 for element 15 connectivity and comment 2 below integer Node J Node J for element NE IX 2 is the second node in the element IX 2 connectivity array All element types require a 11 15 Default none nonzero entry See Figure 5 5 18 for element 15 connectivity and comment 2 below integer Node K Node K for element NE IX 3 is the third node in the element IX 3 connectivity array For beam column elements 16 20 Default 0 IX 3 0 default For interface and link 15 elements IX 3 node number not shared with integer any other element and IX 3 must be larger than either IX 1 or IX 2 preferably larger than both 5 162 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Node L Node L for element NE IX 4 is the fourth node in the element IX 4 connectivity array This only applies to 21 25 Default 0 quadrilateral elements For all other element 15 types set IX 4 0 default integer Material Number Material identification Material identification numbers are associated IX 5 number for element NE with element typ
174. assigned to each load step 5 7 1 E 1 LRFD Net Load Factor per Load step E 1 LRFD net load factor per load step Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is 2 or 3 A 1 LRFD 1 Use only if the Method of Analysis is set to LRFD 1 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Starting load step Starting load step number INCRS is the load step at which the load factor INCRS to apply the same load below will be applied The first E 1 input must 01 05 factor specify INCRS 1 Subsequent E 1 inputs for 15 Default 1 INCRS if needed must specify INCRS integer INCRL previous 1 Last load step Last load step number to INCRL is the last load step in this sequence of INCRL apply the same load load steps that share the same load factor 06 10 factor specified below When INCRL NINC the 15 Default INCRS input of E 1 data is complete NINC total integer number of load steps specified in Part C Load factor LRFD load factor applied FACTOR is the net load factor applied to the FACTOR to the load steps INCRS load steps INCRS to INCRL inclusive It is 11 20 through INCRL the user s responsibility to determine the F10 0 Default 1 00 appropriate value of FACTOR that correlates dimensionless to each load step Table 5 7 1 provides See Table 5 7 1 information on load factors base
175. at the crown 14 integer Pipe element sequence Pipe element sequence JLOC 2 local element sequence number that number for second number containing identifies the pipe element containing the joint second joint second joint JLOC 2 05 08 No Default 14 integer e e e Pipe element sequence Pipe element sequence JEOC NUMJ local element sequence number for last joint number containing last number that identifies the pipe element JLOC NUMJ XX XX 14 integer joint containing the last joint The format for column data is up to 15 fields of I4 integers Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Comment The above local element numbers locate where the slipping joints are located in the pipe s circumference Consider for example a circular pipe with a total of four slipping joints that are located near the crown invert and each spring line If we simulate this system with the Level 2 Pipe mesh which is a 10 element half pipe mesh then we would set NUMJ 3 representing the sum of one spring line joint plus one crown half joint plus one invert half joint mirror symmetric system Accordingly we would set JLOC 1 1 representing crown joint JLOC 2 5 or 6 representing spring line joint and JLOC 3 10 representing invert joint As a side note Level 1 is not sensitive to the location of the joints only the total joint travel path
176. aterial Definition 1 fin situ Material Control Parameters Me F Do and HUE arski Do IDEInp Prob p m Beam group 1 Aluminum jm Bending moment lb injin O B Bending mo put Re Documents and Settings Ma a Docume ANDEInp e orialProble m Row col 2573 3 ASSESSMENT SUMMARY ALUMINUM GROUP 1 LOAD STEP 4 c ad 2 ea 33 8 WORKING STRESS SAFETY FACTORS AT STEP 4 FOR ALUMINUM GROUP 1 a 16 9 RA f Output Table of Contents DESIGN CRITERION CONTROL MAXIMUM FAILURE SAFETY 3 00 NODE RESPONSE LIMIT FACTOR E design solution a d 16 9 10 2 a y solution output results MATERIAL THRUST psi 6 356 24000 67 466 5 finite element output for 5 finite element output for BUCKLING THRUST psi 6 356 19432 54 626 iva 8 E finite element output for finite element output for I SEAM THRUST psi 6 356 24000 67 466 Distance along beam ll nodal displact g 8 Eo EEE PLASTIC PENETRATE o 0 00 100 00 10000 000 N B za I 7 NY By PJR af GIR AR continuum element c S aluminum service e structural fespor CALCULATED PERFORMANCE MEASURES AT STEP 4 FOR ALUMINUM GROUP 1 strain and yieldir lt E assessment sums lt gt PERCENT VERTICAL DEFLECTION sssseeeeeeeees oo S Conrdinates x 174 62 v 37 31 i v Menu Selected Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters Done j 4 1 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 Input Option
177. atio Moduli averaging ratio During the iteration process CANDE RATIO 06 15 F10 0 determines the effective soil modulus over each load step as a weighted average of the tangent stiffness at the start and at the end of the load step Setting RATIO 0 5 is generally recommended and means an evenly balanced average However if one is modeling pre existing soil such as in situ soil or beddings Default 0 5 then it is more appropriate to set RATIO 1 0 This only applies to the first load step then automatically reverts back to RATIO 0 5 on subsequent load steps 5 184 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Soil model Selection of Duncan or The Duncan and Duncan Selig models are the IBULK Duncan Selig soil model two most popular models used for 16 20 characterizing the stress dependent stiffness of 15 backfill soil in culvert installations The integer models are very similar 0 Duncan Setting IBULK 0 selects the Duncan formulation hyperbolic model for tangent Young s 1 Duncan Selig formulation Default 0 modulus along with Duncan s power law for the tangent bulk modulus See Table 5 6 4 for built in parameters associated with MATNAM Setting IBULK 1 selects the Duncan hyperbolic model for tangent Young s modulus along with Selig s hyperbolic l
178. ations are used 3 sided structures with in CANDE for design analysis evaluation in less than 2 feet of fill both working stress and LRFD methodology See comments below Default 1 Comment on shear strength CANDE offers four options for estimating the shear strength of the concrete cross sections which are applicable to either working stress or LRFD design analysis evaluation Note the shear strength equations are not part of the r c constitutive model so that they do not influence the structural responses rather the shear strength equations are only used only to evaluate the safety and performance The four options are VFACTOR gt 0 0 Older traditional method The shear strength equation is given by VFACTOR multiplied by the square root of PFPC to give shear strength in terms of psi units The shear strength is multiplied by the shear depth d to get shear capacity in terms of lbs inch If VFACTOR 0 then the shear capacity is determined by the choice of NSHEAR NSHEAR 1 Concrete pipes and arches The associated shear strength equation is adapted from AASHTO LRED specifications 12 10 4 2 5 which is based on the work by Heger and McGrath 1983 In this model the shear capacity is dependent on the moment thrust and shear at the cross section so that the shear capacity varies around the structure Tim McGrath provided the modified equations that are used in CANDE and the resulting shear capacity is printed out at ea
179. automatically be integer positive set to a negative increment if NNP is less than Default 1 NP Pressure at NP Pressure magnitude at Linear varying pressure loads can be specified PJ first node NP between nodes NP and NNP and the 61 70 intervening generated nodes by setting PJ F10 0 pressure at node NP and PK pressure at node Ib in NNP Pressure is normal to the line segment Default 0 0 psi between successive pairs of nodes remaining normal on curved surfaces Positive pressure points to the left when traveling from NP to NNP 5 172 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Pressure at NNP Pressure magnitude at If PK PJ the pressure will be uniform over PK second node NNP the surface from NP to NNP Otherwise the 71 80 pressure will vary linearly from the value PI at F10 0 NP to the value PK at NNP Ib in To use the pressure option set IIFLG 1 0 Default 0 0 psi and IIFLG 2 0 Comments 1 Any node that is not specified or generated on line C 5 is automatically assigned the force boundary code IIFLG 1 HFLG 2 0 and the specified external forces are set equal to zero BIVD 1 BIVD 2 0 2 For nodes that do not have beam elements attached i e only quadrilaterals triangles and interface elements there is no rotational degree of freedom as
180. aves material number as place holder CANDE saves the material number but requires the user to define the material number later 4 Node location Node I Node location Node J 6 Node location Node K n 7 24 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 2 4 NASTRAN Input Data Card CQUAD4 Quadrilateral Plate Element Description Defines an isoparametric quadrilateral plate element Format and Example ee a es a ee fe E E a N CQUADS EID e G1 G21 G a a e ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee ee Field Contents EID Unique element identification number INTEGER PID Identification number of a PSHELL property card INTEGER G1 G1 G3 G4 Grid point identification numbers of connection points INTEGER CANDE Implementation Field Description Notes 2 Retrieves element number CANDE cannot skip number elements If the NASTRAN elements are skip numbered CANDE will renumber them sequentially 3 Saves material number as place holder CANDE saves the material number but requires the user to define the material number later 4 Node location Node I NOTE CANDE does not accept elements that are input clockwise If the NASTRAN element is clockwise CANDE will produce and error and the user will need to manually change the orientation 5 Node location Node J Node location Node K 7 Node location Node L a 7 25 Cha
181. aw for tangent bulk modulus See Table 5 6 5 for built in parameters associated with MATNAM If MATNAM USER information is required additional input Modified model option for unloading NEWDSk 21 25 I5 i integer Option for original or modified formulation NEWDSK means New Duncan Selig Katona formulation 0 Original nonlinear elastic formulation 1 Modified nonlinear plastic like behavior Default 0 The Original Duncan and Duncan Selig models are nonlinear elastic models that are intended for predominantly loading conditions The Modified model developed by Katona produces permanent deformation upon unloading Choose NEWDSK 0 for typical culvert installations wherein the backfill soil is predominantly subjected to loading conditions Choose NEWDSK 1 when soil loading and unloading is significant such as temporary compaction loads or soil excavation If in doubt choose NEWDSK 1 The Modified model uses exactly the same input model parameters as the Original model Comments 1 The Duncan and Duncan Selig models are considered the best soil models in CANDE to represent the true nonlinear behavior of backfill soil during the construction and placement of soil surrounding the culvert structure 2 The Original and Modified formulations produce essentially the same results under loading conditions however the Modified formulation produces much more realisti
182. beta function satisfies the continuity requirement in transforming from loading to unloading stiffness See the CANDE 2015 Solutions and Formulations Manual or Reference 10 for complete details if lel lt 90 otherwise B 0 cos6 JAO Ao O04 load history surface Unload Reload Domain i linear elastic Deviatoric stress Oq Arbitrary stress path Minimum compressive stress o3 Proceed to line D 4 5 189 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 4 2 D 4 Duncan Duncan Selig Parameters for Tangent Bulk Modulus D 4 Duncan Duncan Duncan Selig parameters for tangent bulk modulus Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 3 Use only if the Material Model Type is Duncan Selig 3 D 1 MATNAM USER Use only if the Material Name MATNAM is defined as USER Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Magnitude of tangent bulk modulus BK 01 10 F10 0 dimensionless Magnitude of tangent bulk modulus K Duncan power law B P Selig hyper form Default 0 0 The entry for BK must be consistent with the previous choice for IBULK For IBULK 0 set BK to Duncan s magnitude number noted as K in the equation below For IBULK 1 set BK to Selig s magnitude ratio noted as B P in
183. ble Precision Angle of rotated coordinates to define boundary conditions Soil Information lt soilData gt lt soil gt 1 to numSoilMaterials Tag Type Description matID Integer Soil material identifier iTYP Integer CANDE soil material type density double precision Soil density matName String Specifies either a CANDE predefined soil name or user provided description Interface Information lt interfaceData gt lt interface gt 1 to numInterfaceMaterials Tag Type Description matID Integer Interface material identifier matName String String to describe the material angle double precision Angle from x axis to normal of interface coeffFriction double precision Coefficient of friction between nodes I and J tensileForce double precision Tensile breaking force of contact nodes I and J 7 6 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 1 2 Mesh results format The following is the XML mesh results format that is used by CANDE for the plotting of the mesh results using the CANDE mesh viewer This file is automatically generated by CANDE for Levels 2 and 3 The definition of the XML tags is provided in tables at the end of this section lt CANDEMeshResults gt lt Control gt lt numNodes gt 265 lt
184. button is available in the input menus With this command the user may input one row of section properties and then copy those values to a group of rows i e a group of nodes Comment In the simplest case if all beam nodes in this group have the same section properties set NSEQI1 1 and NSEQ2 NPMAT 1 and all geometric section properties are defined with one input line for B 4 More generally the above input feature allows the user to change the section properties within this pipe group using multiple input lines for B 4 Note however the material properties are fixed for this group To change material properties such as the strength of the concrete or steel the user would need to define a separate pipe group As an example of changing section properties suppose that the current pipe group is defined with 24 pipe elements 25 nodes Suppose further that the first 10 elements have the same set of section properties element 11 is a transition element and the remaining 13 elements have another set of common section properties In this case we would input the first node sequence as NSEQI 1 and NSEQ2 11 to define common section properties to the first 10 elements Next we would input the second node sequence as NSEQ1 12 and NSEQ2 25 to define common section properties for elements 12 to 24 Note that the transition element bounded by nodes 11 and 12 would be implicitly defined by the average of the two sets of geometric prope
185. c results if unloading conditions are imposed on the soil such as the removal of temporary loads 5 185 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline If MATNAM USER proceed to lines D 3 and D 4 Otherwise input is complete for this material next step options e Return to line D 1 for more material input or e If LRFD 1 Proceed to Part E otherwise e Input is complete insert STOP command line A 1 Table 5 6 4 Material names MATNAM and values for Duncan model IBULK 0 MATNAM Young s Tangent Modulus Parameters Bulk Parameters Density K n C Qo AQ Re K m reference word C psi deg deg ___C amp lb ft CA105 600 0 40 0 0 42 9 0 7 175 0 2 150 CA95 300 0 40 0 0 36 5 0 7 75 0 2 140 CA90 200 0 40 0 0 33 3 0 7 50 0 2 135 SM100 600 0 25 0 0 36 8 0 7 450 0 0 135 SM90 300 0 25 0 0 32 4 0 7 250 0 0 125 SM85 150 0 25 0 0 30 2 0 7 150 0 0 120 SC100 400 0 60 3 5 33 0 0 7 200 0 5 135 SC90 150 0 60 2 1 33 0 0 7 75 0 5 125 SC85 100 0 60 1 4 33 0 0 7 50 0 5 120 CL100 150 0 45 2 8 30 0 0 7 140 0 2 135 CL90 90 0 45 1 4 30 0 0 7 80 0 2 125 CL85 60 0 45 0 7 30 0 0 7 50 0 2 120 MATNAM is composed of two letters and a number defined as follows CA Course Aggregates SM Silty Sand SC Silty Clayey Sand and CL Silty Clay Number percent relative compaction per AASHTO T 99 Table 5 6 5
186. c test data and the hyperbolic model is considered to be more realistic than the power law model e The user may choose either the hyperbolic bulk modulus function and bulk are operable in original and the Return to line D 1 for more material definition if needed Proceed to Part E if LRFD 1 Otherwise this completes the input stream for this problem insert STOP command 5 191 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 5 D 2 Overburden Dependent User Defined Elastic Prop vs Overburden Pressure D 2 Over Overburden dependent user defined elastic properties vs overburden pressure Note if a special MATNAM was selected skip this D 2 input line Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 4 Use only Dependent 4 if the Material Model is Overburden Type D 1 MATNAM USER Use only if the Material Name MATNAM is defined as USER Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Last item indicator LIMIT NOTE This input specific to the GUI is Enter an L to indicate this is the last overburden dependent row to be entered Once an L is encountered all subsequent rows in the table will be ignored Overburden pressure H N 01 10 F10 0 Ib in Overburden pressure for table entry N where N 1 to X
187. capability allows not only specified load forces but also structural system components to be added to the system in a predefined series of load steps Although CANDE s scope is not limited to culvert installations the following discussion is keyed to culvert installations The easiest way to understand CANDE s overall architecture is to view it from the perspective of a user who is using CANDE to solve a particular soil culvert problem To initiate a CANDE solution the user begins by making several top level choices that best captures the character of problem to be solved Figure 2 1 shows these top level selection categories in shaded boxes designated as Execution Mode Evaluation Methodology Solution Level Pipe Groups and Type and System Choices To the right of the shaded boxes are the various choices that may be selected for each top level category only one choice is selected for each category in any particular problem The particular set of choices for the top level categories dictates the subsequent stream of input data It also controls the solution flow path through the program as well as characterizing the nature of the output Each top level category is discussed below 2 2 Execution mode Execution mode is the choice between design and analysis By analysis it is meant that a particular culvert and soil system are defined in terms of geometry material properties and loading conditions and solved by the chosen solution level The
188. ceed yield surface A thorough development of the Mohr Coulomb formulation is given in CANDE 2015 Solution Methods and Formulations Manual Mohr Coulomb Parameters Conservative values for the elastic parameters E and p were given previously in Table 5 6 6 in conjunction with the Overburden Dependent soil model Conservative values for the Mohr Coulomb plasticity parameters c and are provided in the table below for the same three classes of soil and two levels of compaction For example the conservative recommendation for a mixed soil with a good level of compaction is c 3 5 psi and p 33 degrees Of course it is always best to conduct tri axial tests on the soil and determine the parameters directly Table 5 6 7 Conservative recommendations for Mohr Coulomb yield surface parameters Soil Class Granular Mixed Cohesive Compaction Good Fair Good Fair Good Fair Cohesion intercept c 0 0 0 0 3 5 2 0 6 0 4 0 psi Angle internal friction 40 329 33 28 25 18 degrees Return to line D 1 for more material definition if needed Then proceed to Part E if LRFD 1 Otherwise this completes the input stream for this problem insert STOP command line A 1 5 204 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 7 Part E Net LRFD Load Factors This section provides a description of the LRFD Load Factors One unique net load factor must be
189. ch node along with equivalent v factor interpretation NSHEAR 2 Concrete boxes and 3 sided structures with at least 2 feet of fill The associated shear strength equations are given directly in AASHTO LRFD specifications 5 14 5 3 1 In this model the shear capacity is dependent on the moment and shear at the cross section so that the shear capacity varies around the structure The resulting shear capacity is printed out at each node along with equivalent v factor interpretation NSHEAR 3 Concrete boxes and 3 sided structures with less than 2 feet of fill The associated shear strength equations are given in AASHTO LRFD specifications 5 8 3 3 For this model it is assumed that the concrete sections are not prestressed and that simplified procedure defined in Section 5 8 3 4 1 is applicable so that the diagonal crack parameters are taken as B 2 and 0 45 degrees thereby producing a constant but conservative shear capacity Comment on transverse reinforcement CANDE does not directly include transverse reinforcement e g stirrups for diagonal cracking and or radial tension in the reinforced concrete model However the new version of CANDE computes the required shear force at each node if any that the transverse reinforcement must sustain over and above the concrete shear strength With this information the designer can readily determine the required stirrup size and spacing Proceed to line B 2 Chapter 5 Detail
190. coordinate specified from previous node 2 y coordinate specified from previous node 3 x and y coordinates from previous nodes Default 0 KRELAD is an advanced scheme that permits the coordinates of node NNP to be set equal to coordinates of previously defined nodes Used with MODEG 0 or 2 For KRELAD 0 the actual x and y coordinates will be input by the user in variables XCOORD and YCOORD later in this the C 1 data line For KRELAD 1 the x coordinate of NNP will be set equal to the x coordinate of a previously defined node number entered into XCOORD For KRELAD 2 the y coordinate of NNP will be set equal to the y coordinate of a previously defined node number entered into YCOORD For KRELAD 3 the x coordinate of NNP will be set equal to the node entered into XCOORD and the y coordinate set equal to the node entered in YCOORD 5 158 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Special generation code LGTYPE 09 09 11 integer A code number to activate special node generation schemes 0 no special generation modes are activated 1 x coordinates determined by Laplace scheme 2 y coordinates determined by Laplace scheme 4 one quarter of an ellipse will be generated Default 0 LGTYPE provides advanced nodal generation opti
191. cription Columns 1 10 Safety factor protects against excessive thrust force causing Default 3 aluminum material yielding of the entire cross section tension or compression Typical PFS range is 2 0 to 3 0 Range 1 to 10 zi Using the text editor you may change the values and locations of any variable add lines of input and or delete lines of input Of course the data must conform to the formatted instructions in the detailed CANDE input manual in Chapter 5 In essence you are creating a text mode input file but taking advantage of pre existing data file Once the file is created it should be saved prior to running CANDE At first glance a GUI generated data file looks different than a standard batch mode input file because each line of GUI data starts in column 28 rather than column 1 This is because the GUI uses the first 27 columns to tag each line of input corresponding to the designation in the user manual as defined in Chapter 5 The advantage of placing the tag in front of the input line is that the editor works as a smart editor That is the tags are used to provide help at the bottom of the screen as the user changes columns in the input file If a tag is present at the beginning of the line the help at the bottom of the screen will change as the user moves to a new field based on the CANDE input document fixed format described in Chapter 5 This provides the user with interactive guidance regarding which columns
192. cription columns format units Material New material ID number The material identification number for soil NP 5 elements may be changed by setting NP 5 26 30 Default blank equal to any material ID number subsequently 15 no change defined in Part D To retain the material ID integer number assigned in Level 2 leave this entry blank Load step New load step number The load step number or load step number of NP 6 Default blank any element may be changed by setting NP 6 31 35 no change equal to the new desired load step number To 15 retain the original load step leave blank integer Comment The altered element properties are recorded in the CANDE output report under the heading Level 2 Extended after the unaltered canned mesh element properties are printed Proceed to line CX 4 5 150 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 5 4 CX 4 Level 2 Extended Nodal Loads and or Displacements to be applied CX 4 Nodal loads or displacements to be applied Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 C 1 WORD1 MOD All three mesh options Pipe Box or Arch Use ONLY if the Make changes to the basic mesh parameter is set to MOD CX 1 NEWBD gt 0 Repeat this command for each element that is to be changed with new properties Skip if NEWBD 0
193. cssecseecseeeeeseseeeeeeseeeseensecsaecsaecsaecsaecaeeeaeseaeeeeeeeeees 4 13 Figure 4 2 10 Import log Window eeceecceecesecesecssecssecseecaeeeseeeaeeeeeeeesscensecsaecsaecsaecsaecaeeeaeseaeeeneeeees 4 13 Figure 4 2 11 Opening an existing CANDE input document eee eeeeseceseceecesecseecaeecseeeeseeeeeeees 4 17 Figure 4 2 12 Opening an existing CANDE input document in the CANDE input text editor 4 18 Figure 4 2 13 CANDE input menu OVervVieW e ee eeeceee cece cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeesceceesecssecsaecsaecsaecaeesaeseaeseeeeeees 4 19 Figure 4 2 14 Activating CANDE input menu persistent help eee ee ee eeeecese esse cree ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 20 Figure 4 2 15 Activating CANDE input menu Show Input oo eeeceseceeeseceeeeecneesecaeeeesseseeeeeene 4 21 Figure 4 2 16 CANDE input menus range Violation cece eee eeeeeeceesceseceseceaecsaecseecaeeeseseaeseeeeeees 4 22 Figure 4 2 17 Error in CANDE input menus with an invalid character 0 0 ee cscs eseeseeeseeeeeeeeeeeees 4 23 Figure 4 2 18 Opening an existing CANDE input document using the CANDE input text editor 4 25 Figure 4 2 19 Summary of CANDE input text editor eee eeeceeecnsecesecenecaecsaecaeesseeeneeeeeeeeees 4 26 Figure 4 3 1 Running CANDE 2007 analysis 000 cee cee cseeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeensecsecsaecnaecsaecaeecaeseaeeeneeneees 4 28 Figure 4 3 2 View of CANDE Analysis while running ee eee eeceeeceeeceeceneceneceaecaeesseee
194. current B set input Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined End of CONTUBE input instructions 5 100 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 Part C Solution Levels This section provides input instructions for the chosen solution level The solution level input is specified in command A 1 see Section 5 3 1 A 1 Master Control Input Data with further selection for level 2 options specified in command A 2 see 5 3 2 A 2 Pipe Selection Based on this input go to one of the following sections Solution Level 1 Solution Level 2 Pipe Solution Level 2 Box Solution Level 2 Arch Solution Level 3 5 101 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Solution Level 1 5 5 1 1 C 1 Level 1 Major Input Parameters C 1 L1 Major input parameters Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 1 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 1 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Average diameter of pipe PDIA 01 10 F10 0 inches Average diameter of pipe No Default PDIA OD ID 2 average diameter from mid wall to mid wall This applies to all circular pipe types in deep burial installations See Figure 5 5 1 as a conceptual illustration of the boundary value problem Soil density of backfill material Soil density of b
195. d Guideline 7 2 6 NASTRAN Input Data Card SPC Single Point Constraint Description Defines the location of a geometric grid point of the structural model and its permanent single point constraints Format and Example ko eae ae IS Se T a ae fe E a an 2a aa we ae A ae Pc a ee ee ee Field Contents SID Identification number of the single point constraint set INTEGER Gl Grid point identification number INTEGER Cl Component number any of the digits 1 6 with no embedded blanks INTEGER D1 Value of enforced displacement G2 Grid point identification number INTEGER C2 Component number any of the digits 1 6 with no embedded blanks INTEGER D2 Value of enforced displacement CANDE Implementation For each SPC command detected CANDE will place a boundary condition CANDE converts the NASTRAN boundary codes as described in the following table If one of boundary codes 1 2 or 6 is not detected the SPC command will be ignored NASTRAN CANDE CANDE x y xy rotation Boundary IIFLG 1 IIFLG 2 displacement displacement Code X Code Y Code 1 2 0 Fixed Free Free 2 0 2 Free Fixed Free 12 2 2 Fixed Fixed Free 16 1 0 Fixed Free Fixed 26 0 1 Free Fixed Fixed 126 1 1 Fixed Fixed Fixed Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 2 7 NASTRAN Input Data Card FORCE Static Load Description Defines a static load at a grid point by specifying a
196. d by increments of overburden pressure _ height increment DENSTY Typically the user should set DENSTY soil density defined in Part D Comment See Figure 5 5 2 through Figure 5 5 5 for view of all mesh topologies and illustration of soil height definitions for embankment and trench meshes When interface elements are added to the mesh see Table 5 5 2 and Table 5 5 3 to see the changes in the nodal numbering scheme Proceed to line C 3 5 110 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 2 3 C 3 Level 2 Pipe Mesh Control Variables C 3 L2 Pipe Control variables Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 A 2 NPCAN 1 Pipe Mesh Use ONLY if the Canned Mesh Code is set to 1 Pipe Mesh Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Number of load steps Number of load steps to Any number of load steps may be specified for NINC be executed execution in a given problem The first five 01 05 load steps include the gravity loads from the 15 N any number from 1 components listed below After load step 5 the integer to say 20 soil cover height above the truncated mesh height 2 PDIA is applied in increments 1 lump all loads into 1 NINC 5 of equivalent overburden pressure step In summary the steps are N mimic Level 1 1
197. d length Centroid is assumed at mid depth of cross section See Table 5 4 4 and Table 5 4 5 for section properties of standard corrugated steel shapes Section modulus of pipe wall unit length PS 21 30 F10 0 in in Section modulus of pipe wall per unit length No Default The section modulus is equal to the moment of inertia divided by one half of the corrugation depth PI h 2 Plastic Section Modulus for Deep Corrugations PZ is the section plastic modulus which is only used to compute If the plastic section modulus is entered as zero or defaulted then CANDE does not evaluate the combined criterion If PZ gt 0 0 then PZ AASHTO combined CANDE evaluates and prints the combined 31 40 thrust moment criterion moment thrust diagnostics at each node and F10 0 12 8 9 5 1 for deep evaluates the maximum response Applicable in in corrugations to both LRFD and Working Stress options 2 Default 0 0 Z Ma lt 1 00 R M e If JOINT gt 0 Proceed to input lines B 2b to define slotted joint parameters e If JOINT 0 and XMODE ANALYSIS and LRFD 0 Part B is now complete e Goto Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined e 6If JOINT 0 and XMODE ANALYSIS and LRFD 1 Proceed to line B 3 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 4 4 Steel 1 Section Properties for Standard
198. d mesh e Pipe type choice Corrugated aluminum basic reinforced concrete plastic and corrugated steel e Soil model choice Linear elastic overburden dependent and nonlinear hyperbolic model by Hardin e Interface choice Bonded frictionless or friction at soil structure interface CANDE 1980 In 1979 FHWA awarded the University of Notre Dame Reference 3 a research contract to extend the CANDE program by adding an automated Level 2 finite element mesh for reinforced concrete box culverts along with an improved concrete constitutive model Also this contract included installing the Duncan hyperbolic soil model originally developed at University of California at Berkeley Later in 1982 FHWA extended the University of Notre Dame contract to develop a special model for corrugated metal culverts to simulate the behavior of slotted joints This study demonstrated that slotted joints which allow slippage and circumferential shortening of the culvert are very effective in reducing the thrust stress in the culvert wall CANDE 1989 Lastly in 1987 FWHA awarded a CANDE maintenance contract to Syro Steel Company a company at the time using CANDE on a daily basis to design long span arch culverts The main purpose of this contract was to produce a unified user manual which incorporated all the previous upgrades to CANDE and to insure that the input output programming was compatible with personal computers Reference 4 In addition a new Lev
199. d on the AASHTO LRFD Specification Comment COMMENT User supplied comments The comment which can be up to 40 21 60 to explain load factor characters in length is printed out with value A40 value FACTOR for each load step The purpose of words Default none the comment is to document the rationale for the load factor value including load modifiers etc Comment If all load steps are assigned the same load factor then the E 1 data line need only be entered once with INCRS 1 and INCRL NINC and the specified FACTOR common to each increment At the other extreme if each load step is assigned a different load factor for whatever reason then line E 1 would be repeated NINC times In this case the first E 1 entry would be INCRS 1 INCRL default and the specified FACTOR for the first load step The second E 1 entry would be INCRS 2 INCRL 5 205 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline default and the specified FACTOR for the second load step and so on through the last entry INCRS NINC INCRL default and the specified FACTOR for the last load step The input for this CANDE run is now complete Enter a STOP command see line A 1 if no additional CANDE problems are to be included in this input file END INPUT Table 5 7 1 Guidance on selecting the net load factor FACTOR Culvert Type Dead Load Culvert Earth fill Loading Vehicle Loading
200. d to model plain concrete without fiber reinforcement set STNMAT 4 STNMAT 1 which simulates abrupt loss of all tensile stress once the cracking strain is reached Proceed to Line B 2 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 5 2 B 2 Concrete strain parameters and models B 2 Conrib Concrete strain parameters and modeling selections Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE e One or more of the declared pipe groups is CONRIB CONRIB e Operates in the analysis mode for Levels 1 2 and 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format Default units Cracking strain Concrete strain at tension The tensile stain that causes concrete cracking is a STNMAT 1 rupture positive sensitive parameter Setting STNMAT 1 0 0 is very 01 10 Default 0 0 conservative Typical range for standard concrete is F10 0 0 00003 to 0 0001 in in Dogleg strain Compressive strain at end This strain level marks the end of the linear stress strain STNMAT 2 of elastic range positive relation in compression 11 20 Default 0 5 PFPC PCE See figure B 1 Conrib F10 0 in in Strain at f Compressive strain at the This strain level marks the end of the yielding range and STNMAT 3 initial strength limit f the beginning of the pure plastic response of concrete in 21 30 positive compression F10 0 Default 0 002 in in See figure B
201. data plus all the structural responses for each 01 05 0 No plot files load step it is intended as the data source for 15 1 Create 10 plotting mesh configurations deformed shapes integer 2 Create 30 and contours 3 Create 10 amp 30 Unit 30 contains the detailed pipe responses Note For the GUI RESULT at each node for each load step it this value is ALWAYS set to 3 is intended as the data source for pipe response plots Response data output Control for print of The CANDE output file is the primary source IWRT response data to the of readable output showing the structural 06 10 CANDE analysis output responses at each load step 15 file IWRT 0 means only the pipe responses integer RESULT are printed no soil system 0 minimal responses IWRT 1 means the pipe responses plus the 1 standard soil system responses are printed recommended 2 plus Duncan IWRT 2 means the standard print plus an iteration trace of the Duncan model soil 3 plus interface elements IWRT 3 means the standard print plus an 4 plus Mohr Coulomb iteration trace of the Interface soil elements IWRT 4 means the standard print plus an iteration trace of the Mohr Coulomb elements Mesh output Control for print of mesh As a companion control to IWRT MGENPR MGENPR data to the CANDE controls the amount of mesh data written to the 11 15 output file CANDE output file 15 1 control data MGEN 1 prints
202. describe the mesh options selected by the 17A4 user words Make changes to the A command word to For WORD2 MOD the user will have the basic mesh subsequently make opportunity to change the basic mesh in terms WORD2 changes to basic mesh of nodal locations element properties and 73 76 prescribed loads This is accomplished by A4 MOD supplying additional data in lines CX 1 word mesh will be through CX 4 after the basic C 1 through C 4 modified data is complete Motivations for changing the basic mesh Default blank include add a live load s simulate voids or No modification rocks in the soil system and to change shapes such as the bedding The default case no modifications applies to many basic problems without the need for modifications Comments Like all Level 2 options the arch mesh is assumed symmetrical about the vertical centerline so that only one half of the system is modeled with finite elements The automated subroutine generates all nodal points and elements to define the arch in situ soil footing backfill soil and interface elements between the arch and backfill soil The number of elements used to define the soil over the arch is dependent on the specified soil cover height above the crown A maximum number of elements 269 total are used for soil cover heights greater or equal to the arch rise For cover heights greater than 1 5 times the arch rise the mesh surface is truncated at this le
203. described in Solution Methods and Formulations Manual However if XNGAP is defined greater than zero the two nodes I and J respond independently from each other until the normal gap becomes closed Once the normal gap is closed the interface behavior follows the original formulation Discussion of Short Cut method of input for interface element properties The so called short cut method of input is a reduction in the number of repetitions of lines D1 amp D2 This short cut is applicable to many common interface situations and in particular it is applicable to all interface options associated with Level 2 The short cut method requires that the interface material numbers are consecutively numbered along the interface path and that the mechanical properties friction coefficient and tension resistance remain the same along the path but not necessarily the interface angle The short cut method only requires input for the first and last material number in the sequence that is input is required for input lines Dland D2 for the first material number and input lines D1 and D2 for the last material number Each intervening interface element material number is automatically assigned an interface angle determined by constructing a local circle through three points which include its own point s coordinates and the point coordinates of two neighboring interface elements on either side of its own point The angle assigned to the interface element
204. drilateral elements into two triangles that are more nearly equal in size in subroutine Genend 2013 e Correction of nonlinear algorithm for corrugated metal that incorrectly increased the amount of plastic penetration due phantom moments in subroutine Emod 2013 e Modified the static condesation algorithm for internal degrees of freedom to avoid a rare division by zero problem occuring in quadrilateral elements in subroutines Stifns and Stress 2013 e Increased the allowable number of beam nodes from 999 to 2999 to accommodate special modeling needs such as simulating reinforced earthn strips 2015 e Improved convergence and iteration technique for local buckling of Plastic profile pipes 2015 e Improved convergence methodology for CONRIB pipe type 2015 e Corrected small errors in the computation of shear capacity for reinforced concrete shear capacity relating to AASHTO Section 12 10 4 2 5 i e Cande case NSHEAR 1 2015 This revised user manual for CANDE 2015 is comprehensive and supercedes all previous user manuals The table below lists the new capabilities contained in the CANDE 2015 computer program Each capability has input instructions defined in Chapter 5 of this manual whose page numbers are identified in center column For those new capabilities that required theoretical developments the last column refers to the page numbers in the updated CANDE 2015 Solution Methods and Formulation Manual that is included in the CANDE
205. ds C ter FromTJM TestProblem04 dat I ShowHelp MV Sho G Master Control A __ Master Control 1 O Master Control 2 Pipe Definition B __ Pipe Definition 1 Aluminum Aluminum Design Safety Factors A Solution Level Statements C Control Parameters Level 2 Pipe Major Geometry and Loading Paramete Control Variables Level 2 Pipe Backpacking for Embankment Mesh 1 Material Definition Statements D LJ Material Definition 1 fin situ __ Material Control Parameters Materi J Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters __ Material Definition 2 bedding __ Material Control Parameters Materi _ Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters Material Definition 3 backfill Material Control Parameters Materi Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters Material Definition 4 overfill Material Control Parameters Materi Isotropic Linear Elastic Parameters Level 2 C 2 Major Geometry and Loading Parameters Pipe Mesh Average vertical diameter of pipe so in Ratio of horizontal to vertical diameter def Height of soil cover 130 ft olol Danay ot eca above tunceted mesni 120 Ib it 3 Accept Input Cancel TAN gt Insert Command iF Row Col 4 24 L DESIGN 20 lProblem A 2 412 ALUMINUM 1 B 1 Alun 27000 B 2 Alum D USD 3 3 2 C 1 L2 Pipe TREN Trench installation C 2 L2 Pipe 30 C 3 L2 Pipe 13 3 1 3 C 4 L2 Pipe 0 6 Nebel 1 1 12NTn Sim 4 21 q o x 0 0975 4 5 120 7 5 4 Corrugated Aluminum Pipe Wort
206. dulus and Poisson s ratio This model is often used for in situ soil 2 linear elastic The orthotropic elastic model is characterized orthotropic by four elastic parameters and an angle This model is used in special cases such as soil reinforcement 3 Duncan and Selig Duncan and Duncan Selig are nonlinear models hyperbolic soil models that are extensively used to characterize backfill soil Original or Modified 4 Overburden The overburden soil model has elastic dependent parameters whose stiffness properties are dependent on depth below the surface Useful for deep embankments 5 Extended Hardin Extended Hardin is a nonlinear hyperbolic soil model that includes parameters for degree of soil saturation 6 Interface The interface model is characterized by a friction coefficient tensile limit and interface angle 7 Composite Link Link elements only require material data when the link element is of the composite type code 10 and 11 8 Mohr Coulomb Classical Mohr Coulomb elastic perfectly elastoplastic plastic model 4 parameters E v c and Density Density of material in DEN is weight per cubic foot of the material in DEN zone I zone I which is used to compute the gravity 11 20 loads For the fill soil in level 2 meshes DEN F10 0 Default 0 0 pcf should be equal to DENSTY defined in Part C Ib ft For interface amp link elements DEN is ignored Material name Word or name to For ITYP 1
207. e Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 6 Use only if the Material Model Type is Interface 6 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Angle from x axis to normal of interface ANGLE 01 10 F10 0 degrees Angle from x axis to normal of interface Default 0 0 deg ANGLE is the arc in degrees starting from x axis to the vector that is normal to the interface when traveling from interface node I to interface node J ANGLE is treated as a material property so that each interface element with a unique angle must be defined with a separate material number in Part C The angle and mechanical properties must be input for each interface material number Thus for the general case input data for lines D1 and D2 may need to be repeated for each interface element A short cut method is available for the typical case when the material numbers are consecutively numbered along any path wherein only the interface angle is changing and mechanical properties remain constant In this case only the beginning and ending material properties need to be input See the discussion on next page Coefficient of friction between nodes and J FCOEF 11 20 F10 0 dimensionless Coefficient of friction between nodes I and J Default 0 0 FCOEF is the Coulomb friction between bodies I and J If t
208. e F10 0 Default 0 094 inches Figure 5 4 7 3 inches Tube axial Nominal failure stress of The nominal failure stress is used only for safety strength PTFY tube in direction of arch evaluation of the stresses in the tube s outer fibers The 11 20 axis tube remains linear elastic even if the tube s stress F10 0 exceeds PTFY See Figure 5 4 7 2 Ib in Default 150 000 psi Tube shear Nominal shear strength of The tube s nominal shear strength is used only for safety strength PTFV tube s cross section evaluation of the combined shear strength design 21 30 criterion The tube s contribution to the combined shear F10 0 Default 13 000 psi capacity is PTFV tube s section area The tube Ib in remains linear elastic irrespective of the value of PTFV Tube Young s modulus PTE Young s modulus of tube material Slope of tube s linear stress strain curve in axial loading Behavior is assumed identical in tension and 31 40 compression F10 0 Default 8 8 x 10 psi See Figure 5 4 7 2 Ib in Tube spacing Spacing distance between The centerline spacing distance is used to reduce the distance TSD tubes center line to effective axial stiffnesses and bending stiffness of the 41 50 centerline combined concrete and tube cross section F10 0 See Figure 5 4 7 2 inches Default 48 0 in Print code Special code to print out As a general rule it is recommended to use the defaul
209. e This strain level marks the end of the yielding initial strength limit fe range and the beginning of the pure plastic Default 0 002 in in response of concrete in compression See Figure 5 4 2 Unit weight of concrete Unit weight of concrete Density of concrete is used to include body for body weight for body weight weight in the loading schedule for levels 2 amp 3 PDEN Default 0 0 pcef If PDEN 0 0 no body weight is included and 31 40 density 150 pcf for PCE default calculation F10 0 Ib ft Crack width model Selection of crack width Generally it is recommended to use the Heger option model McGrath model which is required by the CWMODEL 0 Heger McGrath AASHTO LRFD code If there is no tension 41 50 1 Gergely Lutz steel reinforcement such as for plain or fiber F10 0 positive value reinforced concrete FRC then CANDE or inches equal to crack provides the option to apply the crack spacing spacing length for length model wherein CWMODEL the crack plain concrete spacing length nominally 10 inches Default Heger McGrath See comments on crack width models below Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Analysis mode IBUCK 51 55 15 integer Code to select large deformation and buckling analysis 0 small deformati
210. e 20 assigned to the footing connection The Arch Mesh assigns 10 or 13 nodes default values to the first arc segment depending on whether it is a 3 segment or 2 segment arch respectively NTN allows the user to prescribe a better distribution of nodes to the top arch to fit the problem at hand In general the goal is to define the distribution of the nodes between the segments to achieve equal uniform lengths between all nodes Nodes assigned to segment 2 plus segment 1 NCN 76 80 15 integer Nodes assigned to segment 2 plus segment 1 top and corner segments This value is ONLY input for 3 segment arches SDRISE gt 0 Default 16 3 segment arch Default blank 2 segment arch NCN only applies to 3 segment arch SDRIZE gt 0 Note the nodal assignment for 2 segment arch is already complete that is segment NTN nodes and segment 2 20 NTN nodes The Arch Mesh assigns NCN 16 nodes default value to the first and second arc segments which means segment 2 is assigned NCN NTN nodes beyond the common node NCN allows the user to prescribe a better distribution of nodes to the corner arch segment in order to fit the problem at hand with uniform lengths between nodes The remaining number of nodes assigned to the 3 segment is 20 NCN beyond the common node If WORD2 MOD Proceed to Level 2 Extended CX lines Otherwise proceed to Part D 5 138 Chapter 5 De
211. e FRP tubes The concrete filled tubes form a set of arches that are the backbone of the soil bridge system Industry sponsor Advanced Infrastructures Technology LLC 3 Link elements with death option Link elements are a new addition to the stable of available elements for Level 3 modeling Like interface elements link elements impose constraints between two nodes Two simple options are 1 connect any two nodes with a pinned connection or 2 connect two beam nodes with a fixed moment connection The link element death option is an extremely useful capability allowing the removal of any link element and its forces at any specified load step This allows simulating removal of temporary supports or soil excavation or void creation Other link element options include joining two parallel beam groups into a single composite Industry sponsors Contech Construction Products and MGK Consulting 4 Deeply corrugated steel structures Recently AASHTO adopted a new combined moment thrust design criterion that applies to deeply corrugated steel structures with corrugation heights greater than 5 inches The combined thrust moment design criterion AASHTO Equation 12 8 9 5 1 incorporates the plastic moment of the corrugated section as a resistance measure in addition to the thrust yield stress Also AASHTO introduced a new equation to predict the global buckling resistance of deeply corrugated structures Equation 12 8 9 6 1 These new design crite
212. e best program among a suite of computer programs developed for soil structure interaction Reference 5 Equally important to CANDE s popularity is that unlike most commercial software CANDE is available with its source coding language and documentation of the programming structure From the beginning CANDE s programming architecture was designed with the forethought that future additions and modifications would always continue Accessibility to the source program is an extremely important feature for researchers who often want to test new theories and models as part of their research program Successful research studies on new modeling techniques benefit the entire community The question of whether or not to use CANDE should not be a question of choosing one computer program over another After all since CANDE is virtually free public domain acquiring and using CANDE does not preclude one from also buying and using a commercial program There are several commercial finite element programs that are well suited for soil structure analysis for example PLAXIS ABACUS and ADINA are well trusted programs and they also have been successfully cross tested against CANDE 2007 Certainly there are times when a 3 D analysis is necessary in order to understand the behavior of some soil structure systems For culverts however the 2 D representation is generally quite adequate particularly when the soil load is dominant For live loads with shallow cov
213. e comment below Global buckling due to thrust stress WLRFD 2 11 20 F10 0 Global buckling due to thrust stress Default weight 1 Controls the factored thrust stress loading to be less than the factored global buckling resistance times this weight Typically this weight is always 1 for plastic structures Combined strain limit on outer surfaces Combined strain limit on outer surfaces Controls the maximum wall surface strain from thrust and bending due to factored loads WLRFD 3 to be less than the factored limiting strain 21 30 Default weight 1 resistance F10 0 Service deflection limit Service deflection limit Controls the service load vertical deflection to WLRFD 4 be less than the allowable limit Typically this 31 40 Default weight 1 weight 1 when used with 5 allowable F10 0 deflection Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Service tensile stain limit WLRFD 5 41 50 F10 0 Service tensile stain limit Default weight 1 Controls the maximum tensile strain to be less than the allowable limit under service load Typically this weight 1 Comment The above design weights give the designer control over the degree of conservatism for the LRFD process By choosing the design wei
214. e design goal is to maintain the weighted factored shear force to be less than the factored shear capacity If needed the excess shear force to be carried by stirrups Concrete failure due to radial tension from curved rebar WLRFD 4 41 50 F10 0 Weight for concrete radial tension failure from curved rebar Default weight 1 The design goal is to maintain the weighted factored radial tension stress to be less than the factored radial tension resistance If needed excess load to be carried by stirrups Service load allowable crack width WLRFD 5 51 60 F10 0 Service load allowable crack width Default weight 1 The design goal is to determine the steel area so that the weighted service load crack width is less than the allowable crack width Concrete cover to c l of steel rebar cage TBI 61 70 F10 0 inches Concrete cover to centerline of steel rebar cage s Default 1 25 in If RSHAPE STAND TBI is uniform concrete cover for both inner and outer cages If RSHAPE ELLIP TBI is minimum cover of the cage at crown spring line and invert Ratio of steel areas of outer to inner cages SRATIO 71 80 F10 0 Desired areas cages ratio of steel of outer to inner Default 0 75 Typically the outer cage steel area is specified with less steel area than the inner cage This only applies to RSHAPE Standard If RS
215. e fill soil surface If HTCOVR is specified greater than 1 5 times the arch rise RISE the mesh s top boundary is truncated at this level and the remaining fill soil is placed in equivalent increments of overburden pressure Density of soil above truncated arch Density of soil above truncated mesh When the soil mesh is truncated at 1 5 RISE above the arch crown the subsequent soil DENSTY loading is simulated by increments of 31 40 Default 0 0 pcf overburden pressure height F10 0 increment DENSTY Typically the user Ib ft should set DENSTY soil density in Part D Trench depth Trench depth This entry only applies to the trench mesh TRNDEP WORD TREN The trench depth specified 41 50 This value is ONLY in feet is the distance from the arch footing to F10 0 input for trench mesh the trench surface The trench depth is feet pattern automatically scaled up to the nearest WORD TREN horizontal mesh grid line approximately Default none spaced at intervals 4 the arch rise The maximum trench depth allowed is the minimum of 2 5 times arch rise or the arch rise plus HTCOVR Trench width TRNWID 51 60 F10 0 feet Trench gap at footing level This value is ONLY input for trench mesh pattern WORD TREN Default none This entry only applies to the trench mesh WORD TREN TRNWID is the horizontal distance in feet from the arch leg at the footing level
216. e groups are Aluminum ALUMINUM A 1 LRFD 1 This instruction is only applicable for LRFD design Design Analysis parameter is DESIGN This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to DESIGN Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Wall area failure due to maximum thrust stress WLRFD 1 01 10 F10 0 Wall area failure due to maximum thrust stress Default weight 1 The design goal is to determine the corrugated wall area so that the weighted factored thrust stress is just less than the factored yield strength resistance of aluminum Global buckling due to thrust stress WLRFD 2 11 20 F10 0 Global buckling due to thrust stress Default weight 1 The design goal is to determine the corrugated wall moment of inertia so that the weighted factored thrust stress is just less than the factored thrust resistance for global buckling Seam failure due to thrust stress WLRFD 3 21 30 F10 0 Seam failure due to thrust stress Default weight 1 The design goal is to determine the corrugated wall area so that the weighted factored thrust stress is just less than the factored yield strength of longitudinal seams Cross section failure due to plastic penetration WLRFD 4 31 40 Cross section failure due to plastic penetration Default weight 1
217. e iene lesbian te 3 1 Sal SYSTEM PEQUINEMENIS reni i a E E ap set seed eed E E N 3 1 3 2 Anstalaton puidesen an a E E A N E A aa neers 3 1 3 3 Waunching and tunnine CANDE criin a n E E A abiaeerees 3 1 3 3 1 Locate and save example input problem sssseesseseesesrseresesreeresrerrssesrensesrenreseerreserrrssesreer 3 2 3 3 2 Test run an existing example probleM ssisssnieresiisssernisseerseisisirie seninkine sessed 3 3 3 3 3 Example problems and tutorial siririn a E weitere 3 5 3 4 Updating to CANDE2019 rr sori en vad sensu nsien veaurce steed A a E E R 3 5 4 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE ieioea esteto r as ee ipea EEr e N sE TESE E TEE s TS ES ESES 4 1 AI Overview eor ra ea a tins aT E E apes E EErEE tues eE EE bed see Geese 4 1 4 2 Input Options eiie er r reira E Eene EE TO oer EEES EE r T S R TEE PEES EE ee 4 2 4 2 1 Creating a new CANDE input data file with Wizard sseeseeeesseseeesesererrsreeresreeresesreeresreee 4 2 4 2 1 1 CANDE Input Wizard Control Information ssseessesessseeesseeseresrsrreresreerssererssesrreresee 4 8 4 2 1 2 CANDE Input Wizard Level 3 items sesseeeseeeeseeeseseeessserrrssrsreererrerrsseeresresrese 4 12 4 2 1 3 CANDE Input Wizard Pipe Material 0 0 eee eee cee cee ceeecneecneeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 4 14 4 2 2 Opening an Existing CANDE Input Document with File gt Open 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeee 4 17 4 2 3 Opening an Existing CANDE Input Document with File gt Open Text Inp
218. e text size and click on the down arrow to decrease the text size Mesh Plotting C temp FromTJM Example T JM r Font increased by clicking on the up arrow several times Kil Coordinates x 16 80 y 4 18 4 43 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 3 3 CANDE mesh viewer options button Clicking on the Options button in the mesh viewer provides a dialog box where a user can customize the view of the CANDE mesh see Figure 4 2 11 below Descriptions of each item are given below the figure Figure 4 4 9 Mesh viewer options iS Plotting Parameters oj x r Mesh Coloring m Magnification Factors gt Boundary conditions r Materials and Construction Incrments gt HBB Element text color Deflection D RN E I Show material numbers ia 02 nday J Material number text color Element line color 0 25 Boundary diameter I Show constr increment numbers p Node text color L J j z Element Numbering Node numbering BEBE Cones increment text color IV Interface numbering I Interface numbering B Beam element color IV Beam numbering V Beam numbering Ignore deflections he Beam element thickness I Triangular element numbering Triangular node numbering I Ignore deflections by load step 4 ooo m IV Quad element numbering V Quad node numbering ki fi Load step Coordinates x OK Cancel Me
219. eating a new CANDE input data file Figure 4 2 13 CANDE input menu overview Check to show generated input document at the bottom of the menu Check to show persistent help at the bottom of the menu For newly created input documents undefined input x is designated and is displayed in the input tree a a Input Commands C ter _ FromTJM cxample T IM dat Material Concrete B 2 Concrete Material Propertig Master Control A __ Master Control 1 _ Master Control 2 _ Pipe Definition B E _ Pipe Definiti Material Concrete Wall T hic ack width model B Solution Level Statements Menu Input Tree Control Parameters Le HegerMcGrath Fasen the ee jag oe npa kova GergelyLutz Input provid A Element Input Defaults ma i erak 4 y be entered for input p R ibe E 4 Boundary Conf items that have default values Sack apang nah eee up down arrow E Material Definition 3 def keys available e in ya _ Material Definitio Material Control P A Analysis mode Isotropic Linear Ele Small deformation Large deformation C Large def buckling B J Material Definition 2 Material Control Pe Duncan and Dune Duncan and Dune Duncan and Dune licking Accept Input will save all of the changes made to this menu and will update or refresh the menu tree if necessary Clicking
220. ecsaecaeesseseeeseeseaeens 4 47 Figure 4 4 13 Coincidental boundary conditions offset in mesh viewer eee eceeceeeceseceseeeeenseenaes 4 48 Figure 4 4 14 CANDE Graph of bending Moment ee eee cee cece cseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeseceseseaeeaeenaes 4 49 Figure 4 4 15 Overview of CANDE Graphs sssr cess eeseceeecseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeesecnsecsecsaecnaecsaecaeecseseneseeeeaeees 4 50 Figure 4 4 16 CANDE Graphs window Pipe Mesh Button eee eeeeeeeeeceeeceseeeseceseceseenaeenaes 4 51 Figure 4 4 17 CANDE Graphs window with local node numbering mesh eee eeeeeeeseceseeeseeeeee 4 51 Figure 4 4 18 Beam graph Options ss sie cc sscesscs sees sstussestsns sees svoe sotbveseesesvnas sess sasuchssteoscedanescesesepsbeebbonstens 4 52 Figure 4 4 19 Plotting multiple load steps with CANDE Beam Graph ce cee ese cseeereeeeeeeeees 4 53 Figure 4 4 20 CANDE results generator Generate Mesh Output tab 0 eee eee eeceseceseceeenseenaee 4 54 Figure 4 4 21 CANDE results generator Beam Output tab 0 ee eee eeeeeeeceeeeeeeenecnseeeseesseenaes 4 55 Figure 4 4 22 CANDE results generator Report Preview taboo eee ceeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeceseceseesseesaes 4 56 Figure 4 4 23 CANDE output results browser eeeescesecesecesecesecseecaeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseensecsseeeaeeaeenaes 4 56 Figure 5 4 1 Aluminum 1 Bilinear stress strain parameters 2 0 0 0 ec eeeceseceseceseceseceecaeeceeeeeseeeeeeees 5 15
221. ed This is done by selecting the New option from the CANDE File menu as shown below Figure 4 2 1 Creating a new CANDE input document 2 C temp Level2Problems Level2 ANALYS LRFD TREN Arch STEEL View Tools Help Window Open Text Input Ctrl T Open Ctrl Close Save ave s Print 1 C temp Level2Problems Level2 ANALYS LRFD EMBA Box CONCRETE dat 2 C temp Level2Problems Level2 ANALYS LRFD EMBA Pipe ALUMINUM dat 3 C temp Level2Problems Level2 ANALYS WSD HOMO Arch 3 linesCONCRETE dat 4 C temp Level2Problems Level2 ANALYS LRFD TREN Arch STEEL dat Exit Open Multiple Saving input File Done Selecting New will activate the first Input Wizard screen called Control Information as shown below Using two or three additional screens with key input choices the wizard will generate a CANDE input menu that will then be completed by the user in step 2 4 2 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 4 2 2 CANDE Input Wizard startup screen E Main Input Control Parameters Control Information Type of analysis Analysis Design Method of analysis design LRFD O Service Solution level Elasticity Level 1 FEM auto mesh Level 2 FEM user mesh Level 3 o Use the auto generate option for the interface elements Number of pipe element groups Level 3 only New Input file Heading for output Press F1
222. ed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 2 Concrete Stress Strain model and parameters Stress Compression Zone PFPC fc STNMAT 1 STNMAT 2 STNMAT 3 j i Tension Zone Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 2 2 B 2 Concrete Concrete Material Properties 2 B 2 Concrete More concrete material properties and model selection Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups are Concrete CONCRETE Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Concrete strain at tension rupture positive STNMAT 1 01 10 F10 0 in in Concrete strain at tension The tensile strain that causes concrete initial rupture positive cracking is a sensitive parameter Setting Default 0 0 STNMAT 1 0 0 is conservative but common practice for design Typical range for standard concrete is 0 00003 to 0 0001 in in See Figure 5 4 2 Compressive strain at end of elastic range positive STNMAT 2 11 20 F10 0 in in Compressive strain at end This strain level marks the end of the linear of elastic range positive stress strain relation in compression Default 0 5 PFPC PCE See Figure 5 4 2 Compressive sirain at the initial strength limit positive STNMAT 3 21 30 F10 0 in in Compressive strain at th
223. ed Wall Thickness LRFD Design Weights 5 47 5 4 2 10 B 5 Concrete Resistance Factors for LRFD ow cece cee cseecreeereeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 49 5 4 3 Plastic Pipe Ty Pes sepcss scesjscess ce eesibas shosstenessges ep rero E r E EE EEE E E EEEE a a 5 51 5 4 3 1 B 1 Plastic Plastic Load Controls sseeseseeesseeeessseeerssrrreresreerssrerresesrreresresresee 5 51 5 4 3 2 B 2 Plastic Material Properties for Plastic eseeseeeeseesseeeseseeerssrrersrrrrrerrsresresee 5 52 5 4 3 3 B 3 Plastic Cross Sectional Properties for Smooth or General 0 0 0 eee 5 54 5 4 3 4 B 3 Plastic Profile Wall Cross Sectional Properties 1 0 eeeeeeeeeeees 5 55 5 4 3 5 B 3b Plastic Profile Wall Cross Sectional Properties 2 eee eee eee eeeeeeeeeee 5 58 5 4 3 6 B 3 Plastic Safety Factors for Working Stress Design eee eee eee eeeeeee 5 60 5 4 3 7 B 3 Plastic Design Weights for LRFD ou eee eeeeeceesceseceecnseenseceesaeeees 5 62 5 4 3 8 B 4 Plastic Resistance Factors for LRFD 0 cece eeeesceeseeeeceseceseesseceeeneeees 5 64 5 44 Steel Pipe Types is tccs a iet nt RS A she eg len a Ue ae 5 66 5 4 4 1 B 1 Steel Material Properties and Control 00 0 ccc eeeeeeeecesecesecnseeneeeaeeees 5 66 5 4 4 2 B 2 Steel Section Properties sereh rrene eE Ere IEEE T EE 5 69 5 4 4 3 B 2 Steel Design Safety Factors for Working Stress sssesseesseeeessereereerrr
224. ed elements is automatically computed by adding the value INTRAL to the node numbers I J K and L of the previous element The material number IX 5 and the load step IX 6 of the generated elements remain as specified on NE If it is desired to change the material number and or load step in the generated sequence of elements insert an intervening C 4 line specifying only the element number NE where the change occurs along with the new values for IX 5 and IX 6 Do not input the nodal connectivity Repeat as needed See Comment 4 below Number rows added NUMLAY 46 50 15 integer Number of element rows to be generated Default 1 The automated computation of nodal connectivity for the generated elements may be extended over any number of rows by setting NUMLAY equal to the number of generated element rows This option is used in conjunction the next variable INTERL which specifies the jump in nodal numbering between rows Node increment between rows INTERL 51 55 15 integer Node number increment jump between element rows No default When the element generation spans more than one row the element nodal connectivity numbering of the new row has a jump value compared to the previous row Set INTERL equal to the jump value Typically the jump value is the number of elements in the row 1 See Figure 5 5 21 for an example of the element generation variables
225. eeeeeeerrsreerrsersrsserrreesteeresrenreserrrnsesrreresrt 4 29 4 3 4 Convergence and Nonconvergence of load steps ssseessssessereesssrseresrsrrerrserereserersresreeresre 4 30 4 3 5 CANDE Analysis error messages cceecesscesscesecesecssecaecseecaeecseeeaeeeeeseseeeseeseeeseeaeenaes 4 32 4 4 Output data and viewing OptiONns 0 eee eee eeeceesceeeeesecesecesecsaecsaecseecaeseaeseaeeseeeeseeseenseseseenaes 4 34 44T CANDE Output Reportera e a T A E EE EO E E T 4 35 4 4 1 1 Master control and pipe type data ss esseeeseeeseseeesseeessserrrssrsresesteerssrerrsserrrerrsresresee 4 37 4 4 1 2 Review of system input data eee ee cesecsecseecseeceeeeeseeeesseeressesesecaecsaessaesaeeees 4 37 4 4 1 3 Design solution if applicable oe ee eee cee cseecneeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeerensecaecaecsaessaesaaeens 4 38 4 4 1 4 Solution analysis output results eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeereeseeesecesecaecsaecsaecsaeeneeees 4 38 442 CANDE log filessiccetet e e eet nee ee a nai a ee 4 39 AAS Mesk Plotsvacn octet ue heh ek el aM Rolls etait oot ee a eee 4 41 4 4 3 1 Using window area to zoom in ON Mesh ssssessseeesseesrseessserressrsteeresreersserressesreee 4 42 4 4 3 2 Increasing Decreasing the element node font size sssseessesseseersseerrsreerrsreresesreerss 4 43 4 4 3 3 CANDE mesh viewer options button esssesssesssessrsreerrseesrsserrrsestrerrsrenrererrrnresreer 4 44 4 4 3 4 Viewing element information eee eeceeecesecesecenecesecseecaeecseeeaese
226. eel area in cage 2 a If RSHAPE STAND ASO cage 2 is the smeared average per unit rebar paralleling the outer wall length of pipe outer If RSHAPE ELLIP ASO is not used cage See Figure 5 4 3 Default 0 0 in in Concrete cover to centerline of cage 1 TBI 31 40 F10 0 inches Concrete cover thickness IF RSHAPE STAND TBI is the uniform to centerline of cage 1 cover thickness of the inner wall cage Default 1 25 in IF RSHAPE ELLIP TBI is the minimum cover thickness at crown invert and spring line See Figure 5 4 3 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Concrete cover to centerline of cage 2 Concrete cover thickness to centerline of cage 2 IF RSHAPE STAND TBO is the uniform cover thickness of the outer wall cage TBO outer cage IF RSHAPE ELLIP TBI is not used 41 50 Default 1 25 in See F10 0 Figure 5 4 3 inches If XMODE ANALYSIS and LRFD 0 Part B is now complete Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined If XMODE ANALYSIS and LRFD 1 Proceed to line B 5 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 3 Cross sections for RSHAPE STAND or ELLIP ASO PT TBI RSHAPE STAND All nodes have the same cros
227. efix to name all other files that are generated as result of running your input file These generated files will be saved in the same folder as the CANDE input document While it is not necessary to use input command tags on the input lines like those provided by the GUI however providing the input tags provides a level of consistency checking that will not occur if the tags are not present For a description of why the tags are useful see CANDE input consistency checking Recall that name tags are used by the GUI to identify the input line according to the instruction manual section letter and line number such A 1 for the first input line followed by a double exclamation mark 4 27 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 3 Running CANDE If the data file to be run is already open such as when creating a new data file simply click Run CANDE 2007 to execute the program To run any existing CANDE input data file click the File tab and choose e Open to open data file in CANDE Input Menu format e Or Open Text Input to open data file as a batch mode data list Using the file browser select the data file to be run Regardless of how the data file was created it be opened in either of the above two modes and executed Figure 4 3 1 Running CANDE 2007 analysis 8 C temp FromTJM Example TJM File E view Tools Help Window Deu Once started the CA
228. el 2 Box Trench mesh with construction increments and material zones R TRNWID P Trucated soil over burden pressure NINC 9 Ce HTCOVR Variable Variable 3R Max Constructio Increment 5 127 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 8 Level 2 Box Element numbering scheme for box mesh for embankment and trench fein eam f fe peed f e veel wf e saa et ew me NG jo v7 ih 2 i r j s j e v a oi sil a a o 8 5 128 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 9 Level 2 Box Nodal numbering scheme for box mesh for embankment and trench 157 158 159 160 161162 163 164 165 166 167 5 129 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 4 Solution Level 2 Arch Mesh 5 5 4 1 C 1 Level 2 Arch Mesh Control Commands and Title C 1 L2 Arch Control commands and title Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 A 2 NPCAN 3 Arch Mesh Use ONLY if the Canned Mesh Code is set to 3 Arch Mesh Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Mesh Pattern Name to select mesh Level 2 Arch Mesh provides an automatic WORD 01 04 A4 word pattern for soil EMBA
229. el 2 and 3 Finite Element Input Controls and Input data Print and plot control numbers Key numbers describing mesh topology Listing of all input nodes X and Y coordinates and node generation codes Listing of all element numbers node connectivity material numbers and load step 4 37 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline List of all nodes and coordinates including Laplace generated nodes Listing of all nodes where boundary conditions are specified Listing of local pipe node sequence number related to mesh nodes Soil model type and properties for each continuum material number Interface element properties for each interface material number Listing of load factors for each load step if applicable 4 4 1 3 Design solution if applicable The next major heading provides the design solution if applicable which is dependent on pipe type as shown below Corrugated Metal Design Solution Design iteration count Required moment of inertia and section area Available corrugation sizes and thicknesses Optimum design solution and prelude to final analysis Plastic Pipe Design Solutions e Design iteration count e Required wall thickness e Safety evaluation e Prelude to final analysis Reinforced Concrete Design Solutions e Design iteration count e Required reinforcement steel area e Safety evaluation e Diagnostics and prelude to final analysis 4 4 1 4 Solution analysis output
230. el 2 capability for arch culverts was developed along with a revised form of the hyperbolic soil model referred to as the Duncan Selig model based on research at the University of Massachusetts Amherst The final result of the FHWA sponsorship is CANDE 89 a public domain program available at a nominal cost through McTrans Excluding the AASHTO sponsorship discussed next no additional FHWA sponsored improvements have been made on CANDE since 1989 However there have been numerous improvements made by individuals and private companies for their specific use One private company has extensively modified CANDE 89 and is marketing the revised program as CandeCAD However there is absolutely no collaboration between this privately marketed program and later versions of CANDE CANDE 2007 In May 2005 TRB NCHRP negotiated a contract with Michael Baker Jr Inc and co investigators to modernize and upgrade CANDE 89 under the sponsorship of AASHTO The 3 year project was designated as NCHRP 15 28 and targeted the following three areas for enhancement Pre and Post processing with modern computer technology GUI Previous versions of CANDE operated in a batch input mode without dedicated graphical software to aid the user in data preparation and output interpretation CANDE 2007 is now equipped with a Windows based menu driven format for interactive data input and real time control of data output along with a context sensitive help system and numerous
231. ements C Control Parameters Level 2 Box X Control Variables and Installation Dimensions I Xontrol Parameters for Changes to Nodes Eler Review undefined v 3 gt lt lt Prev Finish Cancel Press F1 for help Click on the Finish button and you will be prompted to save your input file see below Figure 4 2 6 Saving a CANDE input file Save in My Documents 2 CQ CANDEInputFiles s airy Music My Recent E My Pictures Documents E Desktop 6 My Documents My Computer e File name h My Network Save as type 4 5 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline CANDE provides a default name for the file based on some user input values but the name can be changed at this time Two things of importance e The extension of the file must be cid e CANDE will prompt you if the name of the file selected already exists Once a new file is created the CANDE interface will look similar to the figure shown below Figure 4 2 7 CANDE Interface after new CANDE input document is created G2 c temp Level3 ANALYS LRFD CONCRETE Input Commands C temp Level3 ANALYS LRFD CONCRETE dat Oj x aJ File Edit Run View Tools Help Window XxX Deh ete I ShowHelp J Show input up dow Master Control A 1 L Master Control A M Type of analysis CJ a Control 1 EnS Master Control 2 i Pipe Definition
232. ements are construction increment 1 INTRAL 1 Sample portion of mesh to be generated The two C 4 lines of element input data shown below generate the 12 element mesh shown above L NE IX IX 2 1X 3 1X 4 1X 5 1X 6 1IX 7 INTRAL NUMLAY INTERL 20 101 102 107 106 1 1 0 0 31 114 115 120 119 1 1 0 1 5 169 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 6 5 C 5 Level 3 Boundary Condition Input C 5 L3 Level 3 boundary condition input Repeat line C 5 as necessary to define all boundary conditions Boundary conditions rules 1 Any node number not referenced i e not appearing on any C 5 line automatically becomes a zero force boundary condition for all degrees of freedom associated with the node 2 Nonzero force boundary conditions in the x and or y direction may be specified at any node as the applied incremental load for the prescribed load step Repeated force specifications are additive 3 Displacement boundary conditions in the x and or y direction may be presribed at any node for any load step Prescribed nonzero values are displacement increments not total values 4 Any nodal degree of freedom may be shifted from a force boundary condition to a displacement boundary condition during the load step schedule but not vice versa 5 Once a nodal degree of freedom is specified as a displacement boundary condition it will remain so
233. ence of load steps CANDE employs a variety of nonlinear models that are used to simulate real world behavior such as nonlinear behavior of various pipe materials soil material behavior frictional interfaces and large deformations If one or more of these nonlinear models are activated in any input data file CANDE repeats iterates the solution within each load step until two successive solutions yield the same answers within a small tolerance of error This means the solution has converged for the current load step and the solution is reliable The solution output data is recorded in the CANDE Output File On the other hand if two successive solutions do not converge after a user specified number iterations are attempted default ITMAX 30 CANDE will stop execution with a screen message saying that the solution did converge for the current load step Further diagnostics are printed in the CANDE Output Report wherein the particular nonlinear model s that did not converge are identified along with the maximum percentage of error between the last two successive solutions It is important to note that the occurrence of nonconvergence does not necessarily mean there is an error on the part of the user or the CANDE algorithm Rather nonconvergence is often expected to occur when the nonlinear models are loaded to the point that they lose stiffness so that the structural system or portion of the structural system cannot sustain further loading Said an
234. eneesee 5 71 5 4 4 4 B 2 Steel Design Weights for LRFD 000 0 eee ee eeceeeeceeeeeeeeesecesecaeeeetaeeeas 5 73 5 4 4 5 B 2b Steel Joint Properties 0 0 eee ee eee cee cseecneeeeeeeeeeseeeeseesecnsecnaecsaeeaeeaeeees 5 75 5 4 4 6 B 2c Steel Joint Locations and Properties cece cesses ceeeeesecesecnseeeeeneeees 5 78 5 4 4 7 B 2d Steel Joint Locations and Properties 2 eceesceeceecseeceeeeecneceeeeecnaeeeees 5 80 5 4 4 8 B 3 Steel Resistance Factors for LRFD 000 cece eeeeeeeeceseeeecesecnsecaeeaeeees 5 82 54 3 Conrib Pipe Type ee r et ak cctv ha a deb EE EE E E S nbs EE a E E EESE 5 84 5 4 5 1 B 1 Concrete properties 2 0 0 cece eecesecssecesecseeceecseeeeeeeeeeeeeseesseesecsaecaessaeeaeeees 5 84 5 4 5 2 B 2 Concrete strain parameters and models 0 cee eeeeeeeeeceseeesecesecesecseeeseeees 5 86 5 4 5 3 B 3 Steel material properties eee eee cee ceeecneecneeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeseesseeaecsaessaeeaeeees 5 88 5 4 5 4 B 4 Input sequence node numbers eee cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseessecsaeceeeaeeees 5 89 5 4 5 5 B 5 Concrete wall geometry 0 cece cece cese cess cseeceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeseeseenaecaeesaesneeees 5 90 5 4 5 6 B 6 Steel area and placement eee cece cee cseeeneeeeeeeeeeeeeeecenseceseeaecaeenaeeaeeens 5 92 5 4 5 7 B 7 Resistance factors for LRFD evaluation 00 0 0 eee eeceeecesecesecesecnseeeeeneeens 5 94 5 4 0 gt Contube Pipe Type ioe sc sececsces tec seye
235. equesting the latest executable copy of the CANDE program 2 You will receive by return email an executable dynamic link file called Cande dll with simple directions on how to paste this file into your existing CANDE 2007 2011 program folder thereby replacing your old Cande Engine with newest Cande Engine The procedure is as simple as that As discussed in the next chapter the graphical user interface GUI has not been updated for the new capabilities programmed into the CANDE 2015 program Accordingly some work around procedures are outlined if you want to use the GUI with the new capabilities 3 5 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE The new modeling capabilities available in CANDE 2015 Cande Engine have not as yet been incorporated into Cande s GUI in fact the current GUI coding has not been changed since the original release of CANDE 2007 Therefore Section 4 5 has been added to this chapter to discuss how to utilize the GUI to define input for all new capabilities since 2007 and how to display the results Alternatively if you bypass the GUI using Open text input and use Chaper 5 to directly enter the input data then there is no need to concern yourself with Section 4 5 Section 4 1 provides a brief overview of the GUI followed by Section 4 2 on data entry Section 4 3 on running CANDE and Section 4 4 on displaying outpu
236. er the 2 D representation generally gives a conservative evaluation of the culvert performance What makes CANDE a special purpose program that differs from the general purpose programs mentioned above is the automatic evaluation of the culvert performance in terms of well accepted design criteria That is CANDE sorts through the mechanistic responses of deformations stresses strains thrust moments and shears and summarizes the pipe performance in terms of safety factors or LRFD demand to capacity ratios 1 4 How to use this manual This CANDE 2015 user manual is a standalone document that contains all the information in the original CANDE 2007 2011 manual plus information on all new and unadvertised capabilities in the CANDE 2015 1 3 Chapter 1 Introduction CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline program This manual is intended to give the reader ample information to understand the overall program architecture and assumptions to define and select input data to run the program using the graphical unit interface GUI or in batch mode and to navigate plot and interpret the output data Chapter 2 provides the reader with the overall architecture capabilities and major input options Chapter 3 provides the basic instructions to get started using the CANDE program and Chapter 4 describes how to use the GUI for inputting data executing the program and viewing the output Since the GUI has not been updated since 2007 the last section
237. er than IX 1 or X 2 preferably larger than both This strange requirement is to avoid problems with the Gauss elimination equation solver which needs to process the stiffness degrees of freedom prior to pivoting on the unknown constraint forces Comment 3 Although not discussed in the above input instructions there is another type of link element available in the CANDE program which was developed to link two parallel beam groups into composite action The formulation is given in the updated Solution Methods and Formulation Manual and the coding is currently working in CANDE but has not yet been thoroughly vetted The input is just like the simple 5 165 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline link elements except IX 7 is set to 10 for the so called composite transverse connection between two beam groups or X 7 11 for the so called composite longitudinal connection Unlike the simple links IX 7 8 or 9 the composite links require material numbers IX 5 in order to read additional information in Part D The material numbers IX 5 may be any number from 1 to 99 and are independent of soil and interface material numbers In Part D the composite link elements are identified by ITYPE 7 on line D 1 along with link element material number On line D 2 the data required is the group numbers of the two parallel beams as well as the fraction of composite action desired Comment 4 From column 1 to colu
238. erations to achieve convergence A successful CANDE run is recorded in the Log File with the words NORMAL EXIT FROM CANDE in the last line 4 40 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 3 Mesh Plot The mesh file and mesh results that are generated by the CANDE analysis may be viewed in the GUI by selecting the View gt Mesh Plot from the main menu After the mesh plot screen opens the user has a variety of toolbar like options to view the mesh topology and or system response The following figure provides a summary of the tools for using the CANDE mesh plot viewer Figure 4 4 6 CANDE mesh plot options BE amp Va A 5 x A A eS Increase Decrease the size Open the user of the element node font option dialog box Window Area Drag mouse on Refresh the plot the screen to create a window Zoomin or Fit aroa Fit the and then zoom in on that window Zoom out on model within the the model confines of the El Mesh Plotting C temp FromTJM Example 1 IM screen O x fa 8 Ma Ga GRAMA al Scale for Horizontal Strain 0 00078 0 00060 0 00043 0 00026 0 00008 0 00009 0 00027 0 00044 0 00061 0 00079 0 00096 0 00114 0 00131 Display mesh x y coordinates as mouse moves over the model Turn on off the display of output results Scale appears when x results are turned on D K status Select the output Bol
239. erial Definition 2 bedding z Material Control Parameters Me Isotropic Linear Elastic Parame L Material Definition 3 backfill Material Control Parameters Me Isotropic Linear Elastic Parame z LiTE E A foe ee atl vi j gt Accept Input Cancel Menu Selected Master Control 1 Done 60 in Corr Aluminum 30 ft Cover Heading for output gt 30 Maximum number of iterations step Lastly click the Run CANDE 2007 tab on the toolbar The CANDE input screen will disappear and information will appear providing a top level summary of the problem input a log of the solution as it progresses through the load steps and finally a message NORMAL EXIT FROM CANDE This last message means the problem ran successfully and that CANDE 2007 is successfully working on your computer see Figure 3 3 6 Figure 3 3 6 Successful completion of CANDE analysis ES Running CANDE C Documents and Settings Mark Mlynarski My Documents CANDEInputFiles Tutorial f fox CE E E E E E i H OCW MDAMMHSYHWONKHFOW ADDN HO bw Analysis complete i CANDE Analysis complete Close the Analysis window to return to the CANDE interface H NORMAL EXIT FROM CANDE 3 4 Chapter 3 Getting Started CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline In summary the steps to run an existing example problem Launch CANDE 2007 through the Start gt All Programs gt CANDE 2007
240. erssesresrsrenresrerrssesrensesrenees 7 16 7 1 5 1 Contents 0f PEOTEDA Teie rneer dp ien o aape aeto oei T ieie 7 16 7 1 5 2 Contents 0f PEOTZ dat cats eesse toe posees a eee e eaei ir earo Oaa o ie t ae Tni 7 18 17 2 CANDE NASTRAN Import Format svies kepr oe aerposhta neoon beei peiie risiini Neh 7 21 7 2 1 NASTRAN Input Data Card GRID Point eee cee ceseceseceseceecaeecaeeeneseneeeeeeeens 7 22 7 2 2 NASTRAN Input Data Card CBAR Simple Beam Element eee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 23 7 2 3 NASTRAN Input Data Card CTRIA3 Triangular Plate Element 0 0 eee eeeeeeeee 7 24 7 2 4 NASTRAN Input Data Card CQUAD4 Quadrilateral Plate Element ceeeeeeeeeeeeee 7 25 7 2 5 NASTRAN Input Data Card CGAP Gap Element Connection 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 27 7 2 6 NASTRAN Input Data Card SPC Single Point Constraint 0 eee eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 28 7 2 1 NASTRAN Input Data Card FORCE Static Load oo cece eee ceeecese cree ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeees 7 29 iv List of Tables Table 3 3 1 File tab menu options for input data files eee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeesecnsecaecsaecnaecsaesneeeas 3 2 Table 5 3 1 Reference data on culvert elements used in canned meshes cess esse cseeeseeereeeeeeeeees 5 11 Table 5 4 1 Aluminum 1 Section Properties for Standard Aluminum Corrugation 00 eee eee 5 17 Table 5 4 2 Aluminum 2 Section Properties for 9 x 2 2 Aluminum Corrugation 0 eee eee eee 5 17 Table 5 4 3 Plastic Typical
241. es 26 30 Quadrilaterals_and_triangles IX 5 a 15 material identification number ranging from 1 integer to 100 The soil model type and parameters of Default none the soil model associated with IX 5 are defined by the user in Part D Beam Columns IX 5 a group number ranging from to 30 The group numbers have already been established in Part A and B by defining one or more pipe types If there is only one pipe group then set X 5 1 for all beam column elements Interfaces IX 5 an interface property number ranging from 1 to 99 Two interface elements have the same property number if the friction coefficient tension resistance and the angle of the interface are the same Note that interfaces along curved surfaces have different interface angles at each element and therefore should be assigned a separate material property number To be completed in Part D Links For rigid and pinned link elements code 8 or 9 the material number is not used so any material number may be inserted say IX 5 blank For the special case of composite link elements code 10 or 11 see Comment 3 Birth Load step IX 6 31 35 15 integer Load step number for element NE Default 1 The load step number defines the load step at which the element NE enters the system Once the element enters the system it remains for all time except for link elements Typically the in situ soil zones and the culvert s
242. es and enhancements that are not described in the standard CANDE 2007 User Manual that is downloadable from the TRB NCHRP website Most of the new capabilities have been sponsored by corporations while other capabilities have recently evolved as the author strives to continuously improve the CANDE program The new capabilities and enhancements are listed below along with a short description The first five of these new capabilities were included in the CANDE 2013 upgrade program Two additional new capabilities are now available in CANDE 2015 relating to new and improved soil models with permanent deformation listed below as items 6 and 7 1 CONRIB pipe type A concrete pipe type called CONRIB has been added to CANDE s pipe type library that provides the capability of modeling rib shaped reinforced concrete cross sections as well as standard rectangular cross sections Moreover the concrete constitutive model has been extended to include the simulation of fiber reinforced concrete thereby providing the option of replacing discrete steel reinforcement with a uniform mix of fiber reinforced concrete Industry sponsor Con Span Bridge Systems 2 CONTUBE pipe type This special pipe type provides the capability of modeling circular shaped concrete cross sections encased in fiber reinforced plastic FRP tubes spaced at uniform distances The concrete is modeled without internal reinforcement but has enhanced tensile ductility due to confinement of th
243. es at each load step IWRT 0 means only the pipe responses RESULT are printed no soil system responses IWRT means the pipe responses plus the soil system responses are printed recommended IWRT 2 means the standard print plus an iteration trace of the Duncan model soil elements IWRT 3 means the standard print plus an iteration trace of the Interface elements IWRT 4 means the standard print plus an iteration trace of the Mohr Coulomb elements Total number of nodes NPT 26 30 15 integer Total number of nodes defined in mesh Default none NPT should correspond to the highest numbered nodal point used in the entire mesh Note it is permissible to skip node numbers so that not all sequential numbers correspond to a node used in the mesh In this case set NPT highest node number not the actual node count Total number of elements NELEM 31 35 15 integer Total number of elements defined in mesh Default none NELEM is the sum of all actual elements used in the mesh including beam elements pipe continuum elements soil and interface elements Unlike nodes the element count NELEM must exactly match the number of elements actually used in the mesh Total number of boundary conditions NBPTC 36 40 15 integer Total number of boundary conditions for this problem Default none The actual count of boundary conditions is determined
244. es to 7 at the top of the trench each material number requires input data BOX NPCAN 2 None NOTE For level 2 Box mesh no interface elements are generated Therefore interface materials are not required for the Box mesh type ARCH NPCAN 3 The Arch mesh automatically includes interface elements between the arch and surrounding soil for all mesh options interface is always to 19 Interface material 1 starts at the crown and proceeds down included in mesh and around the arch to material 19 located one node above the footing Each element has a unique normal angle If it is desired to simulate a bonded condition between the soil and the structure insert large values for the tension resistance and friction coefficient say 1000 0 5 179 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Comment on soil resistance factor for LRFD 1 The LRFD specifications states that soil stiffness values should be reduced by a resistance factor soi 0 9 However all the canned and tabularized soil parameters in this manual and in the CANDE 2007 program are conservative approximations of the actual soil being represented Thus further reduction of the canned or tabularized soil parameters by a resistance factor is not recommended since it may be assumed the resistance factor is already built in the model If the user wishes to reduce the soil stiffness by a soil resistance factor then the use
245. esh topologies Proceed to line C 2 5 108 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 2 2 C 2 Level 2 Pipe Mesh Major Geometry and Loading Parameters C 2 L2 Pipe Major geometry and loading parameters Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 A 2 NPCAN 1 Pipe Mesh Use ONLY if the Canned Mesh Code is set to 1 Pipe Mesh Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Average vertical diameter of pipe PDIA 01 10 F10 0 inches Average vertical diameter of pipe No Default PDIA is the average diameter from mid wall of crown to mid wall of invert This measure is also used to compute vertical deflection Ratio of horizontal to vertical diameter RDIA 11 20 F10 0 Ratio of horizontal to vertical diameter 1 0 circle gt 1 0 h ellipse lt 1 0 v ellipse Default 1 0 The default value RDIA 1 0 defines a perfect circle with mid depth diameter PDIA The horizontal distance from mid wall spring line to mid wall spring line RDIA PDIA This produces a_ horizontal ellipse if RDIA gt 1 or a vertical ellipse if RDIA lt 1 5 109 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description
246. f NCN nodal points must be within limits 9028 Input CANAR1I Number of NTN nodal points must be within limits 9029 Input CANAR1 Number of NCN nodal points must be within limits 9030 Input CANARI Arch geometry is not self consistent 9031 Input CANARI Arch geometry is not self consistent 9032 Input CANBOX Incorrect mesh pattern for CANBOX 9033 Input CANBOX The cover height must be gt 0 0 9034 Input CONCRE Must use Level 2 for RSHAPE BOXES 9035 Input CANDE_DLL Invalid Design Analysis Input 9036 Input CANDE_DLL Invalid Level Number 9037 Input CANDE_DLL Error for Pipe Type 9038 Input CANDE_DLL Error for LEVEL 9039 Input CANDE_DLL STOP INVALID PIPE TYPE NAME 9040 Input CANDE_DLL STOP INVALID CANNED MESH NUMBER Input CANDE_DLL STOP END OF FILE ENCOUNTERED ON FIRST 9041 INPUT 4 32 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI Input Error Number Text 9042 Input CANDE_DLL Element number NE is out of bounds 9043 Input GENEL Not allowed to specify Limit L if X 1 0 for element connectivity 9044 Input GENEL A node number assigned to element connectivity is out of bounds 9045 Input GENEND A triangular element has negative or too small area 9046 Input GENEND A quadrilateral element has negative or too small area Input GENEND The number of different ma
247. f beam elements global sum of all groups integer nppt Total number of beam nodes global sum of all groups integer e WRITE 30 1000 IA written every increment 1000 FORMAT IS ia construction increment number or load step integer e 6 WRITE 30 1110 RESULT J N J 1 20 N 1 NPPT 1110 FORMAT E12 4 19 E12 4 Note RESULT 1 N to RESULT 9 N and RESULT 19 N and RESULT 20 N are common for all pipe types RESULT 1 N X COORDINATE inch RESULT 2 N Y COORDINATE inch RESULT 3 N X DISPLACEMENT inch RESULT 4 N Y DISPLACEMENT inch RESULT 5 N BENDING MOMENT positive in fiber tension in lb inch RESULT 6 N THRUST FORCE compression negative lb inch RESULT 7 N SHEAR FORCE outward positive 1b inch RESULT 8 N NORMAL PRESSURE ON PIPE compression is negative psi RESULT 9 N TANGENTIAL PRESSURE ON PIPE positive is clockwise psi RESULT 10 N through RESULT 18 N are dependent on pipe type as shown below 7 19 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline RESULT Aluminum Basic Concrete Plastic Steel Array Conrib Contube 10 N Maximum Inner cage steel Max Bending Maximum fiber stress stress stress fiber stress psi psi psi psi 11 N Thrust Stress Outer cage Thrust Stress Thrust Stress psi steel stress psi psi psi 12 N Shear Stress Max concrete Shear Stress S
248. f elements Number of boundary conditions Number of soil materials Number of interface materials 4 3 2007 Input Wizard Level 3 Information The level 3 screen provides two options for designating a CANDE Level 3 finite element mesh Manual Input Using this option specify key information related to the size of the model i e number of nodes number of elements etc The input wizard will create blank entries for each piece of level 3 information that will then be filled out in the CANDE input menus Import mesh file lleina thie mathad thea usar ean imnadt Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline For the level 3 information two options are available Manual Input and Import Mesh file In general Manual Input is used if the user will manually define all of the nodes and elements into CANDE or by using the inherent Mesh generation capabilities built into the CANDE analysis engine see Level 3 in chapter 5 on CANDE Input for more information on CANDE s built in mesh generation capabilities For all solutions levels 1 2 and 3 the next Wizard input screen is the Pipe Material screen as shown below Figure 4 2 4 CANDE Input Wizard Pipe Material screen ES Input complete Pipe Material 1 Pipe material type Concrete specific input C AN D E O Aluminum Reinforcement shape O Basic Standard Concrete O Elliptical 2 O O 7 ca Inout Wizard
249. face elements for this model If no interface elements enter zero 0 4 12 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline CANDE Import options CANDE has the capability to import meshes for the following three formats e CANDE XML Mesh files see CANDE 89 Plot files e NASTRAN When the user clicks on the Import File button in the Level 3 Information window of the CANDE Input Wizard an import dialog box appears as shown in Figure 4 2 9 Figure 4 2 9 CANDE import dialog box 11x M Import Type CANDE Mesh XML C CANDE 89 Plot file C NASTRAN Import Review Import Log Gk Cancel The user clicks on the file format and then the Import button Once the import has concluded the OK button will be enabled Clicking OK finishes the import and returns the user to the CANDE Input Wizard When importing NASTRAN or CANDE 89 files a log file window will appear to display the progress of the import as shown in Figure 4 2 10 Once the import is completed the import log file can be reviewed by clicking on the Review Import Log button The log file will display any problems that CANDE had while performing the import Figure 4 2 10 Import log window HB CANDE Import Window Import Type CANDE Mesh XML CANDE 83 Piot fle C NASTRAN C temp 48 Sn SRMP_CL90SWS0 Log window displaying progress Of Import
250. fault 0 Material behavior Code to select material This parameter controls the material law to be NONLIN behavior used The linear model only uses the modulus 66 70 1 linear stress strain PE whereas the bilinear model uses both PE 15 2 bilinear stress and PE2 Recommend NONLIN 2 integer strain Default 2 Large deformation and buckling mode IBUCK 71 75 a5 integer Code to select large deformation and buckling analysis 0 small deformation AASHTO 1 buckle 1 large deformation AASHTO 1 buckle 2 large deformation CANDE buckle 3 small deformation AASHTO 2 buckle 4 large deformation AASHTO 2 buckle Default 0 Two options are wrapped into the variable called IBUCK Option 1 is the choice of CANDE s large versus small deformation analysis and option 2 is the choice predicting buckling capacity Theoretically the most accurate option is IBUCK 2 which means CANDE performs large deformation analysis followed by a realistic prediction of the remaining buckling capacity At the other extreme IBUCK 0 means CANDE performs small deformation analysis and buckling capacity is predicted by the simplified but conservative AASHTO equation 12 7 2 4 for corrugations heights less than or equal 2 0 The choices of BUCK 3 or 4 corresponds exactly to the choices of IBUCK 0 or 1 except that the buckling capacity is computed by AASHTO form
251. file will be generated with a predefined number of decimal places unless this box is checked If it is checked all output will be presented in exponential format 4 54 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline CSV File Checking this box and setting the column separator character to comma will generate a comma delimited file CSV which can be opened directly in spread sheet applications like Microsoft Excel US units SI units Display the output file in the selected units The remainder of the General Mesh Output tab provides check box selections for the user to choose the mesh input data and solution output data to be written to report In addition the following beam results are available on the Beam Output Tab Figure 4 4 21 CANDE results generator Beam Output tab General Mesh Output Beam Output Report Preview lol x V Print general beam infor IZ Print aluminum beam info IV Print concrete beam info Beam groups IV Beam Group 1 Concrete M All Elem 5 7 elements Aluminum 0 elements m Concrete 57 elements Vv Displacements Maximum fiber stress IM Inner cage steel stress Bending moment M Thrust stress I Outer cage steel stress IV Thrust force M Shear stress MV Max concrete compr MV Shear force M Fraction Effective shear stress M Normal pressure M Modified IV Effective area PA I Tangential pressure FA Modified Mior V Effective M of 1
252. flection percentage Default 5 ADISP is the maximum allowable percentage of vertical deflection with respect to the vertical height For pipes and pipe arches 5 of the vertical height is typical For long span structures 2 of total rise is typical Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Comment The working stress design output provides a list of corrugation sizes along with the required metal thickness to meet the above design criteria CANDE determines the design output by performing a series of analyses beginning with a trial cross section and successively modifying it after each analysis until the specified safety factors are satisfied in an optimum manner CANDE selects the least weight corrugation for a final analysis and evaluation If JOINT gt 0 Proceed to input lines B 2b to define slotted joint parameters If JOINT 0 and XMODE DESIGN and LRED 0 Part B is now complete Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined If JOINT 0 and XMODE DESIGN and LRFD 1 Proceed to line B 2 next Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 4 4 B 2 Steel Design Weights for LRFD B 2 Steel D LRFD Design weights for LRFD standard size corrugations only Design weights for LRFD limit states typically all WLRFD 1 default The specification of the WLRFD design weights has the
253. following consequences e WLRED 1 0 Standard LRFD factored resistance factored loads e WLRED gt 1 0 More conservative factored resistance gt factored loads e WLRED lt 1 0 Less conservative factored resistance lt factored loads e WLRFD 1 0 Exclude the corresponding design criterion Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE STEEL One or more pipe groups are Sieel A 1 XMODE DESIGN This command is ONLY applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to DESIGN A 1 LRFD 1 This command is only applicable for LRFD design Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Wall area failure due to maximum thrust stress WLRFD 1 01 10 F10 0 Wall area failure due to maximum thrust stress Default weight 1 The design goal is to determine the corrugated wall area so that the weighted factored thrust stress is just less than the factored yield strength resistance of steel Global buckling due to thrust stress WLRFD 2 11 20 F10 0 Global buckling due to thrust stress Default weight 1 The design goal is to determine the corrugated wall moment of inertia so that the weighted factored thrust stress is just less than the factored thrust resistance for global buckling Seam failure due to thrust stress WLRFD 3 21 30 F10 0 Seam failure due to thrust stress Default weight 1
254. for corrugated aluminum include strength limits for thrust stress against material yielding in hoop compression global buckling and seam strength rupture A new strength criterion is a limit on the amount of plastic penetration through the cross section Here a recommended default value of 85 penetration is considered tantamount to failure Finally a performance limit on the allowable defection typically taken as 5 of the total rise completes the set of design criteria 2 5 Chapter 2 General Overview and Major Options CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 2 5 2 Reinforced concrete Concrete pipe type Wall sections for reinforced concrete culverts are defined by the concrete wall thickness with up to two rows of reinforcing steel typically placed near the inner and outer surface with specified cover depths In tension concrete behavior is characterized by cracking when tension stress levels exceed the tensile strain limit When this occurs the pre existing tensile stresses are redistributed to the uncracked section and the cracked location is assumed not to heal for any subsequent tensile loading In compression concrete is simulated with a tri linear stress strain curve Initially the concrete response is linear up to a specified strain level after which the concrete exhibits plastic hardening behavior When the compressive stress reaches the ultimate strength limit fc the stress strain response becomes perfectly plastic with
255. formation theory in CANDE F10 0 Default 1 0 Otherwise buckling capacity is determined by the simplified AASHTO equation Resistance factor for Resistance factor for Factored limiting strain resistance limiting stain limiting stain PHI 3 x 1 5 x PULT PE PHI 3 21 30 Default 1 0 F10 0 Gal Allowable percent deflection under service load ADISP 31 40 F10 0 Allowable percent deflection under service load Default 5 Allowable vertical deflection is percent of average diameter typically taken as 5 CANDE estimates the service load deflections by dividing by the specified load factors Allowable maximum tensile strain under service load TSTRN 41 50 F10 0 in in Allowable maximum tensile strain under service load conditions Default 0 05 in in Allowable maximum tensile strain is specified by AASHTO as 0 05 for HDPE CANDE estimates the service load strains by dividing by the specified load factors Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Comment The above resistance factors and service limits are used for both the design and analysis modes In the analysis mode CANDE will show the numerical values of the above factored resistances along with the corresponding factored responses as well as the service limits along with the corresponding service responses In the design mode the designer is given
256. from the data in the C 5 input lines NBPTC may be larger but not smaller than the actual number of conditions Typically it is recommended to specify NBPTC as some sufficiently large number say 200 If this number is insufficient CANDE will provide a message Total number of soil materials NSMAT 41 45 15 integer Total number of soil materials Default none NSMAT is the total number of different soil material numbers to be identified in line C 4 with variable IX 5 for quadrilateral and triangular elements This entry is only used by the GUI for Part D it may be ignored for batch input Total number of interface materials NXMAT 46 50 I5 integer Total number of interface materials Default none NXMAT is the total number of different interface materials numbers to be identified in line C 4 with variable IX 7 for interface elements This entry is only used by the GUI for Part D it may be ignored for batch input 5 155 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Code to minimize bandwidth MINBW 51 55 15 integer Code for band width minimizer 0 no action 1 minimize 2 min and print Default 0 By setting MINBW gt 0 CANDE will internally rearrange the user s node numbering scheme to minimize the bandwidt
257. fy 01 10 stress F10 0 Default 0 9 Concrete crush factor PHI 2 Resistance factor for concrete crushing due to Factored concrete crushing stress resistance PHI 2 x PFPC f 11 20 thrust and moment F10 0 Default 0 75 Shear failure Resistance factor for Factored shear strength resistance factor PHI 3 concrete shear failure PHI 3 x Selected shear strength option 21 30 F10 0 Default 0 9 Radial splitting Resistance factor for Factored radial tension resistance factor PHI 4 radial concrete tension PHI 4 x concrete radial tension stress limit as proposed 31 40 by Heger McGrath ACI 1983 F10 0 Default 0 9 Allowable crack Allowable crack width for Allowable crack width for service limit loading width ALCW service load CANDE will approximate the crack width at service 41 50 loading by dividing each increment of steel stress by the F10 0 Default 0 01inch load factor inches Comment The above resistance factors are multiplied by the corresponding resistances capacities and are printed out by CANDE along with the corresponding factored responses demands and the ratios of factored demand divided factored capacity The ratios should be less than 1 0 for safe performance If LRFD 0 line B 7 is not input however the working stress evaluation follows the same design criteria listed above in terms of safety
258. g s Young s Young s Young s Pressure Modulus Modulus Modulus Modulus Modulus Modulus psi psi psi psi psi psi psi 5 1 100 550 600 400 250 150 10 1 300 750 850 550 325 200 15 1 500 850 1 000 600 375 225 20 1 650 1 000 1 100 700 375 250 25 1 800 1 100 1 200 750 400 250 30 1 900 1 150 1 250 800 400 250 40 2 100 1 300 1 350 900 400 250 50 2 250 1 400 1 450 900 400 250 Comments Three soil classes are identified as Granular Mixed and Cohesive and each soil class is characterized with two broad levels of compaction Good and Fair The intent is to provide a set of conservative soil properties for design if there is not specific soil data to develop a user defined table The first letter in the special MATNAM names represents the soil class and the remaining four letters represent the compaction level The entries in Table 5 6 1 are the secant values of Young s modulus for soils in a state of confined compression uniaxial strain In CANDE the secant values are converted to chord values for incremental stress strain relationships In all cases Poisson s ratio is assumed constant with overburden pressure and set equal to 0 33 For the case MATNAM USER then the user completes a set of D 2 cards that provides input information similar to one of the MATNAM columns in the above table 5 194 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 6 D 2 Extended Hardin Soil Model If MATNAM is defined wi
259. ge vertical height For pipes and pipe arches 5 41 50 of the vertical height is typical For long span F10 0 Default 5 0 structures 2 of total rise is typical The working stress design output provides a list of corrugation sizes along with the required metal thickness to meet the above design criteria CANDE determines the design output by performing a series of analyses beginning with a trial cross section and successively modifying it after each analysis until the specified safety factors are satisfied in an optimum manner CANDE selects the least weight corrugation for a final analysis and evaluation If the Design Analysis XMODE Design and the Method of Analysis parameter LRFD 0 Part B is now complete Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined 5 19 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 1 4 B 2 Aluminum Design Weights for LRFD B 2 Alum D LRFD Aluminum Material and Control Parameters The specification of the WLRFD design weights has the following consequences e WLRED 1 0 Standard LRFD factored resistance factored loads e WLRED gt 1 0 More conservative factored resistance gt factored loads e WLRED lt 1 0 Less conservative factored resistance lt factored loads e WLRFD 1 0 Exclude the corresponding design criterion Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pip
260. generation The same applies to those nodes identified with an LGTYPE 1 or 2 Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Limit Signal to indicate this is If LIMIT is a blank entry then the program LIMIT last node to be input expects to read another line of C 3 nodal input 01 01 L more C 3 If LIMIT L this signals the program that this Al lines to come is the last nodal C 3 line to be processed after letter L this is last which the program advances to read element C 3 line data in line C 4 Default blank Node Node number to be NNP may be a node number that is to be NNP defined or referenced for specified with x and y coordinates Or NNP 02 05 node generation may be a node number that has been 14 previously defined and will be used as a integer beginning point to generate a sequence of Default none nodes using data from the following line of C 3 data input NNP may be any node number in the range of 1 to NPT 5 157 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Special reference code KRELAD 06 08 13 integer Code number to allow options for defining NNP s coordinates 0 standard input without nodal reference 1 x
261. ghts 1 CANDE will determine the required smooth wall thickness such that the controlling factored load nearly matches the corresponding factored resistance If however a designer desires a 25 more conservative design solution against say for global buckling the designer may specify WLRFD 2 1 25 Any design criterion is excluded by setting the weight 1 Proceed to line B 4 LRFD 1 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 3 8 B 4 Plastic Resistance Factors for LRFD B 4 Plastic Specified resistance factors for LRFD Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE PLASTIC One or more pipe groups is Plastic A 1 XMODE DESIGN or This command is applicable if the Design Analysis ANALYS parameter is set to either DESIGN or ANALYS A 1 LRFD 1 This command is input for LRFD evaluation Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Resistance factor for thrust stress yielding PHI 1 01 10 Resistance factor for wall area yielding due to thrust stress Default 1 0 Factored thrust stress resistance PHI 1 x PYIELD Resistance factor for global buckling Resistance factor for global buckling due to Factored global buckling resistance PHI 2 x Buckling Capacity PHI 2 thrust stress If IBUCK 2 Buckling capacity is determined 11 20 by large de
262. h of the stiffness matrix In all cases the output is displayed in the user s node numbering scheme If MINBW 2 the internal renumbering scheme is also displayed Comment The iteration traces specified by IWRT 2 3 or 4 are useful for ascertaining the effective stiffness or state of non linear models and assessing the degree of non convergence error The trace printouts are located immediately before the finite element output for any load step Proceed to line C 3 5 156 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 6 3 C 3 Level 3 Node Input C 3 L3 Level 3 node input Repeat as necessary to define all nodes The options provided by input variables KRELAD and LGTYPE see description below activate the so called advanced nodal generation methods provided by CANDE For users who find these advanced options confusing or prefer to use just the basic node generation features the KRELAD and LGTYPE variables may be completely ignored That is by defaulting the input for these two variables results in no action The standard basic nodal generation is governed by the MODEG variable presented next Note nodal numbers on line C 3 NNP may be input in any sequence backward or forward All nodes left undefined from the C 3 input but appear in C 4 element nodal connectivity arrays will have their coordinates automatically determined by an averaging technique called Laplace
263. h wall The minimum allowable gap feet Pattern WORD width is 0 1 R1 If TRWID is greater than TREN 4 0 R1 the trench installation becomes an Default none embankment installation 5 124 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Bedding depth Bedding depth This entry applies to both the embankment and BDEPTH trench mesh BDEPTH is the thickness of the 71 80 bedding placed uniformly beneath the bottom F10 0 Default 12 inch slab and extending 0 25 R1 beyond the inches sidewalls Comment The iteration traces specified by IWRT 2 3 or 4 are useful for ascertaining the effective stiffness or state of non linear models and assessing the degree of non convergence error If WORD1 MOD Proceed to Level 2 Extended CX lines Otherwise go to Part D for soil material definitions 5 125 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 6 Level 2 Box Embankment mesh with load steps and material zones P Trucated soil over burden pressure NINC 9 EE 9 eee e l 8 Variable A Ck HTCOVR aa uae Mi eefe e l 6 Telsisisis s 5 i Pie OESEL Ro Box NA ie s a an Bs s eje 2 2 2 2 R BDEPTH 5 126 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 7 Lev
264. he pipe type properties ALUMINUM Corrugated aluminum cross section with material options for elastic plastic behavior BASIC General cross sectional properties with elastic material CONCRETE Reinforced concrete smooth wall section with nonlinear material models for concrete and rebar PLASTIC Smooth and Profile wall plastic pipe with linear material properties and non linear local buckling model STEEL Corrugated steel cross section with elastic plastic material behavior Also has option for slotted joint behavior CONRIB Concrete with smooth or rib shaped wall reinforced with steel fibers and or steel rebar Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units CONTUBE Circular concrete cross section encased in a thin walled tube No default There is no default for no pipe type To use CANDE without pipe elements select LEVEL 3 PTYPE BASIC and NPMATX 0 Skip part B input Canned Mesh Code NPCAN Level 2 only 11 15 15 integer Canned mesh code used only for LEVEL 2 1 Pipe mesh circular or elliptical opening 2 Box mesh rectangular opening 3 Arch mesh arch shaped or 3 sided box opening Under level 2 NPCAN allows the user to select the type of canned mesh to be used in this problem see Table 5 3 1 for increments For level 1
265. he hyperbolic Poisson ratio function representing the maximum value of Poisson s ratio at high shear strain The default value was calibrated for sand MATNAM GRAN but may be used for mixed and cohesive soils Shape parameter for Poisson ratio function Shape parameter for Poisson ratio function XQ is a shape parameter for the hyperbolic Poisson ratio function which increases the rate XQ Default 0 26 for of the Poisson value between the low and high 21 30 GRAN MIXE and limits The default value was calibrated for F10 0 COHE sand MATNAM GRAN but may be used dimensionless for mixed and cohesive soils Void ratio of soil Void ratio of soil Void ratio is the ratio of void space per unit VOIDR Default values volume divided solid space per unit volume 31 40 0 60 GRAN Values for VOIDR may range is from 0 1 to F10 0 0 50 MIXE 3 0 Increased values of VOIDR result in dimensionless 1 00 COHE decreased values of the secant shear stiffness 5 195 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Saturation ratio Saturation ratio SAT is ratio of void space filled with water SAT Default values Values for SAT may range is from 0 0 to 1 0 41 50 0 00 GRAN Increased values of SAT result in decreased F10 0 0 50 MIXE values of the secant shear stiffness dime
266. he interface shear force exceeds the product of the compressive normal force and friction coefficient then the interface element permits relative slippage between the nodes according to the Coulomb friction hypothesis A typical range of pipe soil friction is 0 3 to 0 7 To simulate a bonded condition without slippage set FCOEF to an arbitrary high value say 1000 5 199 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Tensile breaking force of contact nodes Tensile breaking force of contact nodes I and J TENSIL is the force per unit length required to break the bond between nodes I and J Should TENSIL the interface normal force exceed the tensile 21 30 breaking limit TENSIL the contact surfaces F10 0 will separate from each other and only re bond bs in Default 1 0 Ib in if subsequent loading brings them back together To simulate a bonded condition without tensile rupture set TENSIL to an arbitrary high value say 10 000 Gap distance in normal Initial normal gap XNGAP is the initial gap distance in the direction distance between two direction of the interface angle between two XNGAP nodes positive value bodies containing nodes I and J 31 40 F10 0 Default 0 0 If the gap distance is specified to be zero inches default then the interface behaves as expected i e as
267. hear Stress psi compression psi psi psi 13 N Fraction of Effective shear Maximum Fraction of wall yielded stress tensile strain wall yielded ratio psi in in ratio 14 N Modified area Effective Area Effective Area Modified area PA PA PA PA in in in in in in in in 15 N Modified Effective Effective Modified M of I PI M of I PI M of I PI M of I PI in in in in in in in in 16 N Distance to N Distance to N Distance to N Distance to N A y bar A y bar A y bar A y bar in in in in 17 N Bend stress Crack Width Maximum Bend stress above yield inch combined above yield psi strain psi in in 18 N Strain ratio Crack Depth Percent of Strain ratio max yield inch remaining area max yield ratio ratio RESULT 19 N MOMENT INCREMENT current inner strain during iteration in lb inch RESULT 20 N THRUST INCREMENT current outer strain during iteration Ib inch Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 2 CANDE NASTRAN Import Format CANDE supports a limited import of NASTRAN files based on the information based in this section The NASTRAN import is available for Level 3 models when creating a new CANDE input document using the CANDE Input Wizard see section 4 2 1 2 CANDE Input Wizard Level 3 items The NASTRAN commands supported by the NASTRAN import option are shown in
268. height for which the soil HT I for load step I properties specified below will apply For 01 10 subsequent entries it is required that HT I 1 gt F10 0 HT D and HT NINC final fill height ft No Default The incremental overburden pressure for any load step I SDEN x HT D HT I 1 Thus the current total overburden pressure at load step I SDEN x HT Young s Modulus SEH I 11 20 F10 0 Ib in Young s modulus of soil in vicinity of pipe for load step I No default As a general rule the Young s modulus of soil increases as current total overburden pressure increases Table 5 5 1 provides guidance for specifying Young s modulus dependent on soil class initial compaction effort and the overburden pressure Poisson s ratio SVH I 21 30 F10 0 Poisson s ratio of soil in vicinity of pipe for load step I No default See Table 5 5 1 for guidance on specifying Poisson s ratio A typical value for all soil is 0 33 If LRFD 0 the input for this CANDE run is complete Enter a STOP command see line A 1 if no additional CANDE problems are to be included in this input file 5 104 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 5 1 Level 1 Conservative values for Young s soil modulus and Poisson s ratio Soil Class gt Granular Mixed Cohesive Compac
269. his input is required for the following Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 or 3 For Solution Level 2 the number of soil and interface elements is predetermined The following sections provide descriptions on how many soil and interface materials are defined for each Level 2 mesh type For Solution Level 3 the number of soil and interface materials is defined on line C 2 section 5 5 6 1 and material numbers assigned to each element are defined on lines C 3 section 5 5 6 4 This input is NOT required for Solution Level 1 or if there are only beam elements in the mesh INPUT OVERVIEW 1 Start at line D 1 to identify model type and identification data 2 Proceed to line D 2 for the selected model type and complete input Linear Elastic Orthotropic Elastic Duncan and Duncan Selig Original or Modified Overburden Dependent Extended Hardin Interface properties Composite link element Mohr Coulomb classical elastoplastic 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 until all models are defined with input 5 174 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 1 D 1 Material Control Parameters for All Models D 1 Material control parameters Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 or 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format
270. ht of nodeNumber 9999 if the last node number beamGroupNumber Integer beam group for this result pipeType Integer code for the pipe type l Steel 2 Aluminum 3 Concrete 4 Plastic 5 Basic 6 Special Routine added by the user xCoord Double Precision x coordinate of nodeNumber yCoord Double Precision y coordinate of nodeNumber xDisp Double Precision x displacement of nodeNumber for this construction increment yDisp Double Precision y displacement of nodeNumber for this construction increment bendingMoment Double Precision bending moment thrustForce Double Precision thrust force compression negative shearForce Double Precision shear force normalPressure Double Precision normal pressure on pipe tangPressure Double Precision tangential pressure on pipe result 10 Double Precision dependent on pipe type result11 Double Precision dependent on pipe type result 12 Double Precision dependent on pipe type result13 Double Precision dependent on pipe type result14 Double Precision dependent on pipe type result15 Double Precision dependent on pipe type result16 Double Precision dependent on pipe type result17 Double Precision dependent on pipe type result18 Double Precision dependent on pipe type momentIncrement Double Precision moment increment thrustIncrement Double Precision thrust increment Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 1 4 NCHRP Process 12 50 Results For the purposes of reg
271. ht of soil cover fo ft Aluminum Design Sifety Factors A ADD a Solution Level Statements Density of soil above truncated mesh Ibvft 3 Control Parameters Le Major Geometry and Loa Control Variables Level 2 F Backpacking for Embankment MA Material Definition Statements D _ Material Definition 1 in situ Material Control Parameters Maten sotropic Linear Elastic Parameters _ Material Definition 2 bedding 4 Material Control Parameters M ate sotropic Linear Elastic Parametegis _ Material Definition 3 backfill Material Control Parameters M ates sotropic Linear Elastic Parameters Accept Input Cancel Material Definition 4 overfill H Material Control Parameters M ateri m sotropic Linear Elastic Parameters a Average vertical diameter of pipe Variable Name PDIA Default none in Help Area Provides information on active input Range 12 to 2400 parameter 4 20 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 4 4 Show Input checkbox Clicking on the Show Input checkbox will turn on CANDE input document display at the bottom of the Menu Input screen see Figure 4 2 15 below This input is NOT modifiable through this screen but provides a view of the input document for those familiar with the format Figure 4 2 15 Activating CANDE input menu Show Input Check to show generated input document E Input Comman
272. iable C set to 1 0 1 5 or 1 9 respectively See Heger McGrath crack width equation following line B 2 Nonlinear behavior selection Code to select level of nonlinear behavior NONLIN 1 cracking only 2 add concrete 76 80 plastic behavior 15 3 also include steel integer yielding behavior Default 3 As a general rule concrete cracking and nonlinear compressive behavior along with steel yielding should be used for all real world problems NONLIN 3 Lesser degrees of nonlinearity may be useful for comparative studies Guide for next lines of input The next lines of input starting with Line B 4 depends upon the previous choices of XMODE LRFD and RSHAPE as shown in table below Case Pre selected Input Go to line B 4 with the description that matches the pre XMODE LRFD RSHAPE selected input 1 Analysis Oor 1 Standard or B4 Analysis with uniform walls and circular or elliptical Ellipse reinforcement Level 1 2 or 3 2 Analysis Oorl Arbitrary B4 Analysis with arbitrary walls and placement of reinforcement Level 2 or 3 3 Analysis Oor 1 Boxes B4 B4b Analysis for ASTM box culvert walls and rebar placement used with Level 2 Box 4 Design 0 Standard or B4 Design for uniform walls and circular or elliptical Ellipse rebar working stress Level 1 2 or 3 5 Design 1 Standard or B4 B5 Design for uniform walls and circular or elliptical Ellipse reb
273. ided in the appendix of this User Manual integer Subdomain ID Subdomain ID number This value is only used as a unique identifier for SUBDID Default 0 this version of CANDE The value is only used in the printing of the 12 50 results The output 91 95 format for the Process 12 50 results are 15 provided in the appendix of this User Manual integer Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 3 2 A 2 Pipe Selection A 2 L12 levels 1 or 2 A 2 L3 level 3 Master Control Input Data Use if Comments Always A 1 LEVEL 1 or 2 Use this command once for solutions levels 1 and 2 to describe the pipe material A 1 LEVEL 3 This command will be entered for each pipe group The number of pipe groups for solution level 3 is defined on the A 1 command NOTE This command is used in tandem with the B commands defined in subsequent sections of this chapter Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Pipe Type PTYPE Choosing PTYPE means the selection of the Word defining type of pipe material to be analyzed or designed For pipe material or structure level 1 or 2 only one pipe type can be selected 01 10 segment per problem A10 word For level 3 the user will select a PTYPE for each pipe group NPGRPS times Input for each PTYPE consists of Line A 2 followed by the set of lines in Part B which defines t
274. ile Menu Description of File tab menu option Choices 1 New Develop a new input data file using the GUI input Wizard 2 Open Text Input Recall and or edit an existing input data file without GUI input menu 3 Open Recall and or edit an existing input data file with GUI input menu All input files are created with the cid extension for example Cande_input 1 cid 3 3 1 Locate and save example input problem From the File menu click Open Text Input or Open to access all potential input data files that have a cid extension A file browser will open to search and select an input file for the purposes of getting started look inside the CANDE 2007 file folder for a subfolder with a name like CANDEInputFiles and click on the any input example listed in the folder Again using the File pull down menu use the Save As option to save the example input data file to a work folder in another location of your choice If you cannot find nor have access to an example input problem copy the simple Level 1 input problem listed in 3 2 Chapter 3 Getting Started CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 3 3 3 below Copy it to a new NotePad document or other text editor Save the input data file using a cid extension e g Simple_input_example cid Figure 3 3 3 Sample Level 1 CANDE input file DESIGN 1 1 1 Level 1 Steel Design LRFD STEEL 0 0 O 60 0 120 0 30 0 100
275. in This ratio is the steel length L1 to one half in steel in top and steel in top and bottom span length R1 as shown in Figure 5 4 4 bottom slabs XL1 slabs 41 50 Default 0 0 F10 0 Uniform concrete cover Uniform concrete cover All steel cages inner walls and outer walls are thickness to all steel thickness to all steel assigned the same concrete cover thickness centers TC centers specified with TC See Figure 5 4 4 51 60 Default 1 25 in F10 0 inches If XMODE ANALYSIS and LRFD 0 Part B is now complete Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined If XMODE ANALYSIS and LRFD 1 Proceed to line B 5 5 43 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 4 ASTM geometry and steel placement for box culverts with 2 ft cover or more HH AS2 hi AS4 XL1 L1 R1 Level 2 Box Box geometry and steel placement ASO TBO 2 R2 PTV Level 2 Box Node numbering and Cross Section view 5 44 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 2 8 B 4 Concrete Case 4 Specified Wall Thickness and Working Stress SF B 4 Concrete Case4 Specified wall thickness and working stress design Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups is Concrete CONCRETE B 3 RSHAPE STAND or ELLIP This command is only ap
276. in formulation PSNU reinforcing steel 21 30 F10 0 Default 0 3 Print code Special code to print out As a general rule it is recommended to use the default NONLIN an iteration trace of option NONLIN 0 31 35 nonlinear model 15 Choosing NONLIN gt 0 is useful if it is observed that the integer 0 No action CONRIB model does not converge This will produce a gt 0 An iteration trace of key variables will be printed on output file Default 0 trace printout of the key beam properties for each iteration of each load step By inspecting the key properties PA current area PI current moment of inertia and YBAR current neutral axis one can deduce which elements are not converging and to what degree Note the user can control the number of iterations and stopping with the input parameter ITMAX on Line A1 Proceed to line B 4 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 5 4 B 4 Input sequence node numbers B 4 Conrib First and last nodal sequence numbers for a subset of common geometric properties Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE e Repeat lines B 4 B 5 B 6 until the geometric properties of CONRIB the Conrib pipe group have been defined for all nodes Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Default First local Node First local node number in NSEQ1 is the first local node number i
277. ine is for cases where the Wall Section Type is B 3 Plastic A Profile NHEL This input line is required for each horizontal element gt 0 specified by NHEL Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Element identifier Horizontal element Identification number of the horizontal element IDENT I identification number being added to the profile configuration whose 01 05 1 inner wall valley length width and edge condition are defined in 15 2 inner wall liner the following entries integer 3 outer wall crest Note Line B 3b is repeated for the number of 4 outer wall link specified horizontal elements i e NHEL Default none times See Figure 5 4 6 Length Full length of horizontal The length of the valley 1 or crest 3 XLONG I element element includes the overlapping distance of 06 15 the web thicknesses The length of the liner F10 0 2 or link 4 element does not include the inches Default 0 0 web thicknesses See Figure 5 4 6 Thickness Thickness of horizontal Uniform thickness of the current element The THICK I element thicker the element the more it resists local 16 25 buckling F10 0 Default 0 0 inches Edge support coeff The so called k value The k value may be taken as 4 0 for elements EDGEK I for the edge support with both edges supported by other elements 26 35 coefficient For a freest
278. ines as necessary to define all elements Unlike nodal number input element number input and generation must be in sequential order starting with element number and ending with last element Use if Comments Refer to Figure 5 5 18 for element types A 1 LEVEL 3 e Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Limit Signal to indicate the last If LIMIT is a blank entry then the program LIMIT element to be input expects to read another line of C 4 element 01 01 blank more C 4 input A1 lines to come If LIMIT L this signals the program that letter L this is last this is the last element C 4 line to be processed C 4 line Default blank after which the program advances to read boundary condition data in line C 5 Element Number Element number to be Each element in the mesh regardless whether NE defined it be a quadrilateral triangle beam interface 02 05 or link element is assigned a unique element 14 number NE Input for line C 4 must start with integer NE 1 and subsequent values for NE must be in ascending order up to NELEM Missing element numbers are automatically generated between NE and NE where NE is the input element number on the previous C 4 line When numbering beam elements within a group of connected beam elements the Default none element numbering must progress from st
279. ines values for all the input variables as well as the complete tabularized output of soil responses interface responses and structural responses for each pipe group including safety evaluations of the culvert s structural performance in terms of appropriate design criteria The report s bottom line is a safety evaluation of each pipe group given at the end of the report The Output Report reviewer is equipped with an interactive table of contents that allows the user to quickly locate data of interest To go directly to a location in the output file simply click on a node in the interactive Output Table of Contents shown on the left side of the screen A Find and Find Next button are also available to search for known strings in the output file such as Error The Ist level headings are organized into three major categories 1 Master control and pipe type data 2 Review system input data 3 Solution output results If the user selected the design mode a fourth major heading called design solution is also included in the table of contents An example of an Output Report is shown in the output report viewer below highlighting the nodal displacements for the 3rd load step 4 35 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 4 4 3 CANDE Output Viewer Output Results C temp FromTJM Example TJM f ALL NODAL DISPLACEMENTS FOR LOAD STEP 5 d 8 WR INTE
280. ion of x amp y coordinates 0 basic input no generation recalls NNP s coordinates from previous input no generation 2 generates nodes between NNP and NNP 3 generates nodes between NNP and NNP previously known 5 input for generating non sequential node numbers Default 0 MODEG controls the basic options for node input and nodal generation of coordinates The nodal generation refers to the spatially intermediate nodes between the current node number NNP and the previous node number NNP For MODEG 0 the x and y coordinates will be specified by the user in variables XCOORD and YCOORD All other input variables in C 3 are irrelevant For MODEG 1 the coordinates for NNP are recalled from computer memory wherein it was previously input or generated The motivation is to start a new generation sequence with this node serving as NNP All other input on this C 3 command is irrelevant For MODEG 2 the program will automatically generate the node numbers and coordinates between node number NNP and NNP The user has control over increment numbering spacing and line curvature with C 3 input variables For MODEG 3 the program will perform exactly like MODEG 2 except that XCOORD and YCOORD need not be input for NNP because the coordinates will be recalled from memory The remaining variables are specified as desired For MODEG 5 non sequential numbering of generated nodes is permitted
281. ions Description columns format units Length of profile period PERIOD 01 10 F10 0 inches Length of generic Profile period Default none PERIOD horizontal distance of the repeating profile shape along the pipe s length as shown in Figure 5 4 6 The repeating profile shape always includes two web elements Total height of profile section HEIGHT 11 20 F10 0 inches Total height of profile section Default none HEIGHT is the distance from the inner most fiber to the outer most fiber See Figure 5 4 6 Web angle with the horizontal Web angle measured from the horizontal The orientation of the two web elements are mirror symmetric with their inclination defined WEBANG by the web angle measured from the 21 30 Default 90 degrees horizontal See Figure 5 4 6 By themselves F10 0 the two webs may be used to form a saw tooth degrees profile Web thickness Web Thickness Web thickness is measured normal to web WEBT surface web thickness is independent of the 31 40 web angle F10 0 Default none inches Web k value for edge support coefficient WEBK 41 50 F10 0 dimensionless The web k value for the edge support coefficient Default 4 0 The web s k value is used for local buckling computations The k value may be taken as 4 0 for elements with both edges supported by other elements For a frees
282. ions selected by the user 5 121 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Make changes to the basic mesh WORD1 73 76 A4 word A command word to subsequently make changes to basic mesh MOD mesh will be modified Default blank No modification For WORD1 MOD the user will have the opportunity to change the basic mesh in terms of nodal locations element properties and prescribed loads This is accomplished by supplying additional data in lines CX 1 through CX 4 after the basic C 1 through C 4 data is complete Motivations for changing the basic mesh include add live load s simulate voids or rocks in the soil system and to change shapes such as the bedding The default case no modifications applies to many basic problems Comment The Level 2 Box Mesh generates a half mesh symmetric about the vertical centerline implying that all geometry and loading is mirror symmetric on both sides of the centerline Proceed to Line C 2 5 122 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 3 2 C 2 Level 2 Box Mesh Control Variables Installation Dimensions C 2 L2 Box Control variables installation dimensions Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level
283. irst node SERA BSED 08 AIS Se Beam Results C temp FroeTIM Example TIM Pee RENCE eterna moment Group i Steel epea N J Choose the 5 CANDE Beam fo oh Group to plot _ 48 tee baa es S 5 1 e bd i f Me i 4 rhe 2 2924 30 t 42 es 60 5 o o s 48 a y rs r Lond oo X ocation in Starting at first node Click on a pont to see the value seos Ffeemones coniete E Fy SM moment Select the type me ceeraia seeeceeton of result o view 2 e F 2 8 5 ka 2 e w 3 e Location feet 4 50 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 4 2 View of pipe group shape and properties To view the pipe group shape and its element topology click on the toggle button as shown in the figure below Figure 4 4 16 CANDE Graphs window Pipe Mesh Button Beam Results C temp FromTJM TJM Example T IM Frfexisees emanate tendro one Bending mop This icon acts as a toggle to turn on off the local pipe system mesh plot a 5 5 g 2 27 5 Bending E 0 0 moment Ib z i 6 infin Load D step 4 2 7 5 a 5 5 X location in Starting at first node Once the toggle is turned on a new section will appear in a windowpane at the bottom of the graph viewer as shown in the figure below The graph window tools are the same icons as described in the Mesh Input viewer and work in the same fashion See
284. is the angle that the radius vector makes with the x axis The mechanical properties assigned to each these intervening interface materials is the same as prescribed for the first material number In the way of an example consider the case Level 2 Pipe with WORD1 SLIP wherein there are 11 interface the interface materials starting with number at the invert and proceeding counterclockwise to number 11 at the crown See Table 5 6 3 The corresponding angles for a circular pipe are 90 72 54 36 18 0 18 36 54 72 and 90 Thus the long way to input these angles would be to repeat lines D1 and D2 eleven times The short cut method would set I 1 in line D1 and ANGLE 90 in line D2 followed by one more set with I 11 in D1 and ANGLE 90 in D2 For the case WORD1 SLPT the first interface material number starts at the node above the trench floor up to number 7 at the top of the trench For a vertical trench wall ANGLE 0 deg for all seven interface elements Again this could be established with the short cut method with I 1 in line D1 and ANGLE 0 5 200 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline in line D2 followed by one more set with I 7 in D1 and ANGLE 0 in D2 In this case the straight line is converted into very large local circles to produce an interface angle equal to 0 degrees at intervening points For the Level 2 Arch mesh interface material numbering starts with n
285. itions are referred to a local x y degrees coordinate system that is rotated THETA Default 0 0 deg degrees counterclockwise from the Global X Y system This is helpful for defining boundary conditions along sloped or skewed boundaries Load step Load step number when IA is the load step number that the boundary IA boundary condition is conditions defined on the current C 5 line are 46 50 applied introduced into the system Specified forces 15 are applied only during load step IA and are integer Default 1 not repeated on subsequent load steps Specified displacements are applied during load step IA and remain in effect throughout the remaining steps Ending node Ending node in a NNP is used to generate a sequence of NNP sequence of boundary identical boundary conditions starting with 51 55 conditions to be node number NP and ending at node number 15 generated NNP Boundary conditions are automatically integer generated for the intervening nodes Default 0 NP 1 INCR NP 2 INCR NP 3 INCR no action NNP where INCR is specified below Note that NNP may be greater than or less than NP However if NNP 0 no generation will take place Node increment Node increment used to INCR represents a uniform jump in nodal INCR generate numbering along a path where boundary 56 60 boundary conditions from conditions are to be generated INCR is input 15 NP to NPP as a positive number and will
286. itle C 2 Number of load steps and key control integers C 3 Nodal coordinate input and generation codes C 4 Element property input and generation codes C 5 Boundary conditions and loading input Part D Soil Model Properties Input properties for each model used Mohr Coulomb included Linear Elastic Overburden Duncan and Extended Interface D 1 to D 2 Dependent Duncan Selig Hardin Properties D 1 to D 4 D 1 to D 2 Part E LRFD Load Factors Optional Load factors if LRFD 1 Input load factor for each increment E 1 Load step numbers and net load factor for dead load earth load or live load Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 2 CANDE input instructions This section provides a guideline for the format of the input instructions provided in the following sections Each line of input is identified by the capital letter A B C D or E followed by a number The capital letter identifies the Data Part to which the input lines belong and the trailing number is a count of the formatted lines associated with the Data Part For example A 1 and A 2 are the required two lines of input to complete the input for Part A Master Control Input instructions for each line of input are shown in a 3 column table with the headings Parameter Input Options and Description The Parameter column provides a name of the variable or word command along with its short FORTRAN name in parenthesis In addi
287. l numerical values to define a set of variables and or word commands to initiate desired actions CANDE employs a rigid format to read the input file so that the placement of numerical values and words on each input data line must follow the input instructions in this chapter The input flow charts in the next section summarize the type of input data that is required for Solution Levels 1 2 and 3 respectively Input data for Level 1 and 2 does not usually require very much preparation time on the part of the user beyond knowing the type and shape of culvert depth of burial and class of soils CANDE s internal library provides default values for most material properties of culvert and soil With the aid of the screen mode input even a novice user can generate an input data file in a few minutes In contrast to the above Solution Level 3 does require the user to spend some time in preparing a plan for the finite element mesh topology Although CANDE contains many helpful mesh generation features the user s preparation time for Level 3 is considerably longer than for Level 1 or 2 The new capabilities associated with CANDE 2015 are shown in red ink throughout this user manual including Chapter 5 As explained in Section 4 5 the new capabilities are not fully integrated with GUI so that if the user wishes to use any of the new capabilities the input file should be opened and executed with the Open Text Input option A summary table of the new
288. l axis The horizontal axis for plotting structural response is always portrayed as a straight line even though the actual path of the pipe group is very likely to be curvilinear All responses are plotted in reference to the nodes along the pipe group path The nodal locations along the horizontal axis may be selected as one of two choices e Local node numbers from to the number of pipe group nodes spaced evenly along axis e Actual distance along the along the pipe path X starting with 0 0 at node 1 default 4 52 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline US units SI units Selects either US customary units or SI units to use to display the graph Show single load step If this box is checked only one load step will be shown per graph For this case the user chooses the load step from the combination box on the graph viewer If this is not checked the user selects which load steps will be shown on the same graph Plot multiple load steps An example of plotting multiple load steps is shown below To do this turn the check off of the Show single load step on the menu Select the desired load steps to graph Return to the Graphs window See Figure 4 4 19 below Figure 4 4 19 Plotting multiple load steps with CANDE Beam Graph ee Beam Results C temp FromTJM Example TJM 5 Load step 1 Beam group 1 Concrete Bending moment lb injin Bendi
289. l box culverts Proceed to line B 3 LRFD 1 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 1 5 B 3 Aluminum Resistance Factors for LRFD B 3 Alum AD LRFD Resistance factors for LRFD limit states Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups are Aluminum ALUMINUM A 1 LRFD 1 This instruction is only applicable for LRFD design A 1 XMODE ANALYS or DESIGN This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to DESIGN or ANALYS Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Resistance factor for wall area yielding due to thrust stress PHI 1 01 10 F10 0 Resistance factor for wall area yielding due to thrust stress Default 1 0 Factored thrust stress resistance PHI 1 x PYIELD Choosing PFS 1 1 is generally recommended and consistent with current LRFD specifications Resistance factor for global buckling due to thrust stress PHI 2 11 20 F10 0 Resistance factor for global buckling due to thrust stress Default 1 0 Factored global buckling resistance PHI 2 x Buckling Capacity Buckling capacity is determined by large deformation theory in CANDE if IBUCK 2 Otherwise simplified buckling equations are used Resistance factor for seam strength due to thrust stress PHI 3
290. l system wherein the fill height above the crown is at least 2 pipe diameters See Figure 5 5 1 as a conceptual illustration of the boundary value problem Level 1 is not appropriate for shallow covers or simulating concentrated live loads Although the Burns and Richards solution is based on linear elasticity CANDE provides a pseudo nonlinear representation in two ways First the soil stiffness may change with each load step to reflect the fact that soil tends to get stiffer as the overburden pressure increases Second CANDE uses an average of pipe stiffness values around the pipe which may change from load step to load step as determined from the nonlinear pipe type models Proceed to line C 2 Figure 5 5 1 Level 1 Illustration of Level 1 boundary value problem Over burden pressure P Homogeneous Soil SHE E Young s modulus SVH v Poisson s ratio 5 103 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 1 2 C 2 Level 1 Fill Heights and Soil Parameters C 2 L1 Fill heights and soil parameters Line C 2 Repeat line C 2 for each load step 1 to NINC Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 1 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 1 C 1 L1 NINC times Repeat this line for each load step NINC Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Soil height Soil height above crown HT I current soil
291. lable for Solution Level 1 Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Concrete wall thickness at node N Concrete wall thickness at node N for current The specified concrete wall thickness may differ from node sequence to node sequence PT N node sequence along element group as desired The current 01 10 node sequence is defined by the local node F10 0 Default none numbers NSEQI through NSEQ2 See inches comments below See Note Area of steel cage 1 Steel area of cage 1 for Cage 1 is associated with the inner pipe wall ASI N node sequence This is a Steel areas may vary from node sequence to 11 20 smeared average area per node sequence as desired including the case of F10 0 unit pipe length no steel ASI N 0 0 in in Default 0 0 in in Area of steel Cage 2 Steel area of cage 2 for Cage 2 is associated with the outer pipe wall ASO N node sequence This is a Steel areas may vary from node sequence to 21 30 smeared average area per node sequence as desired including the case of F10 0 unit pipe length no steel ASO N 0 0 in in Default 0 0 in in Concrete cover cage 1 Concrete cover thickness Concrete cover thickness for cage 1 is TBI N to centerline of cage 1 relative to the inner wall surface Cover 31 40 for node sequence thickness may vary from node sequence to F10 0 Default 1 25 in n
292. lements Tag Type Description elemDispNumber Integer Element identifier number elemDispType String Element type Type is either BEAM TRIA INTF QUAD and can be used to extract the output description for each st value shown below stl Double Precision Dependent on element type Description comes from CANDEMeshResults elemOutputDesc st2 Double Precision Dependent on element type Description comes from CANDEMeshResults elemOutputDesc st3 Double Precision Dependent on element type Description comes from CANDEMeshResults elemOutputDesc 7 9 There Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline Tag Type Description st4 Double Precision Dependent on element type Description comes from CANDEMeshResults elemOutputDesc st5 Double Precision Dependent on element type Description comes from CANDEMeshResults elemOutputDesc st6 Double Precision Dependent on element type Description comes from CANDEMeshResults elemOutputDesc 7 10 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 1 3 Beam results format The following is the XML beam results format that is used by CANDE for the plotting of the beam results using the CANDE Graphs viewer This file is automatically generated by CANDE for Levels 1 2 and 3 The definition of the XML tags is provided in tables
293. lements the minimum and maximum values are FTDEP minimum 0 05 RISE FTDEP maximum 0 30 RISE Outside footing width FTWIDO 41 50 F10 0 inches Outside footing width Default none FTWIDO is the horizontal length that the footing extends beyond the arch connection point on the exterior side In order to control the aspect ratio of the mesh elements the minimum and maximum values are FTWIDO minimum 0 1 RISE HFSPAN 5 135 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description FTWIDO maximum 0 25 RISE HFSPAN Inside footing width FTWIDI 51 60 F10 0 inches Inside footing width Default none FTWIDI is the horizontal footing length on the interior side of the arch connection point Note FTWIDO FTWIDI total footing width In order to control the aspect ratio of the mesh FTWIDI minimum 0 1 HFSPAN FTWIDI maximum 0 5 HFSPAN Spacing factor for mesh grid around arch Spacing factor for mesh grid around arch This factor controls the proportional sizing of elements around the arch to achieve a more SPCFAC Range 1 0 to 1 3 optimal grid pattern in terms of element shapes 61 70 and aspect ratios This feature is problem F10 0 dependent and should be used in a trial and ratio Default 1 0 error fashion with graphical
294. ll gt s _ Culvert Interior SaD a S ao ma aa a e 4 EE b Steel placement for OUTIN 0 c Steel placement for OUTIN 1 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 5 6 B 6 Steel area and placement B 6 Conrib Specification of steel reinforcement area and placement geometry Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE e Repeat lines B 4 B 5 and B 6 to define all nodes CONRIB e Input line B 6 as default zeros even if no reinforcing steel is used Parameter Input Options Description columns format Default units Inner steel area ASI 01 10 F10 0 in in Steel area for inner cage A smeared average per unit length of pipe Default 0 0 in in For slabs or smooth walls ASI is the rebar cross sectional area divided by the rebar spacing SLI as illustrated in Figure 5 4 6 2 For rib reinforcement ASI is total steel area in the rib divided by the rib width Outer steel area ASO Steel area in outer cage A smeared average per For slabs or smooth walls ASO is the rebar cross sectional area divided by the rebar spacing SLO as 11 20 unit length of pipe illustrated in Figure 5 4 6 2 For rib reinforcement ASO F10 0 is total steel area in the rib divided by the rib width in in Default 0 0 in in Inner cover Concrete cover to Concrete cover thickness from the interior wall surf
295. llation is similar to any Windows program setup Double clicking on the setup exe program delivered with the CANDE installation will initiate the CANDE installation program Follow the screen by screen instructions to complete the installation Your screen will display just the acronym CANDE 2007 which is to be understood to include the 2011 update 3 3 Launching and running CANDE The executable program is available through the Windows gt Programs menu under CANDE 2007 see below You may also want to create a shortcut for CANDE and place it on your Windows Desktop Figure 3 3 1 Starting CANDE Ca CANDE 2007 8 Windows Messenger A windows Movie Maker All Programs fi CANDE 2007 gt ff Tutorials gt GT CANDE 2 Log Off Turn OFF Computer F Pa clas Control Panel After launching CANDE the CANDE 2007 logo and disclaimer will appear on the screen for about two seconds Next the CANDE 2007 GUI menu and toolbar will appear as shown below 3 1 Chapter 3 Getting Started CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Once CANDE 2007 is started the user has the options as shown in the following table to create a new CANDE input file or to open an existing file These options are available through the File menu subsequent chapters discuss all the toolbar options for complete input and output control Table 3 3 1 File tab menu options for input data files Dropdown F
296. lot and or further process the CANDE input and output The data files are legacy files that were part of CANDE 89 and have been included to maintain compatibility with any software that continues to use these files The files are standard ASCII text with a format as described in the following section Plot data from CANDE is provided on two files controlled by user input parameter called IPLOT The two files called PLOT1 and PLOT2 are described below 1 PLOT alias File 10 in CANDE This contains finite element mesh data followed by finite element response data records for each load step This file is automatically created in the same folder that the input file is stored with the extension PLOT 1 dat 2 PLOT2 alias File 30 in CANDE This contains pipe element mesh data followed by detailed pipe element nodal response data records for each load step This file is automatically created in the same folder that the input file is stored with the extension PLOT2 dat User control for parameter IPLOT IPLOT 0 data not written to either PLOT1 or PLOT2 IPLOT 1 data written to only PLOT1 not PLOT2 IPLOT 2 data written to only PLOT2 not PLOT1 IPLOT 3 data written to both PLOT1 and PLOT2 7 1 5 1 Contents of PLOT1 DAT The following records a and b are sequentially written to PLOT1 Record a is written in subroutine SAVED and contains all the constant mesh data Record b is written in subroutine RESOUT and contains the fi
297. lot the mesh geometry with the CANDE mesh viewer This file will be produced for level 2 and 3 models lt prefix gt _MeshResults xml Mesh results file XML format This file is produced by the CANDE analysis engine and is used to plot the mesh results i e deflections stresses strains etc with the CANDE mesh viewer If the data check mode is on or if the analysis did not successfully complete this file may not be available Often in these cases the user will still be able to view the mesh geometry without the analysis results This file will be produced for level 2 and 3 models lt prefix gt _BeamResults xml Beam results file XML format This file is produced by the CANDE analysis engine and is used to plot the beam graphing mesh results i e bending moments shear thrust etc in the local beam coordinate system If the data check mode is on or if the analysis did not successfully complete this file may not be available Often in these cases the user will still be able to view the mesh geometry without the analysis results This file will be produced for Level 1 2 and 3 models 7 1 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline File name Description lt prefix gt _Process_1250 csv NCHRP Process 12 50 comma delimited file This file contains the Process 12 50 data as described in this appendix and in NCHRP Report 485 Bridge
298. ltiple presence factor and IM is the impact percentage The multiple presence factor m ranges from 1 0 to 1 2 for buried culverts and may be interpreted as the likelihood that another design truck is sufficiently close to the design truck being analyzed such that the load on the culvert is further increased Thus choosing m 1 2 is a conservative approach The impact percentage IM varies linearly from 33 to 0 as the minimum cover depth varies from 0 0 to 8 0 feet The resulting service live load is applied as specified forces in Part C of this manual The second step is to compute the LRFD factor for the live load as FACTOR Ymax Ni Here the LRFD specifications only provide a maximum value of the LL load factor Ymax 1 75 Live loads typically produce moments whose signs are consistent with and add to the DC load case and the EB load case for soil layers above the culvert The combined load modifier NLL is a product of three factors related to ductility redundancy and operational importance Typically these three factors are assumed to be unity so that NLL 1 Closing Comment The above illustrations are not a recipe for all culvert problems because worst loading scenario depends on the pipe type installation and the governing limit state However the beauty of CANDE is that it easy to re run the same problem with another set of FACTORs to find the worst loading condition 5 207 Chapter 6 List of References CANDE 2007 User Ma
299. lumns format Default units Tube failure Resistance factor for tube Factored tube stress capacity factor PHI 1 axial strength PHI 1 x PTFY f 01 10 F10 0 Default 0 9 Concrete crush factor PHI 2 Resistance factor for concrete crushing strength Factored concrete crushing stress resistance PHI 2 x PFPC fe 11 20 F10 0 Default 0 75 Shear failure Resistance factor for Factored shear strength resistance factor PHI 3 combined concrete and s EY se 21 30 tibe shear sirength PHI 3 x VFACTOR f Area of uncracked F10 0 Concrete PTFV Area of tube Default 0 75 Allowable crack Allowable crack width for Allowable crack width for service limit loading width ALCW service load CANDE will approximate the crack width at service 31 40 loading by dividing each increment of maximum tensile F10 0 Default 0 01inch strain by the load factor inches Comment The above resistance factors are multiplied by the corresponding resistances capacities and are printed out by CANDE along with the corresponding factored responses demands along with the ratios of factored demand divided factored capacity The ratios should be less than 1 0 for safe performance If LRFD 0 line B 4 is not input however the working stress evaluation follows the same design criteria listed above in terms of safety factors This completes the
300. lvert shape one choice Pipe Mesh Box Mesh Arch Mesh C 1 Installation type Interfaces C 1 Installation type Title C 1 Installation type Title C 2 Diameters Cover height C 2 Control codes Box sizes C 2 Control codes Soil shape C 3 Increments Control codes Soil cover Trench size C 3 Arch rise span amp segments C 4 Backpacking Trench size C 4 Arch Radii and angles Level 2 Extended optional CX 1 Integer codes for mesh changes CX 2 Change nodal coordinate locations CX 3 Change element property codes CX 4 Change or add point loading at nodes Part D Soil Model Properties Input properties for each model used Mohr Coulomb included Linear Elastic Orthotropic Duncan and Interface D 1 to D 2 Elastic Duncan Selig Properties D 1 to D 2 Load factors 1 Load step numbers and net load factor for dead load earth load or live load 5 3 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 1 3 CANDE level 3 input flowchart Level 3 In Data Flow Ch Part A Master Control Line A 1 Level 3 Mode Heading Number of Pipe groups Line A 2 Pipe Type Number of __ RepeatLineA 2 ___ elements in group And Set B as needed Part B Pipe Type Multiple Choices Conrib and Contube included Aluminum Basic Concrete Plastic Steel B 1 to B 3 B 1 B 1 to B 4 B 1 to B 3 B 1 to B 3 Part C Mesh Data for Level 3 Input for Level 3 finite element mesh C 1 PREP andT
301. m gt lt elemConstrincr gt 12 lt elemConstrincr gt lt elemType gt TRIA lt elemType gt lt elemConn gt lt elemConn gt lt elemNumber gt 3 lt elemNumber gt 7 3 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline lt elemNodel gt 682 lt elemNodel gt lt elemNode2 gt 699 lt elemNode2 gt lt elemNode3 gt 684 lt elemNode3 gt lt elemNode4 gt 683 lt elemNode4 gt lt elemMatNum gt 2 lt elemMatNum gt lt elemConstrincr gt 12 lt elemConstrincr gt lt elemType gt QUAD lt elemType gt lt elemConn gt lt elementData gt lt boundaryData gt lt boundary gt lt boundNumber gt 1 lt boundNumber gt lt boundNode gt 21 lt boundNode gt lt boundConstrincr gt 1 lt boundConstrincr gt lt boundXCode gt 1 lt boundXCode gt lt boundYCode gt 0 lt boundYCode gt lt boundXForce gt 0 0000H 00 lt boundXForce gt lt boundYForce gt 0 0000H 00 lt boundYForce gt lt boundRotAngle gt 0 0000E 00 lt boundRotAngle gt lt boundary gt lt boundary gt lt boundNumber gt 2 lt boundNumber gt lt boundNode gt 432 lt boundNode gt lt boundConstrincr gt 1 lt boundConstrincr gt lt boundXCode gt 1 lt boundXCode gt lt boundYCode gt 0 lt boundYCode gt lt boundXForce gt 0 0000H 00 lt boundXForce gt lt boundYForce gt 0 0000H 00 lt boundYForce gt lt boundRotAngle gt 0 0000E 00 lt boundRotAngle gt lt boundary gt lt boundaryData gt
302. mal interface farce Set all output to exponential f Select load steps roc me m IV Thrust force node J I Lastincr shear interface force Load step 1 a CSV File Vv jelative displacemen 7 Load step 2 Shear force node J Relati dispa nt IV Load step 3 US units IV Moment resultant node J MV Relative y diaplacement IV Load step 4 IV Load step 5 C Sl units IV Load step 6 I Print displacement information Print Quad T i information I Load step 7 M Node displacements Quad Tri 794 elements IV Load step 8 Load step 9 Node displacements I Vertical strain I Load step 10 zl V Horizontal strain Select All Clear IV Shear strain IV Vertical stress a I Horizontal stress Report Generator Directions IZ Shear st 1 Select output options from the General Mesh Output tab and from the Beam Output tab Oe erese 2 Click on the Generate Preview button 3 Click OK to open and browse the generated report Generate Preview Formatting Column separator There are several options for placing a separator character between the columns in the output file The default is 1 space but other options are 2 spaces 3 spaces 4 spaces vertical bar comma asterisk exclamation plus The primary purpose for this option is to allow for different delimiters that may be useful for importing CANDE results into other software packages like Microsoft Excel or Access Set all output to exponential The output
303. mber of elements to be Any number of elements may be chosen to be changed with new changed with new specify new element properties Example properties properties motivations to change element properties NEWEL include changing the load step number and or 05 10 changing the material properties of an element 15 or group of elements Elements to be changed integer Default 0 are defined on line CX 3 which is repeated NEWEL times Number of new Number of new Any number of new boundary conditions may loading boundary loading boundary be added into the loading schedule The conditions to be added NEWBD 11 15 15 integer conditions to be added Default 0 standard Level 2 loading is limited to gravity loads and uniform surface pressure loads A prime reason for the NEWBD parameter is to permit the user is to add live loads into the loading schedule at any desired location and load step Loading conditions to be added are defined on line CX 4 which is repeated NEWBD times Proceed to line CX 2 5 147 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 5 2 CX 2 Level 2 Extended Nodal Point Number and Changed Coordinates CX 2 Nodal point number and changed coordinates Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 Seen SMOE Use ONLY if the Make changes to the basic mesh All three mesh
304. means the standard print plus an 3 plus interface iteration trace of the Duncan model soil elements Original or Modified 4 plus Mohr Coulomb IWRT 3 means the standard print plus an iteration trace of the Interface soil elements Default 0 IWRT 4 means the standard print plus an iteration trace of the Mohr Coulomb soil elements Mesh output MGENPR Control for print of mesh As a companion control to IWRT MGENPR data to the CANDE controls the amount of mesh data written to the 16 20 output file CANDE output report 15 1 control data MGEN 1 prints only the control information integer 2 mirror input MGEN 2 above plus node and element input 3 created data 4 maximum Default 3 MGEN 3 above plus generated mesh data MGEN 4 above plus Laplace generated nodes Comment The iteration traces specified by IWRT 2 3 or 4 are useful for ascertaining the effective stiffness or state of non linear models and assessing the degree of non convergence error The trace printouts are located immediately before the finite element output for any load step Proceed to line C 4 5 112 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 2 4 C 4 Level 2 Pipe Mesh Embankment Trench Mesh Dimensions C 4 L2 Pipe Embankment Trench mesh dimensions Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to
305. measured from rib centerline to RWS rib centerline RWS should be greater than either RWK 21 30 Default 0 0 or RWJ F10 0 inches Rib width at end RWK Width of rib at extreme fiber The width of rib furthest removed from the slab See Figure 5 4 6 2 31 40 F10 0 Default 0 0 inches Rib width at Width of rib at junction The width of rib where it is joined to the slab The slab RWJ with slab parameters RWJ and RWK allow a trapezoidal shaped 41 50 rib If the rib is rectangular T section then set RWJ F10 0 Default 0 0 RWK inches Effective slab Effective slab width According to ACI 318 specifications the effective slab width SWE relative to rib spacing width should not exceed the default formula The user 51 60 Default may over ride this by specifying SWE RWS F10 0 RWJ 16 PTV RDT inches Orientation Code for indicating If the rib is interior to the culvert slab choose OUTIN OUTIN orientation of rib 0 0 Alternatively if the rib is on the exterior soil side 61 70 0 0 interior rib set OUTIN 1 0 See Figure 5 4 6 2 F10 0 1 0 exterior rib inches Default 0 0 Proceed to line B 6 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 6 2 Concrete wall geometry and steel placement measures a Concrete geometry of rib and slab a Ke am 4 77 Outside Wall s SS Soil Side 7 Inside Wa
306. mn 40 on line C 4 the data is associated with element properties including the nodal connectivity array the material identification number the load step number and interface link element code From columns 41 to 55 the input defines three element generation variables named INTRAL NUMLAY and INTERL If the properties for each element were entered individually on a C 4 line starting with element with 1 and ascending to the last element NUMEL then there would be no need for element generation variables However CANDE has some very useful element generation techniques that greatly reduce the number of C4 lines that need be prepared Figure 5 5 21 shows an example of using the element generation variables to define the properties for 12 elements with two C 4 lines of input Thus taking advantage of the element generation techniques is worth the effort to understand it Comment 5 The link element death option provides a variety of modeling options that were heretofore unavailable For example a displacement boundary condition at any node may be removed during the loading schedule by inserting a link element between the boundary node and the corresponding element node and then killing the link element at the desired load step Similarly the creation of a void in the soil may be simulated by inserting a series of link elements around the periphery of soil zone thereby becoming disconnected from the soil structure system at the load step that the li
307. mpatible with new 64 bit operating systems like Windows 7 In addition the project team inserted several corrections and minor improvements into the original CANDE 2007 program Improvements included a new capability to specify initial gap distances for interface elements a more general capability to prescribe displacement boundary conditions in sequential load steps and faster convergence algorithms for the Duncan Selig soil model and the reinforced concrete model The CANDE 2011 program is a complete replacement for the original CANDE 2007 program It is operable in both 32 bit and 64 bit architecture and works on all standard operating systems including Windows 7 CANDE 2011 is latest official version of CANDE that is available at TRB website link via CandeForCulverts com CANDE 2015 This program previously called CANDE 2013 is maintained by Michael G Katona and is available to the public via the CANDE website CandeForCulverts com It contains the latest capabilities that were developed since the last TRB release of CANDE 2007 2011 in April 2011 CANDE 2015 is the second in the series of updated programs which began with CANDE 2013 1 3 Why Use CANDE The popularity of CANDE is in part due to the rigorous adherence to the principle of good mechanics and to the trustworthiness of the program earned over 35 years of testing and improvement Early on in the development of CANDE an independent study at Purdue University rated CANDE as th
308. n 0 0 0 eceseesesecseesecseesecseeecssecseesecneesecsaeeecsaesaeeseeners 3 4 Figure 3 3 6 Successful completion of CANDE analysis oo ee ceeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeseeseceseceaeceaecsaecsaeeneeees 3 4 Figure 3 3 7 Accessing the CANDE tutorials 20 0 cece ceecesecseecseeceeeseseseeeeeeeseeseeesecesecaecaecsaecsaeeneeeas 3 5 Figure 4 1 1 CANDE GUI overview eee eeceescesecesecesecssecseecaeecseeeseseeeeeeeeeessecseeaecsaecsaecsaecseeeaeeeaeeegs 4 1 Figure 4 2 1 Creating a new CANDE input document 200 0 eee ceeeceeeeceeseeseceseeesecsaecaecsaecsaeeaeseneeees 4 2 Figure 4 2 2 CANDE Input Wizard startup Screen eee eee cseeeeeeeeeeeceeeeesceesecsecsaecsaecsaecsaecaeeeneeees 4 3 Figure 4 2 3 CANDE Input Wizard Level 3 Information aw eee eecceceeecesecesecesecaecaecseecaeeeneeees 4 3 Figure 4 2 4 CANDE Input Wizard Pipe Material screen 0 eee eee eceeceeeceeeeesecesecaeceaecsaecseesaeeeneeees 4 4 Figure 4 2 5 CANDE Input Wizard Final Screen eee cece cseeeseeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeseeesecsaecaecsaecseeeaeseneeegs 4 5 Figure 4 2 6 Saving a CANDE input file 0 cee ceecsee cee ceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseensecsaecsaecsaecsaecsaeeaeeeneeeas 4 5 Figure 4 2 7 CANDE Interface after new CANDE input document is created 0 0 0 ee cee esecseeereeees 4 6 Figure 4 2 8 CANDE menu with undefined input cee cee ecssecceeseceeeeecneesecaeeeessecaeesecneeeesaeeeesaeeaees 4 7 Figure 4 2 9 CANDE import dialog bOX eee eee eecese
309. n with the File name expected is MeshGeom xml or a NASTRAN or CANDE 89 P1 file CANDE has three options for importing CANDE MeshGeom xml The file may have been generated by a previous CANDE run for a Level 2 model that is now being imported as a level 3 model or may have been generated externally For the proper format of the Mesh Geometry file see section in Appendix on XML Mesh Geometry format NASTRAN Limited NASTRAN input file import see below and Appendix for more details CANDE 89 P1 This permits the import of P1 plot files generated by previous versions of CANDE Level 3 options The following only apply for the Manual Input option They are filled in automatically for the Import mesh file option Number of nodes Input the number of nodes for this model The nodal geometry will be entered once the input document is generated Number of elements Input the number of elements for this model The element connectivity will be entered once the input document is generated Number of boundary conditions Input the number of boundary conditions The details of the boundary conditions will be entered once the input document is generated Number of load steps Input the number of load steps for this model Number of soil materials Enter the total number of soil materials for the model Number of interface elements Enter the number of inter
310. n a consecutive NSEQ1 a sequence of nodes with set of node numbers that share the same geometric 01 05 common properties properties for the concrete cross section and reinforcing 15 steel integer Default none Last local Node Last local node number in NSEQ2 is the last local node number in a consecutive NSEQ2 a sequence of nodes with set of node numbers that share the same geometric 06 10 common properties properties for the concrete cross section and reinforcing 15 steel integer Default none Comment In the simplest case if all beam elements in this group have the same geometric properties set NSEQ1 1 and NSEQ2 NPMAT 1 and specify the concrete geometry in line B 5 and the rebar geometry in line B 6 This would complete the input for concrete and steel geometric properties More generally the above input feature allows the user to change the geometry properties within this pipe group Note however the material properties are fixed for this group To change material properties such as the strength of the concrete or steel the user would need to define a separate pipe group As an example of changing geometric properties suppose that the current pipe group is defined with 24 pipe elements Suppose further that the first 10 elements have the same set of geometric properties element 11 is a transition element and the remaining 13 elements have a different set of geometric properties In this case we wo
311. n make this determination by reviewing the CANDE output report Moreover when nonlinear models are included the problem the above message does not imply that every load step converged within acceptable limits When any load step does not converge a separate message is printed on the monitor screen and in the CANDE Log File identifying the load step number that did not converge along with the iteration limit 4 3 2 Unsuccessful execution An unsuccessful execution of any CANDE run is observed when the program stops prior to completion without the normal exit from CANDE message When this occurs diagnostic messages are printed on the screen and saved in the CANDE Log File as well as printed in the CANDE Output Report The most common error is a data input error In many cases CANDE will detect these errors with internal programming that checks the data makes physical sense In such cases the printed diagnostics will state the nature of the error and the suspected input line number where the error occurred along with an error number Typically the user will be able to discover the cause of the error based on the diagnostic information and then make the necessary corrections A second type error is the so called execution error the cause of which can be more difficult to determine As opposed to a message from CANDE this type error is identified by a system error message such as exceeding the dimension of a particular variable division by zero
312. nches Horizontal haunch Horizontal haunch Horizontal haunch thickness at interior corners dimension dimension See Figure 5 4 4 CANDE increases the wall HH thickness at the corner nodes in accordance 41 50 Default 0 0 with the specified haunch dimensions F10 0 inches Vertical haunch Vertical haunch Vertical haunch thickness at interior corners dimension dimension See Figure 5 4 4 CANDE increases the wall HV thickness at the corner nodes in accordance 51 60 Default 0 0 with the specified haunch dimensions F10 0 inches Proceed to line B 4b to complete ASTM box input data 5 41 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 2 7 B 4b Concrete Case 3 ASTM Steel Placement for Boxes B 4b Concrete Case3 ASTM box wall thicknesses and haunches Case 3 This command should be preceded by B 4 Concrete Case 3 ASTM Box Wall Thicknesses and Haunches Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups is Concrete CONCRETE B 3 RSHAPE BOXES This command is only applicable if the Reinforcement Shape set on the previous command is set to Boxes A 1 XMODE ANALYS This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to ANALYS NOTE This input is not valid for DESIGN A 1 LRFD 0 or 1 This is command is input for either LRFD or
313. ncrement of normal interface force lt st3INTF gt lt st4INTF gt Last increment of shear interface force lt st4INTF gt lt st5INTF gt Relative x displacement inc DU J DU I lt st5INTF gt lt st6INTF gt Relative y displacement inc DV J DV I lt st6INTF gt lt elemOutputDesc gt lt displacementData gt lt dispConstIncr gt 1 lt dispConstIncr gt lt nodeDispData gt lt nodeDisp gt lt nodeDispNumber gt 1 lt nodeDispNumber gt lt nodeXDisp gt 0 000000E 00 lt nodeXDisp gt lt nodeYDisp gt 0 000000E 00 lt nodeYDisp gt lt nodeDisp gt lt nodeDisp gt lt nodeDispNumber gt 2 lt nodeDispNumber gt lt nodeXDisp gt 0 000000E 00 lt nodeXDisp gt 7 7 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline lt nodeYDisp gt 0 lt nodeDisp gt lt elemDispData gt lt elem lt elemDispNumber gt Disp gt lt elemDispType gt B Ss S LS aS aS S tl gt 0 tas 0 t3 gt 0 t4 gt 0 ES 0 t6 gt 0 562661 144582 195709 562661 144582 2085101 000000 EAM lt elemDispType gt E 03 lt sti1 gt E 02 lt st2 gt E 04 lt st3 gt E 03 lt st4 gt E 02 lt st5 gt E 04 lt st6 gt E 00 lt nodeYDisp gt 1 lt elemDispNumber gt lt elemDisp gt lt elemDisp gt lt elemDispNumber gt lt elemDispType gt B lt stl gt 0 580803 1 lt st2 gt 0 389251 lt st3 gt 0 162513 lt st4 gt 0 580803 lt st5 gt 0 389251 lt sto gt 0
314. nea Elastic Parameters SR bent EH _ LAFD Definitions E gt E S _ LRFO Load Factors C Concrete cracking C Plus concrete yieking and plastic behavior Plus steel yielding behavior Accept Input_ Cancel 7 For this type of error CANDE will not run until the error is corrected An error is also provided if user attempts to click on Accept Input without changing the value Undefined input Similar messages are provided when input is marked as undefined undef Input is typically marked as undefined for new CANDE input documents or when the input tree changes because of a revised input command e g when the soil model is changed in the Part D commands new input menus are added to the input tree that contain undefined values If any item on the input menu is marked as undefined the menu tree will display a red X for that menu The CANDE analysis may not be run until all undefined quantities have been resolved 4 23 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 4 7 Menu input tree icons The CANDE menu input tree provides different icons to display the status of all the menus at a glance An example is shown below I _ Pipe Definition B _ Pipe Definition 1 Concrete Material and Strength Properties Concrete Material Properties 2 Concrete Reinforcing Steel Properties Concrete Wall Thickness and Reinforcement Properties Concrete Resistance Fact
315. nected head to toe tracing the centerline path of the structure or a segment of the structure The group number identifier 1 to NPGRPS is automatically assigned in the sequential order of input That is the first data set Line A2 plus set B becomes group 1 the second data set becomes group 2 and so on until all NPGRPS groups are input The linkage between the group numbers established here and the finite element mesh established in input set C is by means of the element s material identification number called IX 5 In data set C the user must assign the appropriate group number to each beam element s material identification number Proceed to Part B to define pipe properties for the Pipe Type Selected After set B is complete return to Line A 2 to select next pipe type if NPGRPS gt 1 Table 5 3 1 Reference data on culvert elements used in canned meshes Pipe element statistics Pipe Mesh Box Mesh Arch Mesh 1 group NPCAN 1 NPCAN 2 NPCAN 3 Number of pipe elements NPMAT 10 14 19 Number of sequence pipe nodes NPPT 11 15 20 5 11 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 Part B Pipe Materials This section provides the description of the input data related to Pipe Materials CANDE provides the modeling of the following pipe materials Corrugated Aluminum Basic Reinforced Concrete Thermoplastic Corrugated Steel Conrib
316. neebe 4 57 4 5 2 3 GAPS ee dises EEEE bovacsanes dees EE TEE E EE ET ENERET 4 58 DETAILED CANDE INPUT eere aiee eaaa ee ees p r Taiao Ees eE KS Es 5 1 Sl Imp t HOW hartseer devs nns paa SENE Ee he ONNE e iee Tee Speis eses 5 1 SLL CANDE level 1 input flowchart eee ese cseeereeeeeeeeceeeeeeeesecssecesecsaecsaeseaecaaeeaeeeaeeees 5 2 5 1 2 CANDE level 2 input flowchart eee cee cee cseeceeeeeeseeeseeeseeesecesecaecsaecsaecsaecaaeeaeseneeees 5 3 5 1 3 CANDE level 3 input flowchart eee cece cseeeeeeeeeeeeeseeseeeesecsecsecsaecsaecsaecsaeeaeeeneeees 5 4 5 2 CANDE input mst cons ereere resines paree S e SRE espe anpes eu Tee speis eses 5 5 3 3 Pat A Control Commands ei scscocccsessscevscncosssseeddyecedh soptcadhesdeugsneosdesensesdesubestendeal iee a ESE essees 5 6 5 3 1 A 1 Master Control Input Data uo ccc cneecseeeeeeeeeeeeceeensecesecaecsaecsaecsaecaaeeneseaeeeas 5 6 D382 AFP Pipe Selection espen ia En see Ee ap e e TENRO EES pE SpE SENES 5 9 5 4 Part B Pipe Materials 2 cceccescess seesscesasescescsvyss co tans cost cpsesssedsvassepisvesssesaessvchessesbiedernscepssoesseovsseseess 5 12 54 1 Alumi m Pipe Types iscscccsccssscescseetes cscs sees tssccdetdscess gods sasdettssesscesses svctasbesscotaensdeassousecoussnstens 5 13 5 4 1 1 B 1 Aluminum Material and Control Parameters 2 00 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 13 5 4 1 2 B 2 Aluminum Analysis Section Properties cece cee eseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeereeeeens 5 16 5
317. ng the designer may specify WLRFD 2 1 25 Alternatively a designer may exclude any design criterion that does not apply to the problem at hand by setting the corresponding design weight 1 Limiting the plastic penetration in corrugated metal is a newly proposed strength criterion that replaces the ineffectual plastic moment criterion for metal box culverts If JOINT gt 0 Proceed to input lines B 2b to define slotted joint parameters Otherwise proceed to line B 3 LRFD 1 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 4 5 B 2b Steel Joint Properties B 2b Steel Joint properties Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE STEEL One or more pipe groups are Steel B 1 Steel JOINT gt 0 Only enter this command if the value for Joint Slip JOINT entered on the B 1 command Is greater than 0 A 1 XMODE DESIGN or ANALYS This command is applicable parameter is set to DESIGN or ANALYS if the Design Analysis A 1 LRFD 0 or 1 design This command is applicable for both Service and LRFD A 1 LEVEL 1 2 or 3 This command is applicable for ALL solution levels Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Thrust stress at initial Thrust stress at initial The default value of 4 950 psi is based on joint slippage joint slippage experimental tests and is
318. ng moment Ib in in Load steps 2 12 15 Bending moment Ib in in Load Step 2 Bending moment Ib in in Load Step 12 Bending moment Ib in in Bending moment Ib in in Load Step 15 Beam Node Number 4 53 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 5 Results generator The Results Generator provides a means to view all of the output information provided in the CANDE Mesh Viewer and CANDE Graphs Plotter in a tabulated output report Because the Results Generator is dynamic the user can customize the report with any results that are available for the currently loaded CANDE model To start the Output Generator select View gt Output Generator from the main menu Note you must have successfully run CANDE to be able to review output reports The following menu will be displayed Figure 4 4 20 CANDE results generator Generate Mesh Output tab lolx General Mesh Output Beam Output Report Preview IV Print mesh information Print beam information Jo Print interface information M Mesh information Formatting __ Beam 56 elements _ Interface 0 elements IV Node coordinates Column separator M Thrust force node IM Total normallinterface force M Element connectivity fi space z IV Shear force node IV Total shear interface force I Boundary conditions IV Moment resultant node Last iner hor
319. nite element response data for each load step a FORTRAN statements used to write records written to PLOT1 from subroutine SAVED mesh data WRITE LUPLOT 6010 TITLE K K 1 17 6010 FORMAT 17A4 title character strings of user title from the input line PREP string e WRITE LUPLOT 6015 NPT NELEM NUMMAT NPUTCK NBPTC NINC 6015 FORMAT IS 5 15 npt Total number of nodal points integer numel Total number of elements integer nummat Number of materials integer nputck Input check code integer nbptc Number of boundary condition nodes integer ninc Number of construction increments integer e WRITE LUPLOT 6020 N X N Y N N 1 NPT 6020 FORMAT I5 2 E12 4 n node number integer x n X coordinate of node inches y n Y coordinate of node inches e WRITE LUPLOT 6025 N NOD K N K 1 4 KODE N NOD 6 N N 1 NELEM 6025 FORMAT I5 6 15 n element number integer nod n 1 node 1 connected to element all elements integer 7 16 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline nod n 2 node 2 connected to element all elements integer nod n 3 node 3 connected to element repeat node 2 for beam integer nod n 4 node 4 connected to element repeat node 3 except quad integer kode n material number of soil element for beam and interface 11 integer
320. nk element is assigned to die Proceed to line C 5 5 166 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 18 Level 3 CANDE Elements with nodal connectivity K K L IX 3 IX 3 IX 4 J IX 2 IX 1 J IX 2 Quadrilateral IX 3 IX 4 0 oy 1X 2 Pipe interior ee IX 1 Beam Column Inteface Quadrilateral 4 nodes with 2 translational d o f per node Triangle 3 nodes with 2 translational d o f per node Beam column 2 nodes with 2 translational and one rotational d o f per node Interface 3 nodes with 2 translational d o f for nodes and J and 2 interface forces for node K Link 3 nodes with 2 or 3 degrees of freedom depending on the link connection type pinned or fixed See illustrations next page 5 167 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 19 Level 3 Link element illustration of fixed and pinned connections Pipe group 1 pae Link element e eo eo eo o fixed Pipe group 2 Link element hd N pinned Pipe group 3 Figure 5 5 20 Level 3 Link element illustrations of using death option Pinned Link Rigid link Comments The above figure shows several examples of using link elements with the death option to investigate the consequence of removing structural elements after the system has been c
321. nkment Trench Homogeneous Box Embankment Trench Arch Embankment Trench Homogeneous Interface Elements for pipes only WORD1 provides options for including Pipe soil SLIP frictional interfaces between pipe and soil or Trench insitu SLPT between trench soil and in situ soil Default None blank means no interface elements are added For WORD1 SLIP the mesh is automatically altered to include eleven interface elements at the common nodes between the pipe and soil This feature allows for frictional slippage separation and re bonding of the pipe soil interface during the loading schedule The user must subsequently input interface material properties for each of the eleven interface elements as described in Part D For WORD SLPT the trench mesh option is automatically altered to include seven interface elements at the common nodes between the 4 10 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input options Description trench wall and in situ soil starting from the spring line to the top of the trench This feature allows the trench soil to slip along the vertical during the backfilling loading schedule The user must subsequently input interface material properties for each of the eleven interface elements as described in Part D MOD Make changes to Checked if the user is If this item is checked the user may change
322. nod n 6 construction increment number of element integer e WRITE LUPLOT 6035 N NDB JA IFLAGX IFLAGY BIV K N K 1 3 6035 FORMAT IS 4 15 3 E12 4 n number of a specified boundary condition integer ndb node with imposed boundary condition integer ia construction increment when boundary condition is effective integer Iflagx X boundary code 0 1 2 or 3 see CANDE manual integer Iflagy Y boundary code 0 1 2 or 3 see CANDE manual integer biv 1 n Specified x direction force or displacement Ibs inch or inch biv 2 n Specified y direction force or displacement Ibs inch or inch biv 3 n Angle of rotated boundary coordinate system radians b Records written to PLOT1 from RESOUT These records sequentially follow the above record a wherein record b is repeated for each load step from ia 1 to ninc e WRITE LUPLOT 1000 IA 1000 FORMAT I5 ia current construction increment number or load step quad integer e WRITE LUPLOT 1010 U N V N N 1 NPT 1010 FORMAT E12 4 E12 4 n node number integer u n Total current displacement in x direction inch v n Total current displacement in y direction inch e WRITE LUPLOT 1020 STUN J 1 6 N 1 NELEM 1020 FORMAT E12 4 5 E12 4 n element number integer st array depends on element type as shown below 7 17 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and
323. nput fie by using the CANDE input text editor rather than using the Input Menus The menus automatically generate the input document but using the text editor the user is in charge of the input document creation Using the input tags provides the user with an additional level of checking An example of an input file consistency check error and an input check message is shown below 4 29 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline The following is a snippet of a valid CANDE input document A 1 DESIGN 2 0 1New Input file A 2 L12 ALUMINUM 1 B 1 Alum 10000000 0 33 24000 0 B 2 Alum D WSD 3 2 2 4 5 C 1 L2 Pipe TREN New Level 2 Pipe Mesh C 2 L2 Pipe 61 1 28775 120 If the B 2 Alum D WSD line was omitted or accidentally deleted as shown below A 1 DESIGN 2 0 1New Input file A 2 L12 ALUMINUM 1 B 1 Alum 10000000 0 33 24000 0 C 1 L2 Pipe TREN New Level 2 Pipe Mesh C 2 L2 Pipe 61 1 28 75 120 The following error would occur and appear in the log file and the screen output while running the CANDE analysis WARNING at Line 4 of the input file Expecting input line of type B 2 Alum D WSD but read from the input file an input type of C 1 L2 Pipe Check your input file Other error messages will likely occur as CANDE continues to read the input file but this message will point the user to spot where the input document starts to diverge 4 3 4 Convergence and Nonconverg
324. nsionless 0 90 COHE Plasticity index Plasticity Index of soil PI is the standard plasticity index of soil Pl Default values determined in laboratory tests Values for PI 51 60 0 00 GRAN may range is from 0 0 to 1 0 Increased values F10 0 0 05 MIXE of PI result in decreased values of the secant dimensionless 0 20 COHE shear stiffness Nonlinear iteration control NON 61 65 15 integer Print control parameter Default 0 Currently not operative Use default Comment The extended Hardin soil model is a legacy model and is seldom used now days However it is the only model in CANDE that directly assesses the effect of soil saturation directly with an input parameter 0 lt SAT lt 1 0 Input complete for Extended Hardin model MATNAM GRAN MIXE or COHE Return to line D 1 for more material definition if needed Proceed to Part E if LRFD 1 Otherwise this completes the input stream for this problem 5 196 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 6 2 D 3 Hardin Soil Model Input for MATNAM USER D 2 Hardin TRIA Hardin Poisson s Ratio and secant shear modulus parameters Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 5 Use only if the Material Model Type is Extended Hardin 5 D 1 MATNAM USER Use only if the Material Name
325. nt from existing document with text editor To use this method click on the File tab from the CANDE tool bar and select Open Text file which will display the file browser Figure 4 2 18 Opening an existing CANDE input document using the CANDE input text editor CANDE 2007 Edt Run View Tools Help Window New Open Text Input Ctrl T Open Ctrl Close Save Save As Using the file browser locate the existing input data file that you wish to modify if you wish to save the original file you must first make a copy Clicking on the data file to be modified will show the formatted input file that is directly read by the CANDE program An example along with a summary of the editor command is shown in Figure 4 2 19 below 4 25 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 4 2 19 Summary of CANDE input text editor H C temp TestProblem04 dat Column is based on the location after the double exclamation point Tags allow dynamic help to be displayed as the user navigates the input file T 0 35 Choose tags from fi 2 1 120Bedding a valid pulldown Ji 2600 0 19 list Use the Insert f 1 3 1 120Backfill Command to 2600 0 19 place the tag in 1 4 1 1200verfill the file i 0 23 WET RRC PF S 1 B 2 Alum D Shorn Descypefon Format F100 Desired Safety factor against thrust yielding Units none Long Des
326. nteractive graphic tools which are also accessible from individual icons on the tool bar The five choices are shown below Figure 4 4 1 CANDE output view options C Documents and Settings Mark MlynarskiM i File Edit Run View Tools Window Input Menus Output Report CANDE CANDE Log File Mesh Plot Graphs Results Generator Short descriptions of the five choices are provided below followed by more detailed discussion in subsequent sections e CANDE Output Report This is the most comprehensive output file and contains text and tables for all the input selections as well as the complete set of structural response data for each load step The Output Report has an interactive table of contents that allows the user to quickly locate output data of interest Most notably the evaluation of the pipe type is given in last subsection e CANDE Log File The log file is a short file that is displayed on the monitor screen during execution It contains the master input selections along with a history list of each load step analyzed and a trace of iterations required to solve each load step If the solution is unsuccessful the log file also provides error messages and when possible guidance to correct the error e Mesh Plot The mesh plot is an interactive plotting tool for creating and viewing the finite element mesh topology Level 2 and 3 including element numbering nodal connectivity material zones load steps and b
327. nto a finite element program Accordingly the user must prepare finite element mesh data representative of the soil structure system to be designed or analyzed Input line C 1 contains words and line C 2 contains control integers that are easily determined and entered into the input stream Command C 3 is used repeatedly to define all nodal coordinates Similarly command C 4 is used repeatedly to define all element properties and finally command C 5 is used as needed to define all displacement and force boundary conditions To assist the user CANDE is equipped with many advanced mesh generation features that can greatly reduce the amount of labor in defining the input data These features are discussed as they arise in commands C 3 and C 4 5 5 6 1 C 1 Level 3 Prep word and Title C 1 L3 Element number and property array Use if Comments line C 1 A 1 LEVEL 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Preparation A word to denote user The control word PREP is a required word to WORD defined mesh continue inputting mesh data otherwise PREP continue CANDE will stop For batch input files the 01 04 PREP stop word PREP distinguishes the beginning of A4 1X Level 3 mesh input data Note the GUI word Default none automatically supplies this word without prompt by the user Title TITLE User descrip
328. nual and Guideline 6 LIST OF REFERENCES 6 1 Background Documents 10 Katona M G Smith J M Odello R S Allgood J R CANDE A Modern Approach for the Structural Design and Analysis of Buried Culverts Federal Highway Administration Report No FHWA RD 77 5 October 1976 Katona M G Smith J M CANDE User and System Manuals Federal Highway Administration Report No FHWA RD 77 6 October 1976 Katona M G Vittes P D Lee C H Ho H T CANDE 1980 Box Culverts and Soil Models Federal Highway Administration Report No FHWA RD 172 May 1981 Musser S C Katona M G Selig E T CANDE 89 Culvert Analysis and Design computer program User Manual Federal Highway Administration Report No FHWA RD 89 169 June 1989 Leonards G A Wu T H Juang C H Predicting Performance of Buried Conduits Report No FHWA IN JHRP 81 3 Joint Federal Highway Administration and Indiana State Highway Commission June 1982 AASHTO LRFD Bridge Design Specifications Third Edition American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials Washington D C 2004 Burns J Q and R M Richard Attenuation of Stresses for Buried Cylinders Symposium on Soil Structure Interaction University of Arizona Engineering Research Laboratory Tucson Arizona Proceedings 1964 pp 378 392 Mlynarski M Puckett J A Clancy C M Thompson P D NCHRP Report 485 Bridge Software Validation
329. nual and Guideline D 3 Duncan Duncan Selig Parameters for Tangent Young s Modulus D 3 Duncan Duncan Duncan Selig parameters for tangent Young s Modulus Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 3 Use only Duncan Selig 3 if the Material Model Type is Duncan or D 1 MATNAM USER Use only if the Material Name MATNAM is defined as USER Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Cohesion intercept C 01 10 F10 0 Ib in Cohesion intercept Default 0 0 psi Data to fit the tangent young s modulus model is generally obtained from a series of soil tri axial tests C cohesion intercept of the shear failure surface versus normal stress noted as c in the equation below Initial friction angle PHIO 11 20 F10 0 degrees Initial friction angle Default 0 0 deg PHIO initial angle of the of the shear failure surface versus normal stress noted as Qo in the equation below Reduction of friction angle DPHI 21 30 F10 0 degrees Reduction of friction angle Default 0 0 deg DPHI the reduction in initial friction angle for a 10 fold increase in confining pressure noted as Ag in the equation below Magnitude of initial tangent modulus ZK 31 40 F10 0 dimensionless Magnitude of initial tangent modul
330. numNodes gt lt numElements gt 229 lt numElements gt lt numConstIncr gt 13 lt numConstiIncr gt lt LevelNum gt 3 lt LevelNum gt lt Heading gt 217 Corr Steel Pipe lt Heading gt Control lt elemOutputDesc gt lt st1BEAM gt Thrust force at node I lt st1BEAM gt lt st2BEAM gt Shear force at node I lt st2BEAM gt lt st3BEAM gt Moment resultant at node I lt st3BEAM gt lt st4BEAM gt Thrust force at node J lt st4BEAM gt lt st5BEAM gt Shear force at node J lt st5BEAM gt lt st6BEAM gt Moment resultant at node J lt st6BEAM gt lt st1TRIA gt Vertical strain at element center lt stli1TRIA gt lt st2TRIA gt Horizontal strain at element center lt st2TRIA gt lt st3TRIA gt Shear strain at element center lt st3TRIA gt lt st4TRIA gt Vertical stress at element center lt st4TRIA gt lt st5TRIA gt Horizontal stress at lement center lt st5TRIA gt lt st6TRIA gt Shear stress at element center lt st6TRIA gt lt st1QUAD gt Vertical strain at element center lt st1QUAD gt lt st2QUAD gt Horizontal strain at element center lt st2QUAD gt lt st3QUAD gt Shear strain at element center lt st3QUAD gt lt st4QUAD gt Vertical stress at element center lt st4QUAD gt lt st5QUAD gt Horizontal stress at element center lt st5QUAD gt lt st6QUAD gt Shear stress at element center lt st6QUAD gt lt stlINTF gt Total normal interface force lt stl1INTF gt lt st2INTF gt Total shear interface force lt st2INTF gt lt st3INTF gt Last i
331. oad factor characters in length is printed out with value 21 60 value FACTOR for each load step The purpose of A40 Default none the comment is to document the rationale for words the load factor value including load modifiers etc Comment If all load steps are assigned the same load factor then the C 3 data need only be entered once with INCRS 1 INCRL NINC and the specified FACTOR common to each increment At the other extreme if each load step is assigned a different load factor for whatever reason then the C 3 would be repeated NINC times In this case the first C 3 entry would be INCRS 1 INCRL default and the specified FACTOR for the first load step The second C 3 entry would be INCRS 2 INCRL default and the specified FACTOR for the second load step and so on through the last C 3 entry which would be INCRS NINC INCRL default and the specified FACTOR for the last load step Level 1 is only suited for load factors associated with earth loads See Part E for a discussion on load factors The input for this CANDE Level 1run is now complete Enter a STOP command see line A 1 5 106 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 2 Solution Level 2 Pipe Mesh 5 5 2 1 C 1 Level 2 Pipe Mesh Control Commands and Title C 1 L2 Pipe Control commands and title Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the
332. obably fruitless to try more iterations 5 Try reducing the number of different nonlinear models to isolate the problem For example turn off the large deformation option or inactivate the interface elements by assigning large numbers to the friction coefficient and tension strength or increase the strength parameters on the pipe models As a last resort CANDE offers the option to continue the execution after nonconvergence occurs This is achieved by specifying the iteration limit as a negative number e g ITMAX 30 In this case all the load steps are solved and those load steps that did not converge are identified However all solutions beyond the load step where nonconvergence first occurred must be viewed with suspicion In this case the user must exercise engineering judgment to carefully examine the output data and the diagnostics to see if the final solution is meaningful 4 31 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 3 5 CANDE Analysis error messages The following table provides a summary of the CANDE input errors that may be reported when creating a CANDE input document Input Error Number Text 9001 Input Aluminum Some Pipe Section Properties are zero 9002 Input Basic Beam sequence numbers are out of bounds 9003 Input CAN1 Incorrect command for
333. oblem and is the first entry in the table of contents with the information shown below Master Control Title of problem Execution mode Solution level Methodology LFRD or service Number of pipe groups Iteration control Pipe data is reported by pipe group number in sequence Within each pipe group the input data specified and defaulted is displayed as illustrated below Pipe Type Properties for Group x 4 4 1 2 Type of pipe material Number of pipe elements in group Tables of pipe cross section properties Tables of pipe material properties Design factors if applicable Selection of large deformation buckling Review of system input data The second heading level contains a review of system input data describing the geometry and loading of the culvert installation The table s contents are dependent upon the Solution Level Level 1 2 or 3 as illustrated in the following table of content headings Level 1 System Properties Pipe diameter Soil density Number of load increments Slip or bonded pipe soil interface assumption Table of soil stiffness properties versus fill height Table of LRFD load factors per load step if applicable Level 2 Data for Canned Meshes Canned mesh type pipe box or arch Type of installation embankment trench or other Number of load steps Geometry shape and dimensions of culvert Soil height and density Material zones and dimensions Interface element options Lev
334. ociated with a corresponding pipe type subroutine which form the heart of CANDE 2007 architecture All pipe type subroutines perform three main functions 1 Process input data along with stored data to generate initial pipe stiffness 2 Modify pipe element stiffness properties during nonlinear iterations 3 Evaluate the pipe s design criteria at the end of each converged load step In the design mode there is a 4th function which is to resize the pipe wall properties after each trial design repetition until the design criteria are satisfied The assumptions behind these four functions are noted for each pipe type name in the following paragraphs wherein default material properties built into the CANDE program relieve the user of defining most input data 2 5 1 Corrugated aluminum Aluminum pipe type Wall properties of corrugated aluminum are characterized by cross sectional area moment of inertia and section modulus which represent the geometry of the corrugation s waveform per unit length The aluminum pipe type subroutine has built in tables for commercially available corrugation sizes as well as realistic default values for all linear and nonlinear material properties Aluminum s material behavior is simulated with a bilinear stress strain model with an initial elastic response up to yield stress followed a hardening plastic response identical in tension and compression All unloading is assumed linear elastic Design criteria
335. ode sequence as desired inches Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Concrete cover cage 2 Concrete cover thickness Concrete cover thickness for cage 2 is TBO N to centerline of cage 2 relative to the outer wall surface Cover 41 50 for node sequence thickness may vary from node sequence to F10 0 outer cage node sequence as desired inches Default 1 25 in Node sequence start First local node number NSEQ1 is the first local node number in a NSEQ1 in a sequence of nodes consecutive set of node numbers that share the 51 55 with common properties same geometric properties for the concrete 15 see Note cross section and reinforcing steel as defined integer above See NOTE and comment below Default none Node sequence end Last local node number in NSEQ2 is the last local node number in a NSEQ2 a sequence of nodes with consecutive set of node numbers that share the 56 60 common properties same geometric properties for the concrete 15 see Note cross section and reinforcing steel as defined integer above See NOTE and comment below Default none NOTE The node sequencing is not implemented in the Input Menus i e GUI Input A row must be entered for each node To facilitate the entry of these values a Copy Row
336. of Chapter 4 addresses the problem of how to work around the GUI with regard to the new capabilities Chapter 5 is the detailed user manual that provides stand alone instructions for batch mode input as an alternative to input via the GUI Thus Chapter 5 serves as the main reference manual for GUI and batch mode input and it contains a wealth of information on culvert design and analysis practices as well as new input instructions for all the new capabilities A companion document CANDE 2015 Solution Methods and Formulations describes the various theoretical formulations and nonlinear models that are contained in the program including the new capabilities A second companion document CANDE 2007 Tutorials for Applications provides examples of applying CANDE to a variety of real world culvert applications To date this document has not been updated to include any of the new capabilities or obtain new solutions Chapter 2 General Overview and Major Options CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 2 GENERAL OVERVIEW AND OPTIONS 2 1 Scope and Architecture CANDE s scope is limited to a two dimensional framework called plane strain and to real time independence implying pseudo static loading Thus three dimensional problems or dynamic analysis or the analysis of viscid materials is it outside the scope of the formulation However CANDE s scope does include a pseudo time analysis capability called incremental construction This
337. oint with 2 segment F10 0 Default none If R1 0 THETA is the counter clockwise degrees angle from the horizontal to the straight line segment 1 shown negative in figure Radius of 2nd segment R2 21 30 F10 0 inches Radius of 2 segment Default 0 0 straight line If R2 gt 0 R2 is taken as the radius of the corner arc segment also called the 2 segment If R2 0 the 2nd segment is defined as a straight line See Figure 5 5 10 through Figure 5 5 13 Angle for R2 segment Angle for R2 segment If R2 gt 0 THETA2 is the included angle of the THETA2 corner arc measured from the junction point of 31 40 segments and 2 to the end of segment 2 F10 0 Default none If R2 0 THETA2 is the counter clockwise degrees angle from the horizontal axis to the straight line segment 2 usually more than 90 degrees Radius of 3rd segment Radius of 3 segment R3 only applies to 3 segment arch R3 41 50 F10 0 inches This value is ONLY input for 3 segment arches SDRISE gt 0 Default 0 0 straight line SDRIZE gt 0 If R3 gt 0 R3 is taken as the radius of the side arc segment also called the 3rd segment If R3 0 the 3rd segment is defined as a straight line See Figure 5 5 12 and Figure 5 5 13 5 137 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Descri
338. ompression All unloading is assumed linear elastic Design criteria for corrugated steel include strength limits for thrust stress against material yielding in hoop compression global buckling and seam strength rupture A new strength criterion is a limit on the amount of plastic penetration through the cross section Here a recommended default value of 90 penetration is considered tantamount to failure Finally a performance limit on the allowable defection typically taken as 5 of the total rise completes the set of standard design criteria A special design 2 6 Chapter 2 General Overview and Major Options CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline criterion for deeply corrugated structures has recently been added to satisfy the new AASHTO LRFD Bridge Specifications 12 8 9 5 and 12 8 9 6 2 5 5 Basic pipe type The so called basic pipe type is not associated with any particular wall geometry or material Therefore it is not associated with any design criteria and is only applicable to the analysis execution mode Further the basic pipe type model is limited to linear elastic properties One unique feature of the basic pipe type is that each individual beam column element in the basic pipe type group may be assigned individual section properties and material properties Perhaps the most useful function of the basic pipe type is in Level 3 applications to serve as special structural components in addition to the culvert str
339. ompression See the bilinear stress strain 21 30 curve in Figure 5 4 7 F10 0 Default 33 000 psi Ib in Yield stress of pipe Yield strength of pipe Strength of longitudinal seams in corrugations seam seam that are bolted riveted or welded may be less PSEAM than PYIELD For seamless pipes PSEAM 31 40 Default PYIELD PYIELD F10 0 Ib in Density of steel Density of material Applies only to Level 2 and 3 This value PDEN produces the self weight of the steel structure 41 50 Density 0 0 Ib in in the loading schedule for steel PDEN F10 0 0 282 pci Leave blank to ignore self weight Ib in Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Modulus of upper bilinear model Modulus of upper portion of bilinear model This value is only used when NONLIN 2 It is the slope of the stress strain curve after PE2 Default 0 0 psi yielding See Figure 5 4 7 51 60 For structural grade steel PE2 0 0 is F10 0 recommended Ib in Joint slip Joint slip option This option allows the representation of JOINT 0 no joint slippage slipping joint behavior like the so called key 61 65 1 yes joint slippage hole slot wherein joint slippage is intended to 15 2 yes with print trace reduce thrust stress Further input is required integer De
340. on 1 large deformation 2 plus buckling If this value is greater than zero the pipe elements will include large deformation theory geometric stiffness In addition if IBUCK 2 an estimate of the remaining buckling capacity will be computed at each load step Typically large deformations and buckling is not a concern for reinforced concrete structures but may be useful in some special cases Comment on Crack Widths CANDE uses empirical formulas to predict crack width based on the magnitude of tension steel stress determined from CANDE s reinforced concrete model CANDE output always gives the predicted crack width at service load level regardless of whether LRFD 0 or 1 The Heger McGrath crack width equation is adapted from the AASHTO LRFD code 12 10 4 2 4d and is expressed with stresses f and f in ksi units as CW 1 3000 tys 2n f 0 0316C h d VE p inches The older Gergely Lutz empirical formula for crack width with f in ksi units is CW 0 000122 2t s f 5 0 inches When there is no reinforcement steel such as for plain concrete CANDE provides the option to predict crack width based on the concrete tension strain in excess of the concrete cracking strain multiplied by the crack spacing length nominally 10 in CW crack spacing length tension Ecracking inches Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline
341. oncrete material Default 0 17 Poisson s ratio is used for formulation plane strain Multiplying factor to compute nominal shear strength VFACTOR 31 40 F10 0 gt A multiplying factor to compute nominal shear strength VFACTOR x Ep Default traditional method not used By specifying VFACTOR gt 0 0 e g 2 0 the traditional method of specifying concrete shear strength is used instead of the newer methods offered next For plain concrete without any steel reinforcement VFACTOR 2 is recommended Shear strength is only used in CANDE for design analysis evaluations See comments next page Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Option to select shear Code to select shear At the present time the AASHTO LRFD strength equation strength equation specifications provide three different sets of NSHEAR equations to estimate the shear strength of 41 45 1 concrete pipes and reinforced concrete culverts depending on the 15 arches installation type For culvert installations other integer 2 concrete boxes and than concrete boxes or a 3 sided box structure 3 sided structures with it is recommended to use the shear strength for at least 2 feet of fill concrete pipes and arches NSHEAR 1 3 concrete boxes and Note that the shear strength equ
342. only the control information integer 2 mirror input MGEN 2 above plus node and element input 3 created data 4 maximum Default 3 MGEN 3 above plus generated mesh data MGEN 4 above plus Laplace generated nodes 5 132 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Number of load steps NINC 16 20 15 integer Combination of load steps to be executed 1 all loads applied in step 1 2 apply load 1 then all others lumped in step 2 N apply loads 1 to N 1 all others lumped in step N Default 0 No steps processed Up to 20 load steps may be specified to simulate placement of soil around and above the arch The first eleven load steps include the gravity loads from the elements listed below followed by load steps of equivalent overburden pressure if needed 1 Arch structure in situ soil and bedding 2 3 Fill soil lifts to spring line 4 Fill soil lift above spring line sloped 5 6 Top loading layers on arch only 7 11 Cover soil layers up to 1 5 times rise 12 N Increments of overburden pressure Height of soil cover above crown of arch HTCOVR 21 30 F10 0 feet Height of soil cover above crown of arch Default none HTCOVR is the actual height of soil placed on top of the arch it is the distance from the arch crown to th
343. ons that will automatically determine certain node coordinates between two consecutive lines of C 1 input Used with MODEG 2 or 3 For LGTYPE 0 the special generation schemes are not activated However the basic straight line generation schemes are still available For LGTYPE 1 and MODEG 2 the generated x coordinates between NNP on the current C 3 line and NNP from the previous C 3 line will be subsequently located by Laplace generation scheme The y coordinates will be immediately determined by the basic straight line generation For LGTYPE 2 and MODEG 2 the generated y coordinates between NNP on the current C 3 line and NNP from the previous C 3 line will be subsequently located by Laplace generation scheme The x coordinates will be immediately determined by the basic straight line generation For LGTYPE 4 and MODEG 2 or 3 the x and y nodal coordinates generated between NNP on the current C 3 line and NNP from the previous C 3 line will be automatically determined to fit along the path of an elliptical quadrant The elliptical quadrant is generated counterclockwise with convexity on the right when traveling from NNP to NNP 5 159 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Basic generation code MODEG 10 10 11 integer Code number to select nodal input and generat
344. onstructed Link elements three nodes residing at same location are depicted with a single red or green dot depending whether the connection is pinned or fixed respectively e Temporary strut A temporary bracing strut is inserted at the springline and connected to the culvert with two link elements By killing the link elements at some later load step we can ascertain the structural consequences of the strut s removal e Soil void To investigate the consequence of a void created by soil infiltration six link elements are inserted connecting the potential void zone to the intact soil When the link elements are killed we can observe the effect of void creation on the culvert e Corroded invert A pipe group composed of the two bottom elements is connected to the remaining culvert elements with two link elements By killing the link elements we can investigate the effect of losing the bottom portion of the pipe due to corrosion e Trench excavation Just like the creation of a small void we can investigate the effect of a large exaction next to an existing culvert by inserting link elements around the exaction zone and then killing them on a later load step 5 168 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 21 Level 3 Illustration of element generation E iu W S Ae 29 30 31 12 T5 INTER 5 NUMLAY 3 Element numbers Node numbers All elements are material 1 All el
345. or has shown that the original Duncan Selig model is superior to the Mohr Coulomb model under loading conditions Reference 9 Industry sponsors MGK Consulting and Contech Engineered Solutions LLC 7 Modified Duncan Selig soil model for unloading reloading Although the original Duncan Selig is excellent in tracking the nonlinear behavior of soils in all loading environments it retraces the same stress strain path upon unloading Consequently the original model does not predict residual deformation which is invariably observed in laboratory soil specimens following a load unload cycle The new modified Duncan Selig model produces permanent deformations upon unloading similar to advanced plasticity models No new material parameters are introduced into the new formulation thus the large existing data base of Duncan Selig parameters remains valid for the modified formulation Most importantly the modifications to the Duncan Selig model are shown to satisfy all thermodynamic restrictions and continuity requirements and correlate well with experimental unloading data Reference 10 The user may choose the original or modified Duncan Selig model with a simple input command Industry sponsors MGK Consulting and Contech Engineered Solutions LLC In addition to the new user controlled capabilities listed above several programming changes have been made to improve performance and correct errors as lsited below e Animproved method to divide qua
346. original hydrostatic values are better than the modified values because they are based on actual measurements and are more conservative The distinction between the behavior of original Duncan Selig model and the Katona modification for plastic like behavior upon unloading is shown in the two sets of figures below The first set of figures shows that upon unloading the original model retraces the same stress strain path as the loading path which is illustrated for tri axial and the hydrostatic response behavior oO J Einitial AA Evol Tri axial load unload response Hydrostatic load unload response The second set of figures shows that upon unloading and reloading the modified model exhibits plastic like behavior that is representative of actual soil behavior Unloading and reloading from a tri axial loading path follows a linear elastic path whose Young s modulus is equal to the initial modulus Unloading and reloading from a hydrostatic loading path follows a linear elastic path whose bulk modulus is the tangent bulk modulus at the stress level of departure Oavg Biangent Evol Tri axial load unload response Hydrostatic load unload response Additional detail is provided in the CANDE 2015 Solution Methods and Formulations Manual including the development of history variables used to track the boundaries between linear and nonlinear stress space 5 187 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Ma
347. ors for LRFD Limit States E Solution Level Statements C Control Parameters Level 2 Pipe XI Major Geometry and Loading Parameters Level 2 Pipe Control Variables Level 2 Pipe XI Backpacking for Embankment Mesh Trench Dimensions for The following table provides a summary of the different icon states Icon Description U Clear icon Input for this menu does not contain any errors or undefined values The user however is responsible for checking the input to ensure that it is correct with respect to the current model being considered X Error icon The input for this menu contains one or more errors and or undefined values All of these values must be resolved before the CANDE analysis may be run 0 Input Change One or more input item for this menu has changed If the user attempts to leave them menu before Accept Input is clicked a warning message will appear asking the user to save the input 4 24 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 5 Changing an existing CANDE input document to create a new data file Often a user may wish to change one or more parameters in existing data file to investigate the influence of parameter variations on the solution Rather than creating a new data file from scratch the GUI offers two simple methods of modifying an existing data file to create new data file 1 Create a new file b
348. other way the load step at which nonconvergence occurs may in some cases be interpreted as the maximum load capacity of the structural system This interpretation can be checked by plotting structural deflections versus load step and observing increasingly larger movements in a load deformation plot On the other hand nonconvergence may be problematic but curable requiring some investigation on the part of the user Specifically if nonconvergence occurs the user should consider the following checklist 4 30 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 1 Review the CANDE Output Report to see which type of nonlinear models did not converge and the relative error in the lack of convergence 2 Examine the input parameters of the nonlinear models that did not converge and make sure that the parameters are correct and reasonable For example a common input error for interface elements is that they are assigned incorrect interface angles in input line D 2 3 Try reducing the load magnitude assigned to each load step That is use more load steps to define thinner soil layers for gravity loads and or smaller force increments for boundary conditions 4 Try increasing the maximum number of iterations ITMAX on input line A 1 Typically the default value is sufficient but some cases have required 50 or more iterations to achieve convergence If convergence has not been obtained in 100 iterations it is pr
349. oundary conditions Likewise the tool is used to create and plot solution output such as deformed shapes and color contours of soil stresses and strains e Graphs This is an interactive plotting tool for creating and viewing the structural response of beam element groups i e pipe types Structural responses are plotted contiguously over the pipe shape for any load step or sets of load steps Structural responses include moments thrusts and shears as well as responses specific to the pipe type such as plastic penetration for corrugated metal and crack depth for reinforced concrete e Results Generator This is an interactive text writing tool allowing the user to easily reformat the CANDE output data into in a tailor made report Options are available for tabularizing soil responses and pipe group responses as a function of load step 4 34 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 1 CANDE Output Report The CANDE output report that is generated during a CANDE analysis is being run may be viewed in the GUI by selecting the View gt Output Report CANDE from the main menu see below Figure 4 4 2 Viewing the CANDE output report C Documents and Settings Mark Mlynarski M File Edt Run view Tools window Help Input Menus Output Report CANDE CANDE Log File Mesh Plot Graphs Results Generator The CANDE Output Report is the primary reference document that def
350. output of mesh topology In general use SPCFAC 1 0 Comment Figure 5 5 13 through Figure 5 5 17 show the element and nodal numbering of the entire arch mesh as well as magnified views in the vicinity of the arch Table 5 5 4 shows additional nodes and elements that are added as a function of cover height Finally Table 5 5 5 identifies the nodes of the interface elements and Table 5 5 6 identifies interface element re numbering as a function of cover height Proceed to Line C 4 5 136 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 4 4 C 4 Level 2 Arch Mesh Arch and Footing Dimensions C 4 L2 Arch Arch segments and angles Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 A 2 NPCAN 3 Arch Mesh Use ONLY if the Canned Mesh Code is set to 3 Arch Mesh Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Radius of top arc segment 1 Radius of top arc arc segment 1 If R1 gt 0 R1 is taken as the radius of the top arc segment also called the 1 segment R1 If R1 0 the top segment is defined as a 01 10 Default 0 0 straight line See Figures C Level 2 Arch F10 0 straight line 3 amp 4 inches Angle for R1 segment Angle for R1 segment If R1 gt 0 THETA1 is the included angle of the THETA1 top arc measured from vertical centerline to the 11 20 junction p
351. paration and re bonding of two bodies originally in contact Typically these elements are used between the culvert and soil and between trench soil and in situ soil e Soil elements and models soil elements are high order continuum elements with a suite of soil models ranging from linear elastic to highly nonlinear The so called Duncan and Duncan Selig soil models are very representative of the nonlinear soil behavior in most culvert installations e Large deformation and buckling an updated Lagrange formulation that has the ability to accurately track culvert deformations up to and beyond its buckling capacity 2 4 Chapter 2 General Overview and Major Options CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline e Pipe elements and models beam column elements that may be used to model culvert structures and other structures such support braces Special nonlinear material models are available for corrugated metal reinforced concrete and thermoplastic e Link elements with death option link elements allow the user to join any two nodes in a pinned connection or fixed connection and the element may be assigned a birth load step and death load step With this feature temporary construction supports may be introduced into the construction schedule and then subsequently removed Also link elements may be used to simulate removal of predefined soil zones or the creation of soil voids during the construction schedule 2 5 Pipe groups and pipe t
352. plicable if the Reinforcement Shape set on the previous command is set to STAND or ELLIP A 1 XMODE DESIGN This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to DESIGN A 1 LRFD 0 This is command is input for service design A 1 LEVEL 1 2 or 3 This option is available for all Solution Levels 1 2 or 3 Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Concrete wall thickness PT 01 10 F10 0 inches Concrete wall thickness used for design problem Default none The design wall thickness is uniform around the pipe Specify a non zero value Note the design solution will provide required steel reinforcement area Steel yielding safety factor PFS 1 11 20 F10 0 amp Desired safety factor against steel yielding Default 1 6 This is the fundamental working stress design criterion for steel reinforcement Typically this safety factor is specified in the range from 1 5 to 2 0 Concrete crushing stress safety factor PFS 2 21 30 F10 0 Desired safety factor against concrete crushing stress Default 2 0 This is the working stress criterion that the concrete compressive stress does not reach ultimate strength f by the specified factor of safety Typical range is 1 7 to 2 0 Concrete shear failure safety factor PFS 3 31 40 F1
353. pter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Moment of inertia of wall section per unit length for sequence PI 41 50 F10 0 inf in Moment of inertia of wall section per unit length for sequence No Default This is the pipe s wall moment inertia per unit length of pipe which provides resistance to ovaling or bending deformation Line load of pipe element for sequence Line load of pipe element for sequence The element s line load is the gravity force per inch along the element s length in the x y PDENL plane To represent dead weight of material 51 60 set PDENL PA density pci F10 0 No Default This only applies to Levels 2 and 3 db in Note 1 The BASIC pipe type only applies to the analysis mode The material model is linear elastic and allows changing the material and geometric properties from element to element Note 2 Example of using ISEQ1 and ISEQ2 If there are 10 elements in this pipe group with a change of material properties after the first five elements then we would set ISEQ1 1 and ISEQ2 5 thereby assigning the first sequence material properties to the first five elements Then the B 1 instructions would be repeated with ISEQ1 6 and ISEQ2 10 to define the second set of material properties If all the group elements happen to have the same
354. pter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline NASTRAN Input Data Card PSHELL Shell Element Property Description Defines the membrane bending transverse shear and coupling properties of thin shell elements Format and Example ae aoe ae a eae ae ees PSHELL PD mD T mib2 12173 mip3 Tsm nm __ wa e post Field Contents PID Property identification number INTEGER MID Material identification number for the membrane INTEGER T Default membrane thickness for the element MID2 Material identification number for bending INTEGER 12I T 2 Bending moment of inertia ratio REAL MID3 Material identification number for transverse shear INTEGER TS T Transverse shear thickness ratio default 0 833333 REAL NSM Nonstructural mass per unit area REAL CANDE Implementation CANDE simply uses this command to keep count of the number of soil materials CANDE does not store the actual material properties 7 26 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 2 5 NASTRAN Input Data Card CGAP Gap Element Connection Description Defines a gap or friction element Format and Example a 4 5s fe fT 7 ae ft 9 to CGAP EID PD GA cp xi x2 x3 o Bec ee ee eee ee eee ee ee Field Contents EID Element identification number INTEGER PID Property identification number INTEGER GA GB Connected Grid points INTEGER X1 X2 X3 Components
355. ption columns format units Angle for R3 segment Angle for R3 segment This only applies to 3 segment arch THETA3 This value is ONLY SDRIZE gt 0 51 60 input for 3 segment If R3 gt 0 THETA3 is the included angle of the F10 0 arches SDRISE gt 0 side arc measured from the junction point of degrees segments 2 and 3 to the end of segment 3 Default blank If R3 0 THETA3 is the counter clockwise angle from the horizontal axis to the straight line segment 3 usually at least 90 degrees Base angle of R3 segment THETA4 61 70 F10 0 degrees Base angle of R3 segment This value is ONLY input for 3 segment arches SDRISE gt 0 Default blank This only applies to 3 segment arch SDRIZE gt 0 and curved segments R3 gt 0 THETA4 is the base angle defined by the line perpendicular to the end of the 3 segment and the horizontal footing line THETA4 may be positive or negative wherein the positive direction is measured counter clockwise from the horizontal Note THETA4 is negative for a re entrant arch such as shown in the figures Nodes assigned to segment 1 NTN 71 75 15 integer Nodes assigned to segment 1 top segment Default 10 3 segment arch Default 13 2 segment arch The automated Arch Mesh uses a total of 20 Nodes to define all arch shapes and sizes Node 1 is located at the crown and node numbering proceeds clockwise around the arch with Nod
356. r 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 13 Level 2 Arch Parameters for 3 segment and 2 segment arch with straight segments Number of pipe Nata 1 a nodal points Angles are specified in standard cartesian NTN 1 coordinate system with NTN counterclockwise Top segment NTN 1 a A i R 1 0 direction being positive C L of Corner segment wel RISE Pipe R 2 0 NCN 1 NCN SDRISE y R 3 0 E tx Baseline Input parameters for 3 segment arch with straight segments Number of pipe Note 1 Lo nodal points Angles are specified in standard cartesian coordinate system with counterclockwise direction being positive 2 Top segment NTN 1 THETA 3 0 RISE C L of THETA 4 0 Pipe Corner segment R 2 0 l tix Baseline Input parameters for 2 segment arch with straight segments 5 141 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 14 Level 2 Arch Soil element numbering scheme for elements remote from arch TTT zu 25 2 zar ma a HE NOTE For element numbers Figure 5 5 15 Level 2 Arch Soil element numbering scheme for elements close to arch 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 2
357. r A al x General Mesh Output Beam Output Report Preview ERA AKEAE AAA AAT EEREEREEEEEREEKAEREEEEEREEEERAAA EER EEREREEEEEEEERE Program Title CANDE 2007 Version 0 9 beta Last Updated 04 04 2007 License No XXXXXX KKEKKREERARKAKAAKEKERERE RAE EEEEEEEEEEEREEREEREEEEERERA ERATE REEEEEEEER TITLE Level 3 18in Class 1 RCP LEVEL 3 USER mmlynarski DATE ERE KAKAAEAAAEA AERA AAR EEREEEEEEEEEEERAEREEEEEEE REAR AAEEREEREREEEEEEEEEE COPYRIGHT C 2007 NATIONAL COOPERATIVE HIGHWAY RESEARCH PROGRAM NCHRP ALL RIGHTS RESERVED NCHRP EXCLUDES ANY AND ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES INCLUDING WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND LIMITS THE USER S REMEDY TO RETURN OF THE SOFTWARE AND DOCUMENTATION FOR REPLACEMENT NCHRP MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WITH RESPECT TO THIS SOFTWARE OR ACCOMPANYING DOCUMENTATION INCLUDING THEIR QUALITY Generate Preview OK Cancel The output file may now be reviewed to see if everything was generated properly If not return to the General Mesh Output and Beam Output tabs to change your options and click on the Generate Preview button again Once everything is in order press the OK option This will open the output file in the Main CANDE interface window ee CNE SE SE E E E E E E E E E E E The output window contains a browser for navigating all of the tables generated and a search c
358. r must input the key soil parameter with a value reduced by the factor For line D2 the key soil parameters for the five soil models are listed below e For ITYP 1 input E soi1 Eactual For ITYP 2 input CPJ Qo CPGj actuar for all i and j 1 to 3 For ITYP 3 input ZK yoy ZKactuat For ITYP 4 input E n Qo ENM actua for n 1 2 3 For ITYP 5 input S1 soit S Lactuat For ITYP 8 input E gi Eactual The above equations show the user the primary stiffness parameter for each soil model If desired the user may input a reduced value of the primary stiffness parameter to account for a soil resistance factor 5 180 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 2 D 2 Isotropic Linear Elastic Elastic Parameters D 2 lsotropic Isotropic elastic parameters Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 1 Use only if the Material Model Type is Elastic Isotropic 1 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Young s modulus Young s modulus of Young s modulus is the vertical stress per unit E material in zone I of vertical strain of a vertically loaded test 01 10 specimen while maintaining no change in F10 0 Default 0 0 psi lateral pressure on the material specimen See Ib in Table 5 6 1 for reasonable values
359. race of the Mohr Coulomb elements Mesh output Control for print of mesh As a companion control to IWRT MGENPR MGENPR data to the CANDE controls the amount of mesh data written to the 11 15 output file CANDE output file 15 1 control data MGEN 1 prints only the control information integer 2 mirror input MGEN 2 above plus node and element input 3 created data 4 maximum Default 3 MGEN 3 above plus generated mesh data MGEN 4 above plus Laplace generated nodes 5 123 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Number of load steps NINC 16 20 15 integer Number of load steps to be executed N positive number 1 signal to lump all loads into one step 0 No load steps are processed Default none Any number load steps may be specified for execution in a given problem The first nine load steps include the gravity loads from the components listed below followed by increments of overburden pressure for soil height increments above 3 R2 In summary the load steps are 1 Box structure in situ soil and bedding 2 Fill soil to 1 3 of box rise 3 Fill soil to 2 3 of box rise 4 Fill soil to level of box height 5 9 Cover soil increments up to 3 R2 10 N Increments of overburden pressure One half of horizontal One half of horizon
360. rameters as a function of height cover Basic values vs Height of Cover Range of HTCOVR lt 0 4 rise lt 0 7 rise lt 1 0 rise lt 1 5 rise Item 2 0 1 rise gt 0 4 rise gt 0 7 rise gt 1 0 rise KCOVER 0 KCOVER 1 KCOVER 2 KCOVER 3 Basic no load steps 8 9 10 11 Total nodes 244 265 286 307 NPT Total elements 209 229 249 269 NELEM Basic no bonnoary 35 37 39 41 conditions NBPTC Notes 1 For HTCOVR gt 1 5 rise the mesh is truncated at 1 5 rise above crown and the remaining soil weigh is added in increments of overburden pressure The number of increments employed to place overburden pressure NINC 11 2 The total number of load steps NINC is user specified where 1 lt NINC lt 20 3 Increments of overburden pressure increase the total number of boundary conditions to the sum of the basic number plus 21 NINC 11 5 144 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 5 5 Level 2 Arch Identification of arch and soil nodes for interface elements Identification of interface element nodal connectivity Number of Pipe soil Number of Pipe soil Nodes from Interface Nodes from Interface Crown Nodes Crown Nodes 1 198 200 199 11 132 143 133 2 194 196 195 12 130 144 131 3 190 192 191 13 128 145 129 4 167 169 168 14 118 120 119 5 164 166 165 15 115 117 116 5 164 166 165 15 115 117 116 6 161 163 162 16 109 111 1
361. range of plastic properties from AASHTO LRFD Specification 5 53 Table 5 4 4 Steel 1 Section Properties for Standard Steel Corrugation Sizes eee ee eeeeeseeeeeeeee 5 70 Table 5 4 5 Steel 2 Section Properties for 6 x 2 Structural Plate ee eeeeseesseeecseeeecneeeeceaeeeeeeeens 5 70 Table 5 5 1 Level 1 Conservative values for Young s soil modulus and Poisson s ratio 0 5 105 Table 5 5 2 Level 2 Pipe Node renumbering scheme for pipe soil interface elements 5 119 Table 5 5 3 Level 2 Pipe Node renumbering scheme interface elements along trench wall 5 120 Table 5 5 4 Level 2 Arch Values for basic arch parameters as a function of height cover 5 144 Table 5 5 5 Level 2 Arch Identification of arch and soil nodes for interface elements 5 145 Table 5 5 6 Level 2 Arch Identification of interface element numbers versus cover height 5 146 Table 5 5 7 Classification of IFLG Boundary Code numbers eee eceeeceeecesecesecesecnseceeeneeeas 5 173 Table 5 6 1 Summary of special material names MATNAM ee eeeeceeceeeceeecesecesecenecnaecseeeneeene 5 178 Table 5 6 2 Material numbers for predefined level 2 material zones 0 0 0 0 eee eeceeeeseceecnseeneeeneeeee 5 179 Table 5 6 3 Material numbers for predefined Level 2 interface numbers ee ee eeeeeee eee eeeeeneeeee 5
362. ration LOADT 21 25 15 integer Code number to select load duration 1 Short term 2 long term Default short term Plastic material properties depend on load duration short term is appropriate for live loads and long term is appropriate for earth loads If need be the problem can be run twice once with short duration properties and once with long duration properties to bracket the responses of each load step Analysis mode IBUCK 26 30 15 integer Code to select large deformation and buckling analysis 0 small deformation large deformation 2 plus buckling Default small deform IF IBUCK 0 small deformation theory and simplified buckling equations are used If BUCK 1 the pipe elements will include large deformation theory geometric stiffness In addition if IBUCK 2 an estimate of the remaining buckling capacity will be computed at each load step Proceed to Line B 2 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 3 2 B 2 Plastic Material Properties for Plastic B 2 Plastic Plastic load controls Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE PLASTIC One or more pipe groups are Plastic Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Young s modulus for Young s modulus for Depending on the type of plastic enter the short term loading PESHRT
363. re available for round elliptical box and arch shaped culverts Loading includes live loads as well as incremental layers of soil Level 2 s major limitation is the assumption of symmetry about the vertical centerline of a specified pipe type Level 3 provides the full power of the finite element method to characterize any soil structure system This includes multiple structural shapes and or multiple structural materials pipe types Level 3 requires that the user develop the finite element mesh including element connectivity arrays coordinates and boundary conditions Although CANDE has many helpful mesh Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units generation features use of Level 3 requires some familiarity with the finite element method for proper modeling of the soil structure system Method of Analysis Method of Choice of Working Stress service or Load Design LRFD analysis design Resistance Factor Design LRFD methodology 11 12 0 service for analysis and design Working Stress uses 12 1 LRFD actual loading conditions where as LRFD integer increases the actual load with specified load Default Service factors Number of Pipe Element Groups NPGRPS 13 15 13 integer Number of pipe element groups for Level 3 number of groups Default 1 Maximum 30
364. recommended for the PSLIP keyhole slots tightened with standard bolt 01 10 Default 4 950 psi torque See Figure 5 4 8 F10 0 Ib in Thrust stress at initial Thrust stress at initial The default value of 33 000 psi is based on joint yielding yielding of joint material experimental tests and is recommended for the PFAIL 8 gauge steel plates or heavier Lighter gauges 11 20 Default 33 000 psi e g 10 or 12 may require a lower value F10 0 Ib in Ratio of slipping modulus to elastic steel modulus RPES 21 30 F10 0 Ratio of slipping modulus to elastic steel modulus Default 0 0003 The slipping behavior of keyhole slots is not perfectly plastic but rather exhibits a slight hardening slope 0 0003 x PE Thus RPES 0 0003 is recommended See Figure 5 4 8 Ratio of post slipping modulus to elastic steel modulus RPEP 31 40 F10 0 Ratio of post slipping modulus to elastic steel modulus Default 0 5 Post slipping behavior prior to material yielding typically exhibits a hardening slope less than 0 5 x PE Thus RPEP 0 5 is conservative and recommended for design See Figure 5 4 8 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Ratio of yielding zone modulus to elastic steel modulus Ratio of yielding zone modulus
365. rength VFACTOR Jf concrete the VFACTOR 2 is recommended For FRC the shear strength may be enhanced by a factor greater Default traditional than 2 0 Shear strength is only used in CANDE for method not used safety factor calculations Shear strength Code to select shear At the present time the AASHTO LRFD specifications model strength equation provide three different sets of equations to estimate the NSHEAR 1 concrete pipes and shear strength of reinforced concrete culverts depending 61 65 arches on the installation type For culvert installations other 15 2 concrete boxes and 3 than concrete boxes or a 3 sided box structure it is integer sided structures recommended to use the shear strength for concrete with at least 2 feet of fill 3 concrete boxes and 3 sided structures with less than 2 feet of fill Default 1 pipes and arches NSHEAR 1 See comments below Note that the shear strength equations are used in CANDE for design analysis evaluation in both working stress and LRFD methodology However the equations are not used in CANDE s r c constitutive model Comment on shear strength 1 Concrete pipes and arches NSHEAR 1 The associated shear strength equations are adapted from AASHTO LRED specifications 12 10 4 2 5 which is based on the work by Heger and McGrath Ref 6 2 Concrete boxes and 3 sided structures with at least 2 feet of fill NSHEAR 2 The associa
366. ression testing of future versions of CANDE the NCHRP Process 12 50 results have been included in this version of CANDE Process 12 50 is described in detail in NCHRP Report 485 Bridge Software Validation Guidelines and Examples This file is only produced if the value for CULVERTID on the A 1 command see section 5 3 1 A 1 Master Control Input Data is greater than zero For CANDE the 12 50 file format is a comma delimited ASCII text format and has been modified slightly to account for the two dimensions i e X and Y coordinates The format is as shown in the following table This file is suitable for importing into a relational database A sample of the Process 12 50 output is shown in Figure 7 1 1 Table 7 1 1 NCHRP Tag format Tag Description CulvertID Unique integer to define this input file user input on A 1 command ProcessID Unique integer to define the process ID user input on A 1 command ReportID Unique integer to uniquely define each CANDE beam result see Table 7 1 2 for definitions X location X coordinate location of beam node Y location Y coordinate location of beam node Value Value for the specific ReportID Subdomain Unique integer to define the subdomain ID user input on A 1 command Subdomains can define things such as culvert type Location ID CANDE Beam group ID AuxID CANDE local element ID Figure 7 1 1 Sample NCHRP Process 12 50 results
367. ria are programmed into CANDE 2015 Steel pipe type and may be activated at the user s discretion Industry sponsors Atlantic Industries and Contech Construction Products 5 Plastic pipe type variable profile properties Typically the section properties of plastic profile pipe are uniform around the pipe s periphery hence previous versions of CANDE were restricted to uniform section properties per pipe group However arch shaped storm water chambers and other structures often employ changes in the plastic profile geometry around the periphery of the structure CANDE 2015 has been revised to allow variable profile geometries around the structure This applies to all types of plastic including HDPE PVC and PP Industry sponsors Advanced Pipe Services and Prinsco 6 Mohr Coulomb elastoplastic soil model The classical Mohr Coulomb elastic perfectly plastic model is now included in the suite of available constitutive models that may be assigned to continuum elements to describe soil behavior Four material parameters are required to define the viii model two elastic parameters Young s modulus and Poisson ratio and two plasticity parameters defining the failure surface Cohesion intercept and angle of internal friction Motivation for installing the Mohr Coulomb model is to facilitate comparing CANDE predictions with other finite element programs that exclusively rely on this model to simulate soil behavior As a side comment the auth
368. rties Note for the last sequence we must always have NSEQ2 NPMAT 1 In the most general case if each node has a different section property then line B 4 must be repeated for each node so that the node sequences would be defined as NSEQI NSEQ2 1 1 2 2 3 3 NPMAT 1 NPMAT 1 For this most general case CANDE will automatically compute the paired values for NSEQ1 and NSEQ2 if they are all left blank in the input stream If XMODE ANALYSIS and LRFD 0 Part B is now complete Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined If XMODE ANALYSIS and LRFD 1 Proceed to line B 5 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 2 6 B 4 Concrete Case 3 ASTM Box Wall Thicknesses and Haunches B 4 Concrete Case3 ASTM box wall thicknesses and haunches Case 3 This command is used in tandem with B 4b Concrete Case 3 ASTM Steel Placement for Boxes Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups is Concrete CONCRETE B 3 RSHAPE BOXES This command is only applicable if the Reinforcement Shape set on the previous command is set to Boxes A 1 XMODE ANALYS This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to ANALYS NOTE This input is not valid for DESIGN A 1 LRFD 0 or 1 This is command is input for either
369. s The key concept behind the GUI input option is that it ultimately creates a CANDE 2007 input data file that contains the same formatted data stream as that of the traditional batch mode input The traditional batch mode method of input requires the user to type data files in accordance with the written input instructions in the detailed user manual Chapter 5 In contrast the GUI is much easier to follow because each input step is tailor made to conform to the user s previous input choices Said another way the user does not need to navigate through the entire user manual just follow the screen input instructions However the traditional batch mode is still an optional input method discussed at the end of this section The GUI has options to create new data input files edit and rerun existing data files and import data files from external sources Each of these options is discussed in turn 4 2 1 Creating a new CANDE input data file with Wizard The creation of a new input data file using the GUI is a seamless two step process The first step employs the so called Input Wizard to define the top level choices of the soil structure problem to be solved and the second step employs the so called CANDE Input Menu to define the values for system parameters The Input Wizard generates the major control data and establishes a unique input menu for the data to be supplied in step 2 The Input Wizard is accessed when a new CANDE project is creat
370. s a reasonable estimate Crack spacing Crack spacing length The crack spacing length is used as an empirical length which is used for crack measure to predict the crack width at the outer periphery CSLENGTH width predictions of the concrete core See the comment below 41 50 F10 0 Default 10 0 inches inches Crack width prediction CANDE predicts the concrete crack width at the outer tension fibers based on the concrete tension strain in excess of the concrete cracking strain multiplied by the crack spacing length nominally 10 in Specifically the crack width in inches CW is estimated by CW crack spacing length amp tension Ecracking Under service loading the maximum allowable crack width is generally specified as 0 01 however significantly higher values may be appropriate for confined concrete Proceed to line B 3 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 6 3 B 3 Tube material properties and spacing B 3 CONTUBE Tube material properties Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE Line B 3 must be input CONTUBE Parameter Input Options Description columns format Default units Tube thickness Thickness of tube Uniform thickness of the tube surrounding the concrete PTHICK material It is inherently assumed that the inside diameter of the 01 10 tube is equal to the diameter of the concrete core Se
371. s design LRFD Resistance Factor Design LRFD methodology for analysis and design Working Stress uses actual loading conditions whereas LRFD increases the actual load with specified load factors Solution Level 1 Elasticity 2 FEM with canned mesh 3 FEM with user mesh Level 2 is considered the workhorse of CANDE and provides a finite element solution methodology using an internally developed mesh based on a few physical parameters specified by the user in part C Canned meshes are available for round elliptical box and arch shaped culverts Loading includes live loads as well as incremental layers of soil Level 2 s major limitation is the assumption of symmetry about the vertical centerline of a specified pipe type Level 3 provides the full power of the finite element method to characterize any soil structure system This includes multiple structural shapes and or multiple structural materials pipe types Level 3 requires that the user develop the finite element mesh including element connectivity arrays coordinates and boundary conditions Although CANDE has many helpful mesh generation features use of Level 3 requires some familiarity with the finite element method for proper modeling of the soil structure system Use the auto generate option for the interface elements Check ON or OFF If this input is checked ON CANDE will assume that the user is going to take
372. s performance under the working stress option is reported in terms of safety factors for each design criterion associated with the selected culvert type A safety factor is defined as a ratio of the actual capacity to actual demand For example the safety factor for the design criterion based on thrust stress is the material yield stress divided by the maximum computed thrust stress A LRED solution means the service loading schedule is increased by individualized load factors The user begins by defining the service loading schedule in exactly the same manner as for working stress methodology Later in the input stream the user selects appropriate load factors to be applied to each load step so that the dead loads earth loads and live loads may be assigned individual factors as required by AASHTO LRFD specifications Evaluation of the culvert s performance under the LRFD option is provided in terms of ratios of factored demand to factored capacities for each design criterion associated with the selected culvert type An evaluation ratio should be less than 1 0 in order for a given design criterion to be considered safe Since the fundamental design criteria potential failure modes are identical for working stress and LRFD methodologies one could use the LRFD methodology to get a working stress solution by setting all load factors and resistance factors equal to 1 0 In this case the reported LRFD ratios would be the inverse of the working stress
373. s section properties and rebar placement irrespective of culvert shape TBO Outside serssssseressssseeessssssesssseseesssseeee Inside RSHAPE ELLIP One line or rebar placed at crown and invert interior with minimum cover At the springline the minimum cover is on the exterior ASI ASO and TBI TBO Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 2 5 B 4 Concrete Case 2 Arbitrary Specified Wall Thickness B 4 Concrete Case1_ 2 Arbitrary specified wall thickness and reinforcement steel Case 2 For the Arbitrary option line B 4 must be repeated for each node sequence in the pipe group Note the total number of nodes in a group number pipe elements in group 1 Start with N 1 For level 2 this number is preset and is described in Table 5 3 1 For Level 3 this number is set by the user as NPMATX see section 5 3 1 Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups is Concrete CONCRETE B 3 RSHAPE ARBIT This command is only applicable if the Reinforcement Shape set on the previous command is set to Arbitrary A 1 XMODE ANALYS This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to ANALYS NOTE This input is not valid for DESIGN A 1 LRFD 0 or 1 This is command is input for either LRFD or Service A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 This option is NOT avai
374. ser to plot beam element responses for an entire pipe group The opening screen is similar to that shown Figure 4 4 14 below wherein the bending moment distribution is shown at load step 4 Figure 4 4 14 CANDE Graph of bending moment EBE Beam Results C temp FromTJM TJM Example TJM i m lol x 5 be Load step 4 Beam group 1 Concrete Bending moment Ib infin O Bending moment lb in in Bending moment Ib in in Load step 4 Bending moment Ib in in X location in Starting at first node 4 49 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 4 4 1 Over view of CANDE Graph Selections Three drop down menus at the top of the Graph screen offer the user the following basic choices e Selection of load step number to be plotted e Selection of pipe group number to be plotted e Selection of the structural response to be plotted The above selections are illustrated in Figure 4 2 16 below Figure 4 4 15 Overview of CANDE Graphs Beam Results C temp FromT IM Exaenphe TIM Pr EEE teenqont Concrete E bendro moneri F s ETEN Bending moment Interactively heed sep t2 S g RONS select the load toad It a step and see the 3 Pe om results for the as The Pia aS pe desired outpu lt e e 3 J E i a ot 4 fl f 4 as 6 12 18 24 30 y 42 Pa S4 6 amp t 48 R Ps 7 e P amp ig P d Soo X location in Starting at f
375. sh Coloring Element text color Change the color of the element text Element line color Change the color of the mesh lines with the exception of the beam elements To make the elements invisible set to white Node text color Change the color of the node text Beam element color and thickness Change the color of the beam element and the thickness of the beam element line weight This is helpful in making the beam elements stand out Magnification Factors Deflection Multiplier applied to the deflected shape to exaggerate the deflections Boundary diameter The boundary conditions are shown as circles at the appropriate node This parameter increases or decreases the diameter to make them less or more visible on the plot Since the user can click on the boundary conditions to retrieve information this is often helpful Boundary Conditions Turn on off the symbols for force or displacement boundary conditions This is useful for nodes with mixed boundary conditions force and displacement in order to see the color coded boundary condition type This option is used in tandem with the Boundary Condition On off button B on the tool bar Note the boundary condition node symbols are color coded as e green means displacement conditions specified in x and y direction e blue means a displacement condition specified in either x or y direction 4 44 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual
376. sociated with the node Therefore the first four rows in Table 5 5 7 provide the complete set of boundary condition options for specifying x and y forces and or displacements 3 For nodes that do have a beam element attached the user has the option to select a fixed rotation clamped boundary or free rotation within the constraint of surrounding elements The second set of rows in Table 5 5 7 allow the user to select the alternative rotational specification that was not provided in the first set Note that rotational degree of freedom is automatically specified with either zero rotation or zero external moment There is no provision in CANDE for specifying nonzero rotational boundary conditions Table 5 5 7 Classification of IFLG Boundary Code numbers Input Code for node NP Resulting implication for the variable BIVD and rotational degree of freedom X direction Y direction X direction Y direction Rotation IIFLG IIFLG 2 BIVD 1 BIVD 2 beam only 0 0 Force Force Free 1 0 Disp Force Fixed 0 1 Force Disp Fixed 1 1 Disp Disp Fixed 3 3 Force Force Fixed 2 0 Disp Force Free 0 2 Force Disp Free 2 2 Disp Disp Free Proceed to Part D 5 173 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 Part D Soil and or Interface Property Input This section provides input instructions for the soil and interface properties NOTE T
377. ssion prior to nonlinear yielding The default equation ACI is generally a very good estimate See Figure 5 4 7 1 Concrete density PDEN Unit weight of concrete for body weight Density of concrete is used to include body weight in the loading schedule for Levels 2 amp 3 2 plus buckling Default 0 31 40 If PDEN 0 0 no body weight is included and a F10 0 density of 150 pcf is used for the default PCE lb ft calculation Shear factor A multiplying factor to The traditional method of specifying concrete VFACTOR compute nominal shear shear strength is used to compute the concrete s 41 50 strength in psi as contribution to total shear capacity For plain F10 0 concrete VFACTOR 2 is recommended For strength VFACTOR f confined concrete larger values may be proper Default 2 0 Shear strength is only used for safety evaluations IBUCK Code to select large If this value is greater than zero the pipe elements 51 55 deformation and buckling will include large deformation theory geometric 15 0 small deformation stiffness In addition if IBUCK 2 an estimate of integer 1 large deformation the remaining buckling capacity will be computed at each load step Typically large deformations and are not used with concrete structures Comment The CONTUBE pipe type differs from the CONCRETE pipe type in that it is does not operate in the automated Design mode However
378. t 4 1 Overview CANDE 2007 provides a graphical user interface GUI that provides features to ease the task of creating CANDE input documents and also to view the CANDE output results graphically This chapter provides a discussion of GUI input options directions for running CANDE and viewing the output reports plots and graphs CANDE s main interface is a multi document interface MDI This means that multiple CANDE documents can be opened at one time The only exception to this rule is that only one CANDE input file may be opened at a time see Figure 4 1 1 CANDE uses the input file prefix as an indicator to open other CANDE view windows Figure 4 1 1 CANDE GUI overview File Edit Run View Tools Window Help OG 6h ona A ES Input Command Documents and gs Ma a Do DEinp orialPre E3 Plotting C Do and gs Ma m 7 a i Fey NY B Load step 7 OF Show Help Show input Material Definition Isotropic D 2 Biast B i Elastic Parameters A E _ Master Control A a i 800 A Master Control 1 onarma g _ Master Control 2 Poisson s ratio 10 23 E Pipe Definition B _ Pipe Definition 1 Aluminum T Aluminum Design Safety Facto E _ Solution Level Statements C _ Control Parameters Level 2 Pipe Major Geometry and Loading Parar _ Control Variables Level 2 Pipe _ Backpacking for Embankment Mes S __ Material Definition Statements D E _ M
379. t NONLIN an iteration trace of the option NONLIN 0 51 55 combined CONTUBE 15 model Choosing NONLIN 1 is useful if the CONTUBE integer model does not converge This will produce a trace 0 No action 1 An iteration trace of key variables is output Default 0 printout of the combined concrete and tube cross section properties for each iteration of each load step By inspecting the key properties PA current area PI current moment of inertia and y current neutral axis one can deduce which elements are not converging and to what degree If LRFD 0 the B lines are complete for this group Go to C 1 or A 2 for another group Otherwise if LRFD 1 proceed to line B4 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 7 2 Tube linear stress strain model with Young s modulus PTE Stress Strain gt Figure 5 4 7 3 Spacing distance between concrete filled tubes lt ____ TS D Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 6 4 B 4 Resistance factors for LRFD evaluation B 4 CONTUBE Resistance factors for LRFD limit states Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE e Line B 4 is only input if LRFD is set to 1 on line A 1 CONTUBE and e If LRFD 0 skip line B 4 A 1 LRFD 1 e Default resistance factors are consistent with AASHTO Parameter Input Options Description co
380. t PHI 3 0 67 Resistance factor for plastic penetration PHI 4 31 40 F10 0 Resistance factor for cross section capacity for plastic penetration Default 0 90 Factored cross section capacity resistance PHI 4 x 100 of cross section depth This criterion applies to the percentage of cross section that becomes plastic due to both thrust and bending stresses Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Allowable deflection at Allowable deflection at Allowable deflection is the relative vertical service load DISP 41 50 F10 0 service load Default 5 deflection typically taken as 5 of vertical diameter or rise For long span structures allowable deflection is 2 total rise The criterion applies to service loading conditions which is approximated by reducing the predicted displacements by the load factors Resistance factor for AASHTO combined moment amp thrust criterion for deep Resistance factor for new AASHTO thrust and moment criterion for deep corrugations which are 5 The combined thrust and moment resistance factor is applied to the plastic thrust capacity R and to the plastic moment capacity M in the AASHTO combined equation 12 8 9 5 1 corrugations inch or more in height T T M PHI 5 lt 1 00
381. tailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 10 Level 2 Arch Embankment mesh configuration with load steps and material zones Po Trucated soil over burden pressure NINC 11 Variable 1 5 RISE Max Corner Segment iy ide it Segment Footing Construction Increment 1 5 RISE 4 75 HFSPAN 0 25 RISE 0 25 HFSPAN RISE Figure 5 5 11 Level 2 Arch Trench mesh configuration with load steps and material zones Po Trucated soil over burden Variable Fill Soil 1 5 RISE Max TRNDEP Variable C L of Pipe Corner Segment ide Footing Construction Increment A A i 4 75 HFSPAN 0 25 RISE 0 25 HFSPAN RISE 5 139 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 5 12 Level 2 Arch Parameters for 3 segment and 2 segment arch with curved segments 1 2 3 Top segment H NTN 1 THETA 1 NTN Fa NTN 1 x cof RO THETA RISE Pipe R 2 NCN 1 SS SS T NCN NCN 1 SDRISE i Lise aeh k 19 DX Baseline 4 20 THETA 4 HFSPAN x Number of pipe nodal points Note 1 Top segment SDRISE 0 R 3 0 THETA 3 0 THETA 4 0 NTN 1 oe NIN ok NTN 1 RISE Corner Pt segment a Input parameters for 2 segment arch with curved segments 5 140 Chapte
382. tal R1 is the box dimension in the horizontal span span direction from the centerline of the box to the R1 mid depth of the sidewall See Figure 5 5 6 21 30 Default none F10 0 inches One half of vertical rise One half of vertical rise R2 is the one half the vertical distance from R2 the mid depth of the bottom slab to mid depth 31 40 Default none of the top slab See Figure 5 5 6 F10 0 inches Height of soil cover Height of soil cover HTCOVR is the actual height of soil placed on above box above box top of the box it is defined the same for trench HTCOVR and embankment installations If HTCOVR is 41 50 specified greater than 3 R2 the mesh s top F10 0 Default none boundary is truncated at 3 R2 and the feet remaining fill soil is placed in equivalent increments of overburden pressure Density of soil above Density of soil above When the soil mesh is truncated at 3 R2 above truncated mesh truncated mesh the box surface the subsequent soil loading is DENSTY simulated by increments of overburden 51 60 Default 0 0 pef pressure _ height increment DENSTY F10 0 Typically the user should set DENSTY soil Ib ft density in Part D Trench Gap Trench gap This entry only applies to the trench mesh TRWID WORD TREN TRWID is the distance in 61 70 Note This is only feet from mid depth of the box s sidewall to F10 0 required if the Mesh trenc
383. tanding element with only one edge supported the k value is 0 43 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Number of horizontal Number of horizontal Various profile shapes may be constructed by elements in profile elements that are to be including up to four horizontal elements or NHEL included in profile element pairs attached to the web For 51 55 Minimum 0 example set NHEL 2 to form a straight rib 15 Maximum 4 or unlined corrugated profile NHEL 3 for a integer Default 0 T rib or lined profile NHEL 4 for a box like or trapezoidal shaped profile Include local buckling Code for local buckling If local buckling is activated LOCALB 1 calculations l include local the cross sectional properties are reduced for LOCALB buckling calculations each beam element that experiences thrust 56 60 l ignore local strain above the threshold value that causes 15 buckling calculations local buckling integer Default 1 If LOCALB 1 local buckling is not activated and cross section properties remain constant First node in set of common properties NSEQ1 61 65 15 integer 1 Node number in a sequence of nodes sharing the same geometric properties Default 1 For the first sequence set NSEQ1 1 For subsequent sets of common properties NSEQ1 should equ
384. te Concrete properties and large deformation controls Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE e One or more of the declared pipe groups is CONRIB CONRIB e Operates in the analysis mode for Levels 1 2 and 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Default Compressive Compressive strength of Uniaxial compressive stress of concrete in strength f PFPC concrete f standard cylinder compression test or core 01 10 specimen from pre cast structure See figure F10 0 Default 4000 psi 5 4 6 1 Ib in Young s modulus Young s modulus of Slope of stress strain curve of concrete in initial PCE concrete in elastic range compression prior to nonlinear yielding 11 20 Default See figure 5 4 6 1 uois 1 05 i 33 density f Poisson ratio PNU Poisson s ratio of concrete Poisson s ratio is used for plane strain 21 30 material formulation F10 0 Default 0 17 PDEN Unit weight of concrete for Density of concrete is used to include body 31 40 body weight weight in the loading schedule for levels 2 amp 3 If F10 0 PDEN 0 0 no body weight is included and lb ft Default 0 0 pcf density 150 pcf for PCE default calculation IBUCK Code to select large If this value is greater than zero the pipe elements 41 45 deformation and buckling will include large deformation theory geometric 15 analysis stiffness In addition if IBUCK 2
385. te with the details and knowledge of the culvert soil system under investigation For example Level 1 is useful for screening and comparing various circular shaped culverts in deep burial Level 2 considered the work horse of CANDE is applicable to many common culvert shapes including circular elliptical box and arch installations but limited to center line symmetry for loading and geometry Level 3 is virtually unlimited in modeling the structure shape soil system and loading conditions Level 2 and Level 3 share a common finite element solution methodology and only differ in the manner of input data automatic versus user defined 2 3 Chapter 2 General Overview and Major Options CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 2 4 1 Level 1 Elasticity Solution Level is based on the well known Burns and Richard elasticity solution Reference 7 and is suitable for circular culverts deeply buried in homogenous soil subjected to gravity loading Although the elasticity solution is based on material linearity and uniform pipe stiffness properties Level 1 approximates the pipe s nonlinear behavior by averaging the effective stiffness properties in the following manner After each load step the elasticity solution provides a prediction of the structural responses including the moment thrust and shear distribution around the pipe periphery Next the selected pipe type subroutine processes the structural responses to determine the current
386. ted is to be connected in composite action with the 15 first beam sequence Integer Default 2 Fraction full composite Specified fraction of full Set XFCOMP 1 0 to specify full composite XFCOMP composite action in bending stiffness between the two beam groups 11 20 bending where links are inserted If XFCOMP lt 1 0 F10 0 say XFCOMP 0 5 then composite action is dimensionless reduced proportionally In the limit with XFCOMP 0 there is no composite action Default 0 0 and the two beams behave in tandem i e no no composite action shear connection along the interface Comments 1 The user should refer to the CANDE 2015 Solutions and Formulations Manual to better understand the subtleties of the link codes 10 and 11 2 Typically only one material number is assigned to connect a pair of beam groups However additional material numbers could be assigned if it was desired to change the amount of composite action XFCOMP along the connected surface Return to line D 1 for more material definition if needed Proceed to Part E if LRFD 1 Otherwise this completes the input stream for this problem 5 202 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 9 D 2 Mohr Coulomb Plasticity Model Elastic Parameters and Failure Surface D 2 MohrCoulomb Classical elastic perfectly plastic model Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL
387. ted shear strength equations are given directly in AASHTO LRFD specifications 5 14 5 3 1 Ref 5 3 Concrete boxes and 3 sided structures with less than 2 feet of fill NSHEAR 3 The associated shear strength equations are given in AASHTO LRFD specifications 5 8 3 3 It is assumed that the concrete sections are not prestressed and that simplified procedure defined in 5 8 3 4 1 is applicable so that the diagonal crack parameters are taken as B 2 and 0 45 degrees Proceed to line B 3 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 5 3 B 3 Steel material properties B 3 Conrib Steel material properties Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE Line B 3 must be input at least defaulted for all cases even if there CONRIB is no reinforcing steel assigned to the concrete matrix Parameter Input Options Description columns format Default units Yield stress Yield stress of reinforcing Reinforcing steel is modeled as elastic perfectly plastic PFSY steel where PFSY represents the maximum stress attainable 01 10 F10 0 Default 60 000 psi Ib in Young s mod Young s modulus of Slope of steel s stress strain curve in linear range PSE reinforcing steel Behavior is assumed identical in tension and 11 20 compression F10 0 Default 29 x 10 psi Ib in Poisson ratio Poisson s ratio of Poisson s ratio is used for plane stra
388. terial numbers for continuum elements 9047 is above limit 10 max Input GENEND An interface element has a material number out of bounds 0 to 9048 99 9049 Input GENNOD Node number NNP is out of bounds 9050 Input GENNOD Nodal generation parameters are not consistent 9051 Input GENNOD Nodal generation parameters are not consistent 9052 Input GENNOD Nodal generation parameters are not consistent Input GENNOD Nodal generation using MODEG 2 or 3 is not consistent with 9053 NPINC Input GENNOD The input radius for arc generation is not small for the node 9054 locations 9055 Input GENNOD Node reference using Krelad Parameter is not consistent Input GENNOD The current nodal generation with MODEG 2 3 or 5 will cause 9056 Node N to be redefined 9057 Input HEROIC FATAL ERROR BANDWIDTH IS TOO LARGE 9058 Input HEROIC FATAL ERROR SYSTEM STORAGE IS TOO SMALL 9059 Input JMOD FATAL ERROR FOR SLOTTED JOINTS IN STEEL PIPE 9060 Input PLASTI Some section properties are not gt 0 0 9061 Input PREP The control word must be PREP 9062 Input PREP STORAGE SIZE ERROR IN PREP Input PREP INCREASE NUMBER OF SPECIFIED BOUNDARY CONDITIONS 9063 IN LINE C 2 Input PRHERO PARAMETER ISIZE NEEDS TO BE INCREASED IN 9064 SUBROUTINE PRHERO 9065 Input RESPIP Inconsistent number of beam elements specified and actually input 9066 Input RESPIP Lack of beam element sequence connectivity in beam group 9067 Input RESPIP
389. th a Special Name use line D 2 entitled Hardin Soil Model Input for Special MATNAM listed directly below Otherwise if MATNAM is defined as USER proceed to line D 2 entitled Hardin Soil Model Input for MATNAM USER 5 6 6 1 D 2 Hardin Soil Model Input for Special MATNAM D 2 Hardin Extended Hardin Poisson s ratio parameters and physical soil property input Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 5 Use only if the Material Model Type is Extended Hardin 5 D 1 MATNAM GRAN MIXE Use only if the Material Name MATNAM is defined as or COHE granular soil GRAN mixed soil MIXE or cohesive soil COHB Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Poisson s ratio for low shear strain XNUMIN 01 10 F10 0 dimensionless Poisson s ratio for low shear strain Default 0 01 for GRAN MIXE and COHE XNUMIN is a parameter for the hyperbolic Poisson ratio function representing the minimum value of Poisson s ratio at low shear strain The default value was calibrated for sand MATNAM GRAN but may be used for mixed and cohesive soils Poisson s ratio for high shear strain XNUM AX 11 20 F10 0 dimensionless Poisson s ratio for high shear strain Default 0 49 for GRAN MIXE and COHE XNUMAX is a parameter for t
390. th equation is adapted from the AASHTO LRFD code 12 10 4 2 4d and Ref 7 and is expressed with stresses f and f in ksi units as CW 1 3000 tys 2n 0 0316C h d Vf p inches The older Gergely Lutz empirical formula for crack width with f in ksi units is Ref 8 CW 0 000122 2t 7s f 5 0 inches When there is no reinforcement steel such as for FRC or plain concrete CANDE provides the option to predict crack width based on the concrete tension strain in excess of the concrete cracking strain multiplied by the crack spacing length nominally 10 in CW crack spacing length tension Ecracking inches If LRFD 0 and subsequences B 4 B 5 amp B 6 are finished then B data is complete If LRFD 1 and subsequences B 4 B 5 amp B 6 are finished proceed to line B 7 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 5 7 B 7 Resistance factors for LRFD evaluation B 7 Conrib Resistance factors for LRFD limit states Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE e Line B 7 is only input if LRFD is set to 1 on line A 1 CONRIB and e If LRFD 0 skip line B 7 A 1 LRFD 1 e Default resistance factors are consistent with AASHTO Parameter Input Options Description columns format Default units Steel yield Resistance factor for steel Factored steel stress resistance factor PHI 1 rebar yielding due tension PHI 1 x PFSY
391. the basic mesh going to change the the basic mesh in terms of nodal locations basic Level 2 mesh element properties and prescribed loads This is accomplished by supplying additional data in lines CX 1 through CX 4 after the basic C 1 through C 4 data is complete Motivations for changing the basic mesh include add a live load s simulate voids or rocks in the soil system and to change shapes such as the bedding The default case no modifications applies to many basic problems without the need for modifications Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 1 2 CANDE Input Wizard Level 3 items This menu of the input wizard defines information related specifically to level 3 models Parameter Input options Description Select level 3 input option Manual input Import mesh file Two options are available in the Input Wizard for generating level 3 input documents The manual input method requires that the user provide general level 3 information i e number of nodes number of elements etc After the generation of the input file the user will manually enter the coordinates element connectivity etc in the blank input cells The Import mesh file option permits the input of a mesh file that has be created using the CANDE Mesh geometry XML format see appendix section on XML Mesh Geometry Select the mesh import file Click on the butto
392. the equation below Bulk modulus parameter m Duncan Power Law BM 11 20 F10 0 dimensionless Bulk modulus parameter depending on previous choice of Duncan or Duncan Selig models m Duncan power law Selig hyper form Default 0 0 The entry for BM must be consistent with the previous choice for IBULK For IBULK 0 Duncan form set BM to Duncan s power law exponent noted as m in the equation below For IBULK 1 Duncan Selig form set BM to Selig s ultimate volumetric strain noted as u in the equation below Alternate form using constant Poisson s ratio VT 21 30 F10 0 dimensionless Alternate form using constant Poisson s ratio Default 0 0 As an alternative to either of the variable bulk modulus functions above the user may select a constant Poisson s ratio to be used with the tangent Young s modulus By setting VT to a positive Poisson s ratio the bulk modulus functions will not be used This is the so called original Duncan model 5 190 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Comment Basic Equations for Tangent Bulk modulus e Power law Duncan B PK 63 P where o is minimum principal stress e Hyperbolic form Selig B Pa Bj Pa 1 on Bi D where Om is average stress e The parameters of Selig s hyperbolic model are easily characterized with hydrostati
393. the interface condition between the soil and culvert The user may select a bonded interface or a friction interface that permits frictional sliding and separation during the loading schedule Interface elements may also be used between the backfill soil and in situ soil wall for trench installations Link elements can be used to simulate the insertion of temporary bracing struts and later removed from the system using the link element depth option The same technique may be used to investigate the effect of trenching soil removal adjacent to an existing culvert installation Still another system choice is the option to include large deformation analysis This is particularly useful for investigating large flexible culverts under heavy loading Associated with the large deformation analysis is the capability to predict the global buckling capacity the soil structure system which provides a direct factor of safety against collapse In summary this chapter has provided an overview of the capabilities in CANDE 2015 and how the various modeling choices can be used to solve difficult soil structure problems For more technical depth the reader is referred to the companion document CANDE 2015 Solution Methods and Formulations For example applications of the CANDE program the reader is referred to the older companion document CANDE 2007 Tutorial and Applications Manual 2 8 Chapter 3 Getting Started CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 3
394. the user to change nodal coordinates element properties and or boundary conditions on any of the canned meshes This feature is particular useful for prescribing live loads representing construction equipment or design truck vehicles for any load step in the loading schedule The major shortcoming of all Level 2 canned meshes is the assumption of symmetry about the vertical centerline of the culvert i e only one half the system is modeled Thus asymmetric loading or different soil conditions on either of the culvert are not appropriate for Level 2 2 4 3 Level 3 User Defined FEM Level 3 brings the full power of the finite element method to solve complicated and or important soil structure systems that are outside the scope of Level 2 In this case the finite element mesh topology must be devised and input by the user CANDE 2007 has many helpful techniques to expedite the generation of finite element meshes however they require some learning on the part of the user Whether using Level 2 or Level 3 CANDE 2007 offers the user many features that are especially useful for realistically modeling soil structure problems Some key features are listed below e Incremental construction the capability to simulate the physical process of placing and compacting soil layers one lift at a time below alongside and above the culvert as the installation is constructed e Interface elements the ability to simulate the frictional sliding se
395. tion Good Fair Good Fair Good Fair Overburden Young s Young s Young s Young s Young s Young s Pressure Modulus Modulus Modulus Modulus Modulus Modulus psi psi psi psi psi psi psi 5 1 100 550 600 400 250 150 10 1 300 750 850 550 325 200 15 1 500 850 1 000 600 375 225 20 1 650 1 000 1 100 700 375 250 25 1 800 1 100 1 200 750 400 250 30 1 900 1 150 1 250 800 400 250 40 2 100 1 300 1 350 900 400 250 50 amp above 2 250 1 400 1 450 900 400 250 Poisson s Ratio all overburden 0 30 0 35 0 30 0 38 0 33 0 40 Example use of Table A pipe is buried under 30 feet of fill which is classified as a Good Mixed soil weighing 144 Ibs ft3 If this fill height is applied in one load step then for line C 2 we set HT 1 30 feet and compute the overburden as 30x144 4320 Ibs ft2 or 30 psi From the above table we find Young s modulus SEH 1 1 250 psi Thus we obtain a solution using one load step Alternatively if applied the fill height in three load steps we would determine the following input values Step 1 HT 1 10 feet overburden pressure 10 psi and SEH 1 850 psi Step 2 HT 2 20 feet overburden pressure 20 psi and SEH 2 1 100 psi Step 3 HT 3 30 feet overburden pressure 30 psi and SEH 3 1 250 psi In all cases Poisson s ratio remains constant for each load step SVH I 0 3 5 105 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 1 3 C 3
396. tion three important pieces of information are given for each parameter e columns Range of column numbers on data line where parameter is placed Each data line has a maximum of 80 columns to place parameter values For example 21 25 means that the data defining the parameter is to be entered within columns 21 through 25 e format Symbols A I and F A is for a word I is for an integer number and F is for floating point variable The number n following each symbol is the number of column spaces allotted to the input data All integer and floating point variables are right justified in the absence of a decimal point e units Physical units are identified for floating point parameters in US Customary units Input Options shown in the center of the input instruction table provides a short description of each parameter along with optional choices and default values if appropriate The last segment of the input instruction table provides a longer description of the parameter along with recommendations to the user Since many of the CANDE input instruction tables are dependent on previously entered input tabularized information is provided at the beginning of each data input line to alert the user to the applicability of that input For example if the user selected the ANALYS mode on data line A 1 then the tabularized information reminds user he should ignore input lines dealing with the DESIGN mode Chapter 5
397. tion of the TITLE is printed out with mesh data as an aid 06 73 mesh to built to the user TITLE may be any phrasing up to 17A4 68 characters 17 words Proceed to Line C 2 5 153 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 6 2 C 2 Level 3 Key Control Variables C 2 Key control variables C 2 L3 Element number and property array Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Number of load steps Number of load steps to Any number of load steps may be specified for NINC be executed execution in a given problem Typically the 01 05 value of NINC matches the highest load step 15 number defined in the element or loading integer Default 1 schedule However NINC may be less than this number if desired Mesh output Control for print of mesh MGENPR controls the amount of mesh data MGENPR data to the CANDE written to the CANDE output file 06 10 output file MGEN prints only the control information 15 1 control data MGEN 2 above plus node and element input integer 2 input data MGEN 3 above plus generated mesh data 3 created data 4 maximum MGEN 4 above plus Laplace generated nodes Default 3 Data check control Control for data check During the course of processing input data NP
398. tions as described in Chapter 4 5 of this User Manual The lt prefix gt of this document is used in naming other CANDE documents associated with this input document the CANDE input document This file may be generated manually but is produced automatically with the CANDE input wizard and every time the user clicks on the Accept Input within the CANDE Input Menus lt prefix gt bakNN CANDE input document Backup files These files are produced every time a CANDE input document is saved every time the user clicks on the Accept Input button within the CANDE Input Menus If a file is saved accidentally or a change was made that cannot be reversed using the CANDE input menus the user can return to a previous version of the input document by copying the appropriate backup file to a new CANDE input document lt prefix gt out CANDE Output file readable text format This is the file that is generated when the CANDE analysis engine executes It contains all of the pertinent analysis results lt prefix gt _Gen out CANDE results generator output readable text format CANDE output from results generator This output file is produced by the CANDE results generator and is customizable This file is produced after the CANDE analysis is completed as a post processing event lt prefix gt _MeshGeom xml Mesh geometry file XML format This file is produced by the CANDE analysis engine and is used to p
399. to levels 2 or 3 for analysis only BOXES Special placement of two rows of reinforcement conforming to ASTM box culvert specifications Intended to be used in Default STAND conjunction with level 2 Box mesh for analysis only Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Yield stress of reinforcing steel PFSY 11 20 F10 0 Ib in Yield stress of reinforcing steel Default 60 000 psi Reinforcement is modeled as elastic perfectly plastic where PFSY represents the maximum stress attainable Young s modulus of reinforcing steel PSE 21 30 F10 0 Ib in Young s modulus of reinforcing steel Default 29 x 10 psi Slope of steel s stress strain curve in linear range Behavior is assumed identical in tension and compression Poisson s ratio PSNU 31 40 F10 0 Poisson s ratio of reinforcing steel Default 0 3 Poisson s ratio is used for formulation plane strain Inner surface spacing between rows of reinforcement SLI 41 50 F10 0 inches Spacing between rows of rebar on inner surface Default 2 0 in CANDE uses the SLI parameter only for predicting crack width in the Gergely Lutz formula and the Heger McGrath formula Outer surface spacing between rows of reinforcement SLO 51 60 F10 0
400. to the trench wall The minimum allowable gap width is 0 15 times the arch span The maximum allowable trench gap is 0 5 times the arch span 5 133 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Slope of trench wall TRNSLP 61 70 F10 0 horizontal vertical Slope of trench wall This value is ONLY input for trench mesh pattern WORD TREN Default 0 0 This entry only applies to the trench mesh WORD TREN TRNSLP is the slope of the trench wall measured as horizontal run divided by vertical rise Thus for a perfectly vertical trench wall TRNSLP 0 0 The maximum allowable slope is 1 0 45 wall angle from vertical Comment Figure 5 5 10 and Figure 5 5 11 show the mesh topology material zones and construction increments for the embankment and trench installations respectively Comment The iteration traces specified by IWRT 2 3 or 4 are useful for ascertaining the effective stiffness or state of non linear models and assessing the degree of non convergence error Proceed to line C 3 5 134 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 4 3 C 3 Level 2 Arch Mesh Arch and Footing Dimensions C 3 L2 Arch Arch and footing dimensions Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution
401. tors Menu Selected Concrete Wall Thickness and Reinforcement P Done In addition to the undefined input the user must decide what of the default input is acceptable The CANDE input menu system guides the user in which input to choose and the CANDE analysis engine provides a degree of error checking but the user should be thoroughly familiar with the input as described in the Chapter 5 user manual As with all engineering programs the responsibility for proper input and proper interpretation of the results lies with the user 4 7 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 1 1 CANDE Input Wizard Control Information The Control Information of the CANDE input wizard provides key information related to the entire CANDE model The following is a description of the items provided on this dialog box Of course these are the same descriptions as listed in Chapter 5 for the batch mode detailed input Parameter Input options Description Type of Analysis Analysis or Design Specifying the variable XMODE controls the XMODE decision of design or analysis Analysis implies all system and pipe properties are known and the objective is to evaluate pipe performance Design means the pipe wall section properties are unknown and that they will be determined in an iterative analysis process Method of 0 service 1 Choice of Working Stress service or Load analysi
402. tress versus shear stress axis See degrees figure below and Table 5 6 7 Comments on Mohr Coulomb elastoplastic model 1 The Mohr Coulomb model which is developed in detail in the CANDE 2015 Solution Methods and Formulations Manual is an elastic perfectly plastic formulation with an associative flow rule and the failure surface is defined by c and as shown in the figure below 2 Although popular with some investigators the Mohr Coulomb model does not have the fidelity and flexibility of the 8 parameter Duncan Selig soil model in representing the behavior of backfill soil in loading conditions See Reference 9 3 If convergence issues are encountered refer to Section 3 7 6 in CANDE 2015 Solution Methods and Formulations Manual 5 203 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Shear Stress T Normal stress O n Compression positive The plasticity formulation employs the associative flow rule assumption wherein the components of plastic straining are normal to the failure surface The corresponding Mohr Coulomb yield function expressed in normal and shear stress components closest to the yield surface is given by F o t l c o tang with the understanding e if F o t lt 0 then stress state is within yield surface elastic zone e if F o t 0 then stress state is on yield surface plastic zone e if F o t gt 0 an inadmissible stress state since stress cannot ex
403. tric stiffness In addition if IBUCK 2 an estimate of the remaining buckling capacity will be computed at each load step 5 14 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 1 Aluminum 1 Bilinear stress strain parameters Stress PYIELD Strain Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 1 2 B 2 Aluminum Analysis Section Properties B 2 Alum A Aluminum analysis section properties Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups are Aluminum ALUMINUM A 1 XMODE ANALYS Use only if the Design Anlaysis parameter XMODE is set to ANALYS Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Area of pipe wall section per unit length Area of pipe wall section per unit length The cross sectional area of one corrugation period divided by the period length See PA No default Table 5 4 1 and 01 10 Table 5 4 2 for standard section properties F10 0 in in Moment of inertia of Moment of inertia of pipe Moment of inertia of one corrugation period pipe wall section per wall section per unit divided by period length Centroid is at mid unit length Pl length depth of cross section See Table 5 4 1 and 11 20 No Default Table 5 4 2 for standard section properties F10 0 in in Section modulus of pipe wall per
404. tructure are assigned to the first load step IX 6 1 The elements representing the first layer of fill soil are assigned IX 6 2 and so on Interface and link IX 7 36 40 15 integer Special code for interface and link element 1 for interface element 8 for link element with fixed connection 9 for link element with pinned connection 0 for all other elements Default 0 CANDE distinguishes one element type from the other by reading the number of nonzero entries in the nodal connectivity array IX 1 X 4 In order to distinguish the interface element from triangle element and the link element set IX 7 1 to identify NE as an interface element Similarly to distinguish among the simple link elements set X 7 8 to weld two beam nodes into a fixed connection otherwise set IX 7 9 for a pinned connection between any two nodes 5 163 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Node increment added Node increment added to Element numbers that are missing between NE INTRAL compute node and NE where NE is the element number 41 45 connectivity of a input on the previous C 4 line are 15 generated sequence of automatically generated with element numbers integer elements NE 1 NE 2 NE 1 The nodal Default 1 connectivity of the generat
405. ty factor against thrust yielding PFS 1 01 10 F10 0 Desired safety factor against thrust yielding Default 2 0 Safety factor protects against excessive thrust force causing steel material yielding of the entire cross section tension or compression Typical PFS range is 2 0 to 3 0 Safety factor against global buckling PFS 2 11 20 F10 0 G2 Desired safety factor against global buckling Default 2 0 Safety factor protects against excessive thrust force causing global buckling of the pipe s walls in soil structure system Typical PFS range is 2 0 to 3 0 Safety factor against seam failure due to thrust stress PFS 3 21 30 F10 0 Desired safety factor against seam failure due to thrust stress Default 2 0 Safety factor protects against excessive thrust force causing seam failure For seamless pipe this is equal to material yielding PFS 2 0 For structural plate recommend PFS 3 0 Safety factor against full plastic hinge penetration PFS 4 31 40 F10 0 Desired safety factor against full plastic hinge penetration Default 3 0 Safety factor protects against excessive plastic hinge penetration from thrust and bending PFS 100 depth allowable depth Thus for 33 allowable penetration PFS 3 0 Maximum allowable vertical deflection ADISP 41 50 F10 0 Maximum allowable vertical de
406. ual and Guideline 4 2 2 Opening an Existing CANDE Input Document with File gt Open Existing CANDE input documents may be opened using the File gt Open menu see below Dor Ctrl T 1 C Documents and Settings Mark Mlynarski My Documents CANDEInputFiles TutorialProblems TestProblem0 cid Exit Open Multiple Menu Selected Master Control 1 Done CANDE input files must have a CID extension CANDE uses the prefix to name all other files in a CANDE project For example the CANDE input file title EX1 cid will produce the following CANDE files when the analysis is run EX1 ctc CANDE output table of contents EX1 out CANDE output files EX1 log CANDE analysis log file EX1_BeamResults xml Generated by the CANDE analysis run and used for graphic of the beam analysis results EX1_MeshGeom xml Generated by the CANDE analysis run and used for plotting of the FEM mesh EX1_MeshResults xml Generated by the CANDE analysis run and used for plotting of the mesh results for the FEM mesh For further description of these files and others generated by CANDE see the Appendix of this User Manual 4 17 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 3 Opening an Existing CANDE Input Document with File gt Open Text Input To open an existing CANDE input documents with the CANDE text editor use the File Open menu see below This option may be
407. uctures such as struts or temporary bracing Lastly if it is desired to use CANDE s continuum elements interface elements and or link elements without any pipe type elements in the mesh then the user should declare one group of basic pipe type elements with zero elements in the group 2 5 6 Conrib pipe type The so called CONRIB pipe type has two modeling options for reinforced concrete structures that are not available in the standard CONCRETE pipe type 1 the ability to model rib or tee shaped cross sections and 2 the ability to simulate the behavior of fiber reinforced concrete These special options may be used separately or together One application for rib shaped cross sections is to stiffen pier walls that support precast concrete arches Like the CONCRETE pipe type the CONRIB pipe type may be assigned up to two rows of discrete reinforcing steel On the other hand CONRIB s constitutive model for concrete is capable of simulating concrete mixed with pin sized reinforcing fibers FRC in which case discrete reinforcing steel may not be necessary Design criteria are selectively patterned after the criteria for standard reinforced concrete depending on whether or not discrete reinforcing steel is used in the cross section The Conrib pipe type is not operable in the automated design mode 2 5 7 Contube pipe type This pipe type has a circular cross section composed of concrete encased in a thin walled fiber reinforced plastic
408. ula 12 8 9 6 intended for corrugation depths gt 5 0 AASHTO 1 is buckling capacity equation 12 7 2 4 recommended for pipes pipe arches and long spans AASHTO 2 is buckling capacity equation 12 8 9 6 recommended for deep corrugations Proceed to line B 2 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 7 Steel 1 Bilinear stress strain parameters Stress PYIELD Strain Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 4 2 B 2 Steel Section Properties B 2 Steel A Section Properties Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE STEEL One or more pipe groups are Steel A 1 XMODE ANALYS This command is ONLY applicable if the Design Analysis parameter is set to ANALYS Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Area of pipe wall unit length PA 01 10 F10 0 in in Area of pipe wall section per unit length No default The cross sectional area of one corrugation period divided by the period length See Table 5 4 4 and Table 5 4 5 for section properties of standard corrugated steel shapes Moment of inertia of pipe wall unit length Pl 11 20 F10 0 in in Moment of inertia of pipe wall length section per No Default unit Moment of inertia of one corrugation period divided by perio
409. uld begin with the node range NSEQ1 1 and NSEQ2 11 followed by the first set s geometry description in lines B 5 and B 6 Next we would identify the node range NSEQ1 12 and NSEQ2 25 followed by the second geometry description in lines B 5 and B 6 Note that the transition element bounded by nodes 11 and 12 would be implicitly defined by the average of the two sets of geometric properties Proceed to Line B 5 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 5 5 B 5 Concrete wall geometry B 5 Conrib Specification of smooth wall or ribbed wall geometry for concrete Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE e Repeat lines B 4 B 5 and B 6 to define all nodes CONRIB e Smooth walls only require defining total thickness Parameter Input Options Description columns format Default units Total thickness Total thickness of This defines the overall depth of the concrete section PTV concrete section including the rib depth If there is no rib then PTV is the 01 10 smooth wall depth See figure 5 4 6 2 F10 0 Default none inches Rib depth Depth of rib portion Rib depth is shown in Figure 5 4 6 2 If there are no ribs RDT attached to slab set RDT 0 0 default and ignore the remaining input 11 20 on line B 5 We define slab depth PTV RDT F10 0 Default 0 0 inches Rib spacing Spacing of ribs on centers Distance between ribs
410. umber 1 at the crown ANGLE 90 degrees and terminates with number 19 slightly above the footing wherein ANGLE is about 0 degrees but varies depending on arch input options The short cut method would set I 1 in line D1 and ANGLE 90 in line D2 followed by one more set with I 19 in D1 and ANGLE about 0 degrees in D2 Return to line D 1 for more material definition if needed Proceed to Part E if LRFD 1 Otherwise this completes the input stream for this problem 5 201 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline 5 6 8 D 2 Composite Link Element Beam groups and composite fraction D 2 Composite link Input beam groups and fraction of composite action Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 or 3 D 1 ITYP 7 Use only if the Material Model Type is Composite Link Element ITYP 7 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units First beam group Group number of 1 Input the group number of the first beam LNKGRP1 beam sequence being sequence e g group number of bottom row 01 05 connected that is to be connected in composite action 15 with the second beam sequence Integer Default 1 Second beam group Group number of 2 Input the group number of the second beam LNKGRP1 beam sequence being sequence e g group number of top row that 06 10 connec
411. unit Section modulus of pipe wall per unit length The section modulus is equal to the moment of inertia divided by one half of the length PS No Default corrugation depth PI h 2 See Table 5 4 1 21 30 and F10 0 Table 5 4 2 for standard section properties in in If XMODE ANALYSIS and LRFD 0 Part B is now complete Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined If XMODE ANALYSIS and LRFD 1 Proceed to line B 3 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Table 5 4 1 Aluminum 1 Section Properties for Standard Aluminum Corrugation Corrugation thickness inches 0 048 0 060 0 075 0 105 0 135 0 164 Profile Properties PA in in 005070 0 06342 axia biin 0 00034 0 00035 PS in in 0 00228 0 00226 PA in2 in 0 06458 0 08067 0 11300 0 14533 0 17775 2 2 3 x 1 2 Plin in 0 00189 0 00239 0 00342 0 00453 0 00573 PS in in 0 00675 0 00831 0 01131 0 01427 0 01726 PA in2 in 0 07416 0 09317 0 1300 0 17400 0 20483 PI in in 0 00866 0 01088 0 01545 0 02017 0 02508 PS in in 0 01634 0 02024 0 02796 0 03554 0 04309 PA in2 in 0 0646 0 08067 0 11300 0 14533 0 17775 PI in in 0 00850 0 01060 0 01490 0 01910 0 02340 PS in in 0 01604 0 01972 0 02697 0 03366 0 04021 Table 5 4 2 Aluminum 2 Section Properties for 9 x 2 1 2 Aluminum Corrugation 9
412. us Default 0 0 ZK the initial tangent modulus parameter related to scalar magnitude noted as K in the equation below Exponent for initial tangent modulus ZN 41 50 F10 0 dimensionless Exponent for initial tangent modulus Default 0 0 ZN the exponent for the power law characterizing the initial tangent modulus noted as n in the equation below 5 188 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter columns format units Input Options Description Ratio of actual failure stress to model s ultimate Ratio of actual failure stress to model s ultimate stress limit RF ratio of observed failure stress to the ultimate asymptotic failure stress that characterizes the model noted as Ry in the RF equation below 51 60 F10 0 dimensionless Comment on Modification to basic tangent Young s modulus function for plastic like behavior e Tangent modulus E E 1 B oa oamcy i Ei KP 63 P damo 2 Ccos 03 sing Rf 1 sing Po Ag logio O3 P e Initial modulus e Mohr Coulomb failure e Friction angle rads Where o and o are principal stresses og 6 63 is deviatoric stress and P is atmospheric pressure 14 7 psi The variable B is new For the Original formulation B 1 and for the Modified formulation f is a function shown below such that O lt B lt 1 The
413. use IIFLG 0 or 1 as needed However if NP 06 10 is also attached to a beam element which 15 includes rotational d o f use IFLG 0 1 2 integer or 3 0 x force input rotation free Set IIFLG 0 to specify an applied force in the x direction rotational degree of freedom is 1 x disp input free rotation fix Set IIFLG 1 to specify a displacement in the x direction rotational degree of freedom is 2 x disp input fixed rotation free Set IIFLG 2 to specify a displacement in the x direction rotational degree of freedom is 3 x force input free rotation fix Set IIFLG 3 to specify an applied force in the x direction rotational degree of freedom is Default 0 fixed See Table 5 5 7 for further understanding and summary of boundary condition codes X Value Value of specified If IFLG 1 0 or 3 set BIVD 1 equal to the BIVD 1 x force or x value of prescribed force in the x direction 11 20 displacement where the default is 0 0 Ibs inch F10 0 If IFLG 1 1 or 2 set BIVD 1 equal to the lb in or inch Default 0 0 value of displacement in the x direction where the default is 0 0 inches fixed against x motion Y code Boundary code for Y If NP is only attached to continuum elements IIFLG 2 coordinate use IIFLG 0 or 1 as needed However if NP 21 25 is also attached to a beam element which 15 includes rotational freedom use IIFLG 0 1 integer 2 or 3 0 y force input
414. used in lieu of the CANDE input menu interface and is generally for users who are very familiar with the CANDE data file input format A detailed description of the CANDE input text editor is provided in a subsequent section Figure 4 2 12 Opening CANDE input document in the CANDE input text editor C Documents and Settings Mark Mlynarski My Documents CANDEInputFiles TutorialProble SEE File Window Help an existing Ctrl O Print 1 C Documents and Settings Mark Mlynarski My Documents CANDEInputFiles TutorialProblems TestProblem04 cid Exit Open Multiple Menu Selected Master Control 1 Done 4 18 Chapter 4 Graphical user interface GUI CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 4 2 4 CANDE Input Menus Once the CANDE input document has been initiated either by creating a new document using the CANDE Input Wizard or opening an existing document using the File gt Open menu the user will be directed to the CANDE Input Menus This section describes the CANDE input menus and their various functions 4 2 4 1 Menu input overview The following figure provides an overview of the CANDE menu input screen The function of the CANDE menu input system is to guide the user in the creation of a CANDE input document To do this the menu system uses a hierarchal menu to guide the user through the input needed for a specific CANDE model For guidance on creating a new CANDE input document see the section Cr
415. ut 0 4 18 424 CANDE Input Menus seeneniit e ei E E E E T EE E o EESE EES 4 19 4 2 4 1 Menu input OVeryViEW sieisen rere re roeren EErEE EA E erT EE REEE EEE es 4 19 4 2 4 2 Viewing help for the input menus sssessseeesseeseessrsreerrsresrsserrrssestesrrsreersseeressesrese 4 20 4 2 4 3 Show Help checkbox iinn hree eg ania a EEE ER E EE E E ES 4 20 4 2 4 4 Show Input checkbox scsnussrers resien nirien enake E TE Er EE ai 4 21 4 2 4 5 Input range Violations nssr eee eecesecesecssecesecseecaeecaeeeseseeeeeeeeseeseseseeaecsaessaesaeeens 4 22 4 2 4 6 Input errors and undefined input ee eee cece ceeecneeeeeeeeeeeeeeesenseeeseeaecsaessaeeaeeees 4 23 4 24 7 Menuanput tree 1CONS cccsceesccsise eos cerseedesateectaveeatecencpeucchunecaeinacesncensansecapedecventenened 4 24 4 2 5 Changing an existing CANDE input document to create a new data file 4 25 4 2 5 1 Create new CANDE input document from existing document with Input Menu 4 25 4 2 5 2 Create new CANDE input document from existing document with text editor 4 25 4 2 6 Create a CANDE input document using the CANDE input text editor eee 4 27 4 3 Running CANDE viserne enia ra E EEE E AoE AET EErEE EErEE TS TEE Raa 4 28 ASA Successful execution aeiiae E E E ESE E E i EE ee Ea E Eers 4 29 43 2 Unsuccessf l xecutionn rierren ithe rE E Epa E TEER erer Ee PI TEESE E E SEKERES 4 29 4 3 3 CANDE input consistency Checking sesseeeseeees
416. ut Data Card GRID Point Description Defines the location of a geometric grid point of the structural model and its permanent single point constraints Format and Example Field Contents ID Grid Point identification number INTEGER CP Coordinate system ID used to define the node location X Y Z Location of the grid point REAL CD Coordinate system ID used to define the displacements PS Permanent single point constraints associated with grid point any of the digits 1 6 with no embedded blanks INTEGER or blank CANDE Implementation Field Description Notes 2 Retrieves node number 4 Retrieves x coordinate 5 Retrieves y coordinate 7 22 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline 7 2 2 NASTRAN Input Data Card CBAR Simple Beam Element Description Defines a simple beam element BAR of the structural model Format and Example a ee eM a a CABAR ED e PUD GAL GBS 1 a a a x e Field Contents EID Unique element identification number INTEGER PID Identification number of a PBAR property card INTEGER GA GB Grid point identification numbers of connection points INTEGER X1 X2 X3 Components of orientation vector v from GA in the displacement coordinate system of GA REAL Remarks 1 Orientation vector ignored Xelem LY LULL iY 27 2 WY S QQ WN Plane 2 maa RAA Zelem CAND
417. ut data is complete For Level 2 amp 3 complete lines B 2c and B 2d on the next page Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 5 4 8 Steel 2 Pseudo stress strain model for slotted joints PFAIL RPEF x PE RPEP x PE Strain 1 0 5 77 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 4 6 B 2c Steel Joint Locations and Properties B 2c Steel Joint locations and properties Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE STEEL One or more pipe groups are Steel B 1 Steel JOINT gt 0 Only enter this command if the value for Joint Slip JOINT entered on the B 1 command Is greater than 0 A 1 XMODE DESIGN or ANALYS This command is applicable parameter is set to DESIGN or ANALYS if the Design Analysis A 1 LRFD 0 or 1 design This command is applicable for both Service and LRFD A 1 LEVEL 2 or 3 This command is applicable ONLY for solution levels 2 and 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Pipe element sequence number for first joint Pipe element sequence number containing first JLOC 1 local element sequence number that identifies the pipe element containing the first JLOC 1 joint joint Level 2 elements are numbered 01 04 No Default clockwise starting with no 1
418. vees dos ietene dace is aea E deg eoe pE OESR EEES aeb RESENS 5 95 5 4 6 1 B 1 Concrete size and strength properties esseeeessersesesrereeresreerssresrssrsrrerrsresresee 5 95 5 4 6 2 B 2 Concrete strain parameters and models ssssssessssesesseesesreersseeesssrsrrerrsresresee 5 97 5 4 6 3 B 3 Tube material properties and spacing esseseesseeseseseseresrsreerrsrerrssrrrrerrsresresre 5 98 5 4 6 4 B 4 Resistance factors for LRFD evaluation ssesseesseseessseesesreersrerrsserrreresreeess 5 100 3 Part Solution Levels nr e eo E peAa ne oea o Tae Eea pE SEER inner 5 101 SL e Solution Level Ma cose ssa neea escaped ea ea e ee p Eora SENE ONES aeS ENa 5 102 5 5 1 1 C 1 Level 1 Major Input Parameters cece eeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseceecnseenseenaes 5 102 5 5 1 2 C 2 Level 1 Fill Heights and Soil Parameters sssssseeesseesesreessseeerseererssesrees 5 104 5 5 1 3 C 3 Level 1 Load Factors for LRFD sssesssseesssreesesreeresesrreresreerrsrerrsrerresresrenes 5 106 5 5 2 Solution Level 2 Pipe Meshisis sccscccscccesc Sssssoescssesede tase sasteavhssistsvesessssvesscesssessebsseesseo ested 5 107 5 5 2 1 C 1 Level 2 Pipe Mesh Control Commands and Title 0 0 eee 5 107 5 5 2 2 C 2 Level 2 Pipe Mesh Major Geometry and Loading Parameters 5 109 5 5 2 3 C 3 Level 2 Pipe Mesh Control Variables 0 0 eee eeeeeeeeeeeeeenseenseeeaes 5 111 5 5 2 4
419. vel and equivalent increments of overburden pressure are applied to account for the remaining cover height if any Interface elements are always generated with the arch mesh so that the user must define the interface properties in Part D There are 19 interface elements starting at the crown node and proceeding clockwise around the arch to node 19 the second to the last node before the connection to the footing The last arch node number 20 connected to the footing is not assigned an interface element since relative slippage is restrained by the footing To simulate a fully bonded condition between the arch and backfill soil the user may prescribe arbitrarily large values for the coefficient of friction and tensile breaking force in Part D or assign frictional properties as desired See Table 5 5 4 and Table 5 5 5 for a listing of interface elements Proceed to line C 2 5 131 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 5 4 2 C 2 Level 2 Arch Mesh Plot and Print Control C 2 L2 Arch Plot and print control Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 2 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 2 A 2 NPCAN 3 Arch Mesh Use ONLY if the Canned Mesh Code is set to 3 Arch Mesh Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Plot control Control for plot files Unit 10 contains all the finite element mesh IPLOT units10 amp 30
420. velNum Integer CANDE model level Heading string user input title Beam Data lt CANDEBeamResults gt lt beamData gt lt beamGroup gt Number of Beam Groups lt numBeamGroups gt 4 lt numBeamGroups gt Beam Group lt CANDEBeamResults gt lt beamData gt lt beamGroup gt Set of this data is produced for each beam group Tag Type Description pipeCode Integer code for the pipe type l Steel 2 Aluminum 3 Concrete 4 Plastic 5 Basic 6 Special Routine added by the user numBeamElem Integer Number of beam elements in the group startBeamElem Integer Starting element sequence number in the group endBeamElem Integer Ending element sequence number in the group startNode Integer Starting node sequence number in the group endNode Integer Ending node sequence number in the group Beam Results lt CANDEBeamResults gt lt beamResults gt Construction increment lt constIncrement gt 1 lt constIncrement gt Results Data lt CANDEBeamResults gt lt beamResults gt lt resultsData gt Set of this data is produced for each element in this beam group i e 7 12 Chapter 7 Appendix CANDE 2007 User Manual and Guideline CANDEBeamResults beamData beamGroup numBeamElem gt Tag Type Description resulteld Integer result ID number nodeNumber Integer node ID number elementNumber Integer element to the rig
421. vert Ratio of steel areas of outer to inner cages SRATIO 71 80 F10 0 Desired areas cages Default 0 75 ratio of steel of outer to inner Typically the outer cage steel area is specified with less steel area than the inner cage This only applies to RSHAPE Standard If RSHAPE ELLIP SRATIO is not used If XMODE DESIGN and LRFD 0 Part B is now complete Go to Part C or return to line A 2 if more pipe groups need to be defined 5 46 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 5 4 2 9 B 4 Concrete Case 5 Specified Wall Thickness LRFD Design Weights B 4 Concrete Case5 Specified wall thickness and design weights for LRFD The specification of the WLRFD design weights has the following consequences e WLRED 1 0 Standard LRFD factored resistance factored loads e WLRED gt 1 0 More conservative factored resistance gt factored loads e WLRED lt 1 0 Less conservative factored resistance lt factored loads WLRFD 1 0 Exclude the corresponding design criterion Use if Comments A 2 PTYPE One or more pipe groups is Concrete CONCRETE B 3 RSHAPE STAND This command is only applicable if the Reinforcement Shape or ELLIP set on the previous command is set to STAND or ELLIP A 1 XMODE DESIGN This command is only applicable if the Design Analysis
422. with all other pipe types and element types Also the Mohr Coulomb and the Modified Duncan Selig soil models are appropriately defined and summarized in the material section Therefore the new capabilities are displayed perfectly and seamlessly with regard to viewing the Output Report 4 5 2 2 Mesh plots The GUI mesh plot viewing option which allows plotting finite element mesh topology as well as displacements and soil stress strain contours is fed by a XML plot file developed especially for the GUI Until the GUI is upgraded to incorporate the new capabilities the words CONRIB CONTUBE Link and Mohr Coulomb do not appear in the input or output screens for selecting data to be plotted Instead the generated XML plot files have been assigned alias names as follows Each CONRIB pipe type group number is labeled as a CONCRETE group number Each CONTUBE pipe type group number is labeled as a CONCRETE group number Each link element is labeled as an interface element with its unique element number Each Mohr Coulomb continuum element is identified as a Extended Hardin model Ge be Although the alias names may be an annoyance until the GUI is fully updated there is no ambiguity among the alias names because of unique group and material numbers For example if CONRIB and CONCRETE pipe groups are employed in the same finite element mesh the pipe group numbers are unique even though the GUI shows the
423. with zero incremental values unless a non zero value is explicitly specified 6 Itis not permissible to shift from a displacement boundary condition to a force boundary condition at any time during the load step schedule Use if Comments A 1 LEVEL 3 Use ONLY if the Solution Level is set to 3 Parameter Input Options Description columns format units Limit Signal to indicate the last If LIMIT is a blank entry then the program LIMIT boundary condition input expects to read another line of C 5 boundary 01 01 L more C 5 condition input Al lines to come If LIMIT L this signals the program that letter L this is last this is the last C 5 line to be processed after C 5 line which the program advances to read material Default blank property data in Part D Node Node number where a NP may be any node number where either an NP boundary condition is to imposed displacement constraint and or a 02 05 be specified nonzero force boundary condition is to be 14 imposed integer Default none Nodes that have no displacement constraints and no specified external forces do not require a C 5 line NP may be repeated in subsequent C 5 lines 5 170 Chapter 5 Detailed CANDE input CANDE 2014 User Manual and Guideline Parameter Input Options Description columns format units X Code Boundary code for X If NP is only attached to continuum elements IIFLG 1 coordinate
424. y editing an existing data file using the CANDE Input Menu 2 Create a new file by editing an existing data file using text editor The first method takes full advantage of the GUI but is somewhat restricted in the changes that can be made The second method is unrestricted in the changes that can be made but requires the user to refer to the detailed input instructions in Chapter 5 These two methods are discussed in the following subsections in turn 4 2 5 1 Create new CANDE input document from existing document with Input Menu To use this method click on the File tab from CANDE tool bar and select Open which will display the file browser Using the file browser locate the existing input data file that you wish to modify if you wish to save the original file you must first make a copy Clicking on the data file to be modified will show the complete CANDE Input Menu of the original problem At this point you are free to scroll through the CANDE Input menu and make any changes you wish in the same way as discussed in step 2 of creating a new data file section 4 2 2 After you have made the desired changes save the file and then proceed to run CANDE The down side of this method is that you are only free to change those parameters listed in the menu which are restricted by the flow path created by Input Wizard in step 1 For example you may change pipes wall properties but not change the pipe type 4 2 5 2 Create new CANDE input docume
425. ylene for both short term and long term loading conditions A nonlinear local buckling algorithm is provided for the profile option wherein the profile s section properties are reduced in proportion to the amount of compressive strain computed in the sub elements Also the input values for the profile wall s geometric properties may vary from node to node within the group Design criteria for thermoplastic pipes include strength limits for thrust stress against material yielding in hoop compression and global buckling Another strength state is a limit on the maximum outer fiber combined strain hoop plus bending strain Performance limit states include allowable vertical deflection and maximum allowable tensile strain dependent on type of plastic The automated design mode is only applicable to smooth wall pipe 2 5 4 Corrugated steel Steel pipe type Like corrugated aluminum the wall properties of corrugated steel are characterized by cross sectional area moment of inertia and section modulus which represent the geometry of the corrugation s waveform per unit length The steel pipe type subroutine has built in tables for commercially available corrugation sizes as well as realistic default values for all linear and nonlinear material properties Steel s material behavior is simulated with a bilinear stress strain model with an initial elastic response up to yield stress followed a hardening plastic response identical in tension and c
426. ypes A single pipe group is defined as a connected series of beam column elements that are identified with only one pipe type name aluminum basic concrete plastic steel conrib or contube For example all the canned meshes in Level 2 are composed of a single pipe group whose beam column elements trace a continuous path around the culvert s periphery through the wall centroid that defines the overall structural shape Selection of the pipe type name along with the associated wall section and material properties completes the information required to compute the initial structural stiffness of the overall culvert The top level choice for the number of pipe groups is only available for Level 3 because Level 1 and Level 2 are predefined configurations with only one pipe group With the ability to choose a virtually unlimited number of pipe groups Level 3 provides the user with a great deal of modeling power For example two groups may be assigned independent node numbers no nodes in common so that they represent independent structures Alternatively element groups may be arbitrarily joined together at common nodes to model cell like structures or composite structures such as a corrugated metal arch roof placed on a reinforced concrete U shaped base Indeed the multi group option provides virtually unlimited modeling capabilities to define any configuration within CANDE s two dimensional framework Each pipe type name is ass
427. ystem subjected to an incremental loading schedule Buried culverts of any shape size and material including corrugated metal reinforced concrete and thermoplastic may be analyzed and designed to withstand dead weight incremental soil layer loading temporary construction loads and surface loads due to vehicular traffic A particularly unique feature of CANDE s output is the automatic evaluation of the structural design in terms of safety measures against all failure modes design criteria associated with the structural material Because of the generality offered by the finite element solution methodology CANDE is also applicable to the design and analysis of other soil structure interaction problems such as underground storage facilities storm water runoff chambers retaining walls tunnel liners and protective structures Thus in the following discussion the words culvert or pipe can generally be regarded to represent a general underground structure This manual describes the CANDE 2015 version which is the latest version in a 37 year history of usage and development of the CANDE series of programs This documentation provides a complete description of all the capabilities and limitations so that the user need not refer to any other manuals or publications to confidently run the program and interpret the output CANDE users range from designers to researchers including state DOT bridge engineers design consultants manuf
428. ystems 2 1 Chapter 2 General Overview and Major Options CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline Figure 2 2 1 Major options to define the top level input data for CANDE 2007 A Analysis Execution Mode Design Working stress Service load Evaluation Methodology LRFD Factored loads Level 1 Elasticity solution Solution Level 2 Finite element solution automatic mesh Level pipe box or arch Level 3 Finite element solution user mesh Corrugated aluminum Basic generic beam element Pipe Groups and Type Standard Reinforced concrete Corrugated steel Thermoplastic materials Ribbed and FRC concrete Conrib Circular concrete filled tubes Contube Nonlinear Controls System Soil structure and interface models Choices Incremental loading schedule 2 2 Chapter 2 General Overview and Major Options CANDE 2012 User Manual and Guideline 2 3 Evaluation methodology The evaluation methodology is the choice between a working stress solution and a LRFD solution A working stress solution means the applied loads are the actual or perceived set of loads acting on the soil structure system referred to as the service loading schedule Thus the service loading schedule represents the actual dead weight of the structure the actual weight density of the various soil zones and the actual pressures and forces from construction equipment and live loads Evaluation of the culvert
429. zones eee 5 126 Figure 5 5 7 Level 2 Box Trench mesh with construction increments and material zones 5 127 Figure 5 5 8 Level 2 Box Element numbering scheme for box mesh for embankment and trench 5 128 Figure 5 5 9 Level 2 Box Nodal numbering scheme for box mesh for embankment and trench 5 129 Figure 5 5 10 Level 2 Arch Embankment mesh configuration with load steps and material zones 5 139 Figure 5 5 11 Level 2 Arch Trench mesh configuration with load steps and material zones 5 139 Figure 5 5 12 Level 2 Arch Parameters for 3 segment and 2 segment arch with curved segments 5 140 Figure 5 5 13 Level 2 Arch Parameters for 3 segment and 2 segment arch with straight segments 5 141 Figure 5 5 14 Level 2 Arch Soil element numbering scheme for elements remote from arch 5 142 Figure 5 5 15 Level 2 Arch Soil element numbering scheme for elements close to arch 5 142 Figure 5 5 16 Level 2 Arch Nodal numbering scheme for soil nodes remote from arch 5 143 Figure 5 5 17 Level 2 Arch Nodal numbering scheme for soil nodes close to arch 0 0 cece 5 143 Figure 7 1 1 Sample NCHRP Process 12 50 results 0 eee eeeeeseeceesceeecesecesecaecaecsaecaeeeseseeeeeeeeaeees 7 14 Vil CANDE 2015 User Manual Updates This CANDE 2015 user manual includes the description of new capabiliti

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Related Contents

CRU DX115 DC  MANUALE INSTALLATORE e UTENTE Mynute S 24 - 28 CAI    Manuel d`utilisation  Hustler® X-ONE i General Service Manual  2016 Organizational Membership Renewal  MANUALE UTENTE SPC15 ITALIANO vision rev 1  SoundStation2W Guida dell`utente e Guida dell  PRIMAGAZ ET L`AEROSTATION,30ANS DE SUCCES  Sears 917.252714 Lawn Mower User Manual  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file